[go: nahoru, domu]

WO2014130241A1 - Fungicidal pyrazoles - Google Patents

Fungicidal pyrazoles Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2014130241A1
WO2014130241A1 PCT/US2014/014833 US2014014833W WO2014130241A1 WO 2014130241 A1 WO2014130241 A1 WO 2014130241A1 US 2014014833 W US2014014833 W US 2014014833W WO 2014130241 A1 WO2014130241 A1 WO 2014130241A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
independently
alkyl
methyl
ring
haloalkyl
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/US2014/014833
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
Andrew Edmund Taggi
James Francis Bereznak
Jeffrey Keith Long
Original Assignee
E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company filed Critical E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company
Priority to EP14705926.5A priority Critical patent/EP3010908A1/en
Publication of WO2014130241A1 publication Critical patent/WO2014130241A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D403/00Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00
    • C07D403/02Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing two hetero rings
    • C07D403/12Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D405/00Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D405/02Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing two hetero rings
    • C07D405/10Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing two hetero rings linked by a carbon chain containing aromatic rings
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D405/00Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D405/02Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing two hetero rings
    • C07D405/12Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links

Definitions

  • each R 3b is independently C5-C8 alkyl, C5-C8 haloalkyl, C5-C8 alkenyl, C5-C8 alkynyl, C2-Cg haloalkenyl, C2-Cg haloalkynyl, C i -Cg nitroalkyl, C2-Cg nitroalkenyl, C5-Cg cycloalkyl, C 7 -Cg alkylcycloalkyl, C 7 -Cg cycloalkylalkyl, C5-C12 cycloalkylalkenyl, C5-C12 cycloalkylalkynyl, Cg-C ⁇
  • -CR 10a NOR 10b
  • -CR 10c NNR 9a R 9b
  • each A is independently O or a direct bond
  • R 5a is H or C r C 6 alkyl
  • each R l l a and R l lb is independently H, C1-C3 alkyl or C1-C3 haloalkyl;
  • dialkylaminoalkyl Ci -Cg alkoxy, Ci -Cg alkylthio or C2-Cg alkylthioalkyl;
  • Ci -Cg haloalkyl each optionally substituted with up to 2 substituents independently selected from R 21 ;
  • each R 18 and R 21 is independently cyano, C3-Cg cycloalkyl, Ci -Cg alkoxy, Ci -Cg haloalkoxy, Ci -Cg alkylthio, Ci -Cg alkylsulfinyl or Ci -Cg alkylsulfonyl;
  • R 20 is Ci -Cg alkyl, C2-Cg alkoxyalkyl, C2-Cg alkylaminoalkyl, C3-Cg
  • each R 22 is independently H, Ci -Cg alkyl, Ci -Cg haloalkyl, C2-Cg alkylcarbonyl,
  • each R 23a and R 23b is independently H, C ⁇ -Cg alkyl, C ⁇ -Cg haloalkyl, C2-Cg alkenyl, C3-C6 alkynyl, C3-C6 cycloalkyl, C3-C6 halocycloalkyl, C2-Cg alkylcarbonyl, C2-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, C2-Cg (alkylthio)carbonyl, C2-Cg alkoxy(thiocarbonyl), Cz Cg cycloalkylcarbonyl, C4-C8 cycloalkoxycarbonyl, C4-C8
  • Z is O or S
  • This invention also relates to a fungicidal composition
  • a fungicidal composition comprising (a) a compound of the invention (i.e. in a fungicidally effective amount); and (b) at least one additional component selected from the group consisting of surfactants, solid diluents and liquid diluents.
  • This invention also relates to a fungicidal composition
  • a fungicidal composition comprising (a) a compound of the invention; and (b) at least one other fungicide (e.g., at least one other fungicide having a different site of action).
  • This invention further relates to a method for controlling plant diseases caused by fungal plant pathogens comprising applying to the plant or portion thereof, or to the plant seed, a fungicidally effective amount of a compound of the invention (e.g., as a composition described herein).
  • compositions comprising, “comprising,” “includes,” “including,” “has,” “having,” “contains”, “containing,” “characterized by” or any other variation thereof, are intended to cover a non-exclusive inclusion, subject to any limitation explicitly indicated.
  • a composition, mixture, process, method, article, or apparatus that comprises a list of elements is not necessarily limited to only those elements but may include other elements not expressly listed or inherent to such composition, mixture, process, method, article, or apparatus.
  • transitional phrase consisting essentially of is used to define a composition, method or apparatus that includes materials, steps, features, components, or elements, in addition to those literally disclosed, provided that these additional materials, steps, features, components, or elements do not materially affect the basic and novel characteristic(s) of the claimed invention.
  • plant includes members of Kingdom Plantae, particularly seed plants (Spermatopsida), at all life stages, including young plants (e.g., germinating seeds developing into seedlings) and mature, reproductive stages (e.g., plants producing flowers and seeds).
  • Portions of plants include geotropic members typically growing beneath the surface of the growing medium (e.g., soil), such as roots, tubers, bulbs and corms, and also members growing above the growing medium, such as foliage (including stems and leaves), flowers, fruits and seeds.
  • the term “broadlea ' used either alone or in words such as “broadleaf crop” means dicot or dicotyledon, a term used to describe a group of angiosperms characterized by embryos having two cotyledons.
  • alkylating agent refers to a chemical compound in which a carbon-containing radical is bound through a carbon atom to a leaving group such as halide or sulfonate, which is displaceable by bonding of a nucleophile to said carbon atom.
  • alkylating agent or “alkylating reagent” does not limit the carbon-containing radical to alkyl; the carbon-containing radicals in alkylating agents include the variety of carbon-bound substituent radicals specified, for example, for R 2 .
  • a molecular fragment i.e. radical
  • a series of atom symbols e.g., C, H, N, O, S
  • the point or points of attachment may be explicitly indicated by a hyphen ("-").
  • -SC ⁇ N indicates that the point of attachment is the sulfur atom (i.e. thiocyanato, not isothiocyanato).
  • alkyl used either alone or in compound words such as “alkylthio” or “haloalkyl” includes straight-chain or branched alkyl such as methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, /-propyl, or the different butyl, pentyl or hexyl isomers.
  • alkenyl includes straight-chain or branched alkenes such as ethenyl, 1-propenyl, 2-propenyl, and the different butenyl, pentenyl and hexenyl isomers.
  • Alkenyl also includes polyenes such as 1 ,2-propadienyl and 2,4-hexadienyl.
  • Alkynyl includes straight-chain or branched alkynes such as ethynyl, 1-propynyl, 2-propynyl and the different butynyl, pentynyl and hexynyl isomers.
  • Alkynyl can also include moieties comprised of multiple triple bonds such as 2,5-hexadiynyl.
  • Alkylene denotes a straight-chain or branched alkanediyl.
  • alkylene examples include CH 2 , CH 2 CH 2 , CH(CH 3 ), CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 , CH 2 CH(CH 3 ), and the different butylene, pentylene or hexylene isomers.
  • Alkynylene denotes a straight-chain or branched alkynediyl containing one triple bond. Examples of “alkynylene” include CH 2 C ⁇ C, C ⁇ CCH 2 , and the different butynylene, pentynylene or hexynylene isomers.
  • Alkylamino includes an NH radical substituted with straight-chain or branched alkyl.
  • alkylamino include CH 3 CH 2 NH, CH 3 CH 2 CH 2 NH and (CH 3 ) 2 CHNH.
  • dialkylamino include (CH 3 ) 2 N, (CH 3 CH 2 ) 2 N and CH 3 CH 2 (CH 3 )N.
  • Alkylaminoalkyl denotes alkylamino substitution on alkyl.
  • alkylaminoalkyl include CH 3 NHCH 2 , CH 3 NHCH 2 CH 2 and CH 3 CH 2 NHCH 2 .
  • dialkylaminoalkyl include (CH 3 ) 2 NCH 2 , CH 3 CH 2 (CH 3 )NCH 2 and (CH 3 ) 2 NCH 2 CH 2 .
  • Alkoxy includes, for example, methoxy, ethoxy, n-propyloxy, z ' -propyloxy and the different butoxy, pentoxy and hexyloxy isomers.
  • Alkoxyalkyl denotes alkoxy substitution on alkyl. Examples of “alkoxyalkyl” include CH 3 OCH 2 , CH 3 OCH 2 CH 2 , CH 3 CH 2 OCH 2 , CH 3 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 OCH 2 and CH 3 CH 2 OCH 2 CH 2 .
  • Alkenyloxy includes straight-chain or branched alkenyl attached to and linked through an oxygen atom.
  • cycloalkyl denotes a saturated carbocyclic ring consisting of between 3 to 8 carbon atoms linked to one another by single bonds.
  • examples of “cycloalkyl” include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl and cyclohexyl.
  • cycloalkylalkyl denotes cycloalkyl substitution on an alkyl group.
  • Examples of “cycloalkylalkyl” include cyclopropylmethyl, cyclopentylethyl, and other cycloalkyl moieties bonded to straight-chain or branched alkyl groups.
  • Alkylcycloalkyl denotes alkyl substitution on a cycloalkyl moiety. Examples include 4-methylcyclohexyl and 3-ethylcyclopentyl.
  • cycloalkylcycloalkyl denotes cycloalkyl substitution on another cycloalkyl ring.
  • cycloalkylcycloalkyl examples include cyclopropylcyclopropyl (such as l,l'-bicyclopropyl-l-yl, l,l'-bicyclopropyl-2-yl), cyclohexylcyclopentyl (such as 4-cyclopentylcyclohexyl) and cyclohexylcyclohexyl (such as ⁇ , ⁇ -bicyclohexyl-l-yl), and the different cis- and trans- cycloalkylcycloalkyl isomers, (such as (li?,25)-l,l'-bicyclopropyl-2-yl and (1R,2R)-1,1'- bicyclopropyl-2-yl).
  • cyclopropylcyclopropyl such as l,l'-bicyclopropyl-l-yl, l,l'-bicyclopropyl-2-yl
  • cycloalkoxy denotes cycloalkyl attached to and linked through an oxygen atom such as cyclopentyloxy and cyclohexyloxy.
  • Cycloalkylalkoxy denotes cycloalkyl substitution on an alkoxy group. Examples of “cycloalkylalkoxy” include cyclopropylmethoxy, cyclopentylethoxy, and other cycloalkyl moieties bonded to straight-chain or branched alkoxy groups.
  • Cyanoalkyl denotes an alkyl group substituted with one cyano group.
  • cyanoalkyl include NCCH 2 , NCCH 2 CH 2 and CH 3 CH(CN)CH 2 .
  • Hydroalkyl denotes an alkyl group substituted with one hydroxy group. Examples of “hydroxyalkyl” include HOCH 2 , HOCH 2 CH 2 and CH 3 CH 2 (OH)CH.
  • Nonroalkyl denotes an alkyl group substituted with one nitro group. Examples of “nitroalkyl” include N0 2 CH 2 and N0 2 CH 2 CH 2 .
  • Trialkylsilyl includes 3 branched and/or straight-chain alkyl radicals attached to and linked through a silicon atom, such as trimethylsilyl, triethylsilyl and tert-butyldimethylsilyl.
  • halogen either alone or in compound words such as “halomethyl”, “haloalkyl”, includes fluorine, chlorine, bromine or iodine. Further, when used in compound words such as “haloalkyl”, said alkyl may be partially or fully substituted with halogen atoms which may be the same or different. Examples of “haloalkyl” include F3C, CICH2, CF3CH2 and CF 3 CC1 2 .
  • haloalkoxy examples include CF 3 0, CC1 3 CH 2 0, F 2 CHCH 2 CH 2 0 and CF 3 CH 2 0.
  • haloalkylthio examples include CC1 3 S, CF 3 S, CC1 3 CH 2 S and C1CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 S.
  • halocycloalkyl examples include chlorocyclopropyl, fluorocyclobutyl and chlorocyclohexyl.
  • C -Cj The total number of carbon atoms in a substituent group is indicated by the "C -Cj" prefix where i and j are numbers from 1 to 12.
  • C 1 -C3 alkylsulfonyl designates methylsulfonyl through propylsulfonyl
  • C2 alkoxyalkyl designates CH 3 OCH 2
  • C 3 alkoxyalkyl designates, for example, CH 3 OCH2CH2 or CH 3 CH20CH2
  • C4 alkoxyalkyl designates the various isomers of an alkyl group substituted with an alkoxy group containing a total of four carbon atoms, examples including CH 3 CH2CH20CH2 and CH 3 CH 2 OCH 2 CH 2 .
  • the number of optional substituents may be restricted by an expressed limitation.
  • the phrase “optionally substituted with up to 3 substituents independently selected from R 3a on carbon atom ring members” means that 0, 1, 2 or 3 substituents can be present (if the number of potential connection points allows).
  • the phrase “optionally substituted with up to 5 substituents independently selected from R 3a” means that 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 substituents can be present if the number of available connection points allows.
  • a "ring” or “ring system” as a component of Formula 1 is carbocyclic (e.g., phenyl or naphthalenyl) or heterocyclic (e.g., pyridinyl).
  • ring member refers to an atom (e.g., C, O, N or S) forming the backbone of a ring.
  • ring system denotes two or more fused rings (e.g., quinazolinyl).
  • nonaromatic includes rings that are fully saturated as well as partially or fully unsaturated, provided that none of the rings are aromatic.
  • aromatic indicates that each of the ring atoms of a fully unsaturated ring are essentially in the same plane and have a / ⁇ -orbital perpendicular to the ring plane, and that (4n + 2) ⁇ electrons, where n is a positive integer, are associated with the ring to comply with Huckel's rule.
  • Carbocyclic ring or “carbocycle” denote a ring wherein the atoms forming the ring backbone are selected only from carbon. When a fully unsaturated carbocyclic ring satisfies Huckel's rule, then said ring is also called an "aromatic carbocyclic ring".
  • saturated carbocyclic ring refers to a ring having a backbone consisting of carbon atoms linked to one another by single bonds; unless otherwise specified, the remaining carbon valences are occupied by hydrogen atoms.
  • Compounds of this invention can exist as one or more stereoisomers.
  • the various stereoisomers include enantiomers, diastereomers, atropisomers and geometric isomers.
  • one stereoisomer may be more active and/or may exhibit beneficial effects when enriched relative to the other stereoisomer(s) or when separated from the other stereoisomer(s). Additionally, the skilled artisan knows how to separate, enrich, and/or to selectively prepare said stereoisomers.
  • the compounds of the invention may be present as a mixture of stereoisomers, individual stereoisomers or as an optically active form.
  • Formula 1 includes all crystalline and noncrystalline forms of the compounds that Formula 1 represents.
  • Non-crystalline forms include embodiments which are solids such as waxes and gums as well as embodiments which are liquids such as solutions and melts.
  • Crystalline forms include embodiments which represent essentially a single crystal type and embodiments which represent a mixture of polymorphs (i.e. different crystalline types).
  • polymorph refers to a particular crystalline form of a chemical compound that can crystallize in different crystalline forms, these forms having different arrangements and/or conformations of the molecules in the crystal lattice.
  • Embodiments of the present invention as described in the Summary of the Invention include those described below.
  • Formula 1 includes stereoisomers, N-oxides and salts thereof, and reference to "a compound of Formula 1" includes the definitions of substituents specified in the Summary of the Invention unless further defined in the Embodiments.
  • Embodiment 2 A compound of Embodiment 1 wherein Q 1 is a phenyl ring optionally substituted with up to 3 substituents independently selected from R 3a and R b .
  • Embodiment 3. A compound of Formula 1 or any one of Embodiments 1 through 2 wherein Q 1 is a phenyl ring optionally substituted with up to 2 substituents independently selected from R 3a and substituted with 1 to 2 substituents independently selected from R 3 ⁇ .
  • Embodiment 4 A compound of Embodiment 3 wherein Q 1 is a phenyl ring optionally substituted with up to 2 substituents independently selected from R 3a and substituted with 1 substituent selected from R b .
  • Embodiment 7 A compound of Embodiment 6 wherein Q 1 is a phenyl ring substituted with 1 to 2 substituents independently selected from R a and 1 substituent selected from R 3 ⁇ .
  • Embodiment 10 A compound of Embodiment 9 wherein Q 1 is a phenyl ring substituted with 1 substituent selected from R a and 1 substituent selected from R b .
  • Embodiment 11 A compound of Formula 1 or any one of Embodiments 1 through 10 wherein Q 1 is a phenyl ring substituted with at least 1 substituent selected from R 3a attached at the 2-position (relative to the connection of the Q 1 ring to the remainder of Formula 1).
  • Embodiment 12 A compound of Formula 1 or any one of Embodiments 1 through 11 wherein Q 1 is a phenyl ring substituted with at least 1 substituent selected from R 3 ⁇ attached at the 4-position (relative to the connection of the Q 1 ring to the remainder of Formula 1).
  • Embodiment 13 A compound of Formula 1 or any one of Embodiments 1 through 12 wherein Q 1 is a phenyl ring substituted with at least 1 substituent selected from R 3 ⁇ attached at the 3-position (relative to the connection of the Q 1 ring to the remainder of Formula 1).
  • Embodiment 14 A compound of Formula 1 or any one of Embodiments 1 through 13 wherein Q 1 is a phenyl ring substituted at the 2-position with a substituent selected from R 3a and at the 4-position with a substitutent selected from R 3b (relative to the connection of the Q 1 ring to the remainder of Formula 1).
  • Embodiment 15 A compound of Formula 1 or any one of Embodiments 1 through 13 wherein Q 1 is a phenyl ring substituted at the 2- and 6-positions with substituents independently selected from R 3a and at the 4-position with a substitutent selected from R 3b (relative to the connection of the Q 1 ring to the remainder of Formula 1).
  • Embodiment 16 A compound of Formula 1 or any one of Embodiments 1 through 13 wherein Q 1 is a phenyl ring substituted at the 2-position with a substituent selected from R 3a and at the 4-position with a substituent selected from R 3b ; or a phenyl ring substituted at the 2- and 6-positions with substituents independently selected from R 3a and at the 4-position with a substituent selected from R 3b .
  • Embodiment 17 A compound of Formula 1 or any one of Embodiments 1 through 13 wherein Q 1 is a phenyl ring substituted at the 2- and 6-positions with substituents independently selected from R a ; or a phenyl ring substituted at the 2-, 4- and 6-positions with substituents independently selected from R a .
  • R a and R 3b optionally substituted with up to 3 substituents independently selected from R a and R 3b .
  • Embodiment 20 A compound of Embodiment 19 wherein Q 2 is a phenyl ring
  • R a and R 3b optionally substituted with up to 2 substituents independently selected from R a and R 3b .
  • Embodiment 21 A compound of Formula 1 or any one of Embodiments 1 through 20 wherein Q 2 is a phenyl ring substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from R 3a and R 3b .
  • Embodiment 22 A compound of Embodiment 21 wherein Q 2 is a phenyl ring
  • Embodiment 24 A compound of Embodiment 22 wherein Q 2 is a phenyl ring
  • Embodiment 25 A compound of Embodiment 21 wherein Q 2 is a phenyl ring
  • Embodiment 26 A compound of Embodiment 25 wherein Q 2 is a phenyl ring substituted with 1 substituent selected from R 3a and 1 substituent selected from R3 .
  • Embodiment 27 A compound of Embodiment 21 wherein Q 2 is a phenyl ring
  • Embodiment 28 A compound of Formula 1 or any one of Embodiments 1 through 27 wherein Q 2 is a phenyl ring substituted with at least 1 substituent selected from R 3a attached at the 2-position (relative to the connection of the Q 2 ring to the remainder of Formula 1).
  • Embodiment 29 A compound of Formula 1 or any one of Embodiments 1 through 28 wherein Q 2 is a phenyl ring substituted with at least 1 substituent selected from R 3 ⁇ attached at the 4-position (relative to the connection of the Q 2 ring to the remainder of Formula 1).
  • Embodiment 30 A compound of Formula 1 or any one of Embodiments 1 through 29 wherein Q 2 is a phenyl ring substituted with at least 1 substituent selected from R 3 ⁇ attached at the 3-position (relative to the connection of the Q 2 ring to the remainder of Formula 1).
  • Embodiment 31 A compound of Formula 1 or any one of Embodiments 1 through 30 wherein Q 2 is a phenyl ring substituted with at least 2 substituents independently selected from R 3a attached at the 2- and 6-positions (relative to the connection of the Q 2 ring to the remainder of Formula 1).
  • Embodiment 33 A compound of Formula 1 or any one of Embodiments 1 through 31 wherein Q 2 is a phenyl ring substituted at the 2-, 4- and 6-postions with substituents independently selected from R 3a (relative to the connection of the Q 2 ring to the remainder of Formula 1).
  • Embodiment 34 A compound of Formula 1 or any one of Embodiments 1 through 32 wherein Q 2 is a phenyl ring substituted at the 2- and 6-positions with substituents independently selected from R a ; or a phenyl ring substituted at the 2-, 4- and 6-positions with substituents independently selected from R a .
  • Embodiment 35 A compound of Formula 1 or any one of Embodiments 1 through 31 wherein Q 2 is a phenyl ring substituted at the 2-position with a substituent selected from R 3a and at the 4-position with a substituent selected from R 3 ⁇ ; or a phenyl ring substituted at the 2- and 6-positions with substituents independently selected from R 3a and at the 4-position with a substituent selected from R 3 b.r Embodiment 36.
  • Embodiment 37. A compound of Formula 1 or any one of Embodiments 1 through 36 wherein X is O, S, NR 4 or CR 5a OR 5b .
  • Embodiment 40 A compound of Embodiment 39 wherein X is CHOR 5 ⁇ .
  • Embodiment 41 A compound of Embodiment 39 wherein X is NR 4 .
  • Embodiment 43 A compound of Embodiment 42 wherein R 1 is H, cyano, halogen, C1-C3 alkyl, C1-C3 haloalkyl, C2-C4 alkoxyalkyl, C1-C3 alkoxy or C1-C3 haloalkoxy.
  • Embodiment 46 A compound of Embodiment 45 wherein R 1 is H or methyl.
  • Embodiment 47 A compound of Embodiment 46 wherein R 1 is H.
  • Embodiment 48 A compound of Formula 1 or any one of Embodiments 1 through 47 wherein R 1 is taken alone.
  • Embodiment 49 A compound of Formula 1 or any one of Embodiments 1 through 48 wherein R la is H.
  • Embodiment 50 A compound of Formula 1 or any one of Embodiments 1 through 49 wherein R la is taken alone.
  • Embodiment 52 A compound of Formula 1 or any one of Embodiments 1 through 47 wherein R la and R 1 are taken together.
  • Embodiment 53 A compound of Formula 1 or any one of Embodiments 1 through 52 wherein R 2 is cyano, halogen, Ci -C2 alkyl, halomethyl, cyanomethyl, hydroxymethyl, methoxy or methylthio; or cyclopropyl optionally substituted with up to 2 substituents independently selected from halogen and methyl.
  • Embodiment 54 A compound of Embodiment 53 wherein R 2 is Br, CI, I or C 1 -C2 alkyl.
  • Embodiment 55 A compound of Embodiment 54 wherein R 2 is Br, CI or methyl.
  • Embodiment 57 A compound of Formula 1 or any one of Embodiments 1 through 56 wherein each R 3a is independently cyano, halogen, Ci -C4 alkyl, Ci -C4 haloalkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl, C3-C4 cycloalkyl, C4-C6 cycloalkylalkyl, C4-C6 alkylcycloalkyl, C1-C3 alkylthio, C1-C3 alkylsulfmyl, C1-C3 alkylsulfonyl, C1-C3 alkoxy, C1-C3 haloalkoxy, C3-C7 cycloalkoxy, C1 -C2 alkylsulfonyloxy, C2-C3 alkylcarbonyloxy, C2-C3 alkylcarbonyl, amino, methylamino, C2-C4 dialkylamino, C 2 -C 3 alkylcarbonylamino
  • Embodiment 59 A compound of Embodiment 58 wherein each R 3a is independently cyano, halogen, methyl, halomethyl or methoxy.
  • Embodiment 60 A compound of Embodiment 59 wherein each R 3a is independently cyano, halogen or methoxy.
  • Embodiment 61 A compound of Embodiment 60 wherein each R 3a is independently cyano, Br, CI, F or methoxy.
  • Embodiment 62 A compound of Embodiment 61 wherein each R 3a is independently Br, CI or F.
  • Embodiment 63 A compound of Embodiment 62 wherein each R 3a is F.
  • trialkylsilylalkyl C4-C9 trialkylsilylalkoxy, -CR 1 O ⁇ NOR 1 ob or
  • -ON CR l la R l lb ; or -A(CR 12a R 12b ) n W.
  • -CR 10a NOR 10b
  • Embodiment 71 A compound of Embodiment 70 wherein each R 3b is independently C2-C6 alkenyloxy, C2-C6 haloalkenyloxy, C3-C6 alkynyloxy, C3-C6
  • Embodiment 73 A compound of Formula 1 or any one of Embodiments 1 through 72 wherein each R 3b is -A(CR 12a R 12b ) n W.
  • Embodiment 74 A compound of Formula 1 or any one of Embodiments 1 through 73 wherein each A is O.
  • Embodiment 75 A compound of Formula 1 or any one of Embodiments 1 through 73 wherein each A is a direct bond.
  • Embodiment 78 A compound of Embodiment 76 wherein each W is independently a 3- to 6-membered heterocyclic ring containing ring members selected from carbon atoms and 1 to 3 heteroatoms independently selected from up to 2 O, up to 2 S and up to 3 N atoms, the ring optionally substituted with up to 3 substituents independently selected from R 13 on carbon atom ring members and R 1 on nitrogen atom ring members.
  • Embodiment 79 A compound of Embodiment 78 wherein each W is independently a 3- to 5-membered heterocyclic ring containing ring members selected from carbon atoms and 1 to 2 heteroatoms independently selected from up to 2 O and up to 2
  • N atoms the ring optionally substituted with up to 2 substituents independently selected from R 13 on carbon atom ring members and R 1 on nitrogen atom ring members.
  • Embodiment 80 A compound of Embodiment 79 wherein each W is independently a 3- to 5-membered heterocyclic ring containing ring members selected from carbon atoms and 1 to 2 heteroatoms independently selected from up to 2 O and up to 2 N atoms.
  • Embodiment 81 A compound of Formula 1 or any one of Embodiments 1 through 80 wherein each W is independently selected from W-1 through W-52 depicted in Exhibit 1;
  • R 1 a is selected from H and R 14 ; and each x is independently 0, 1 or 2.
  • Embodiment 82 A compound of Embodiment 81 wherein each W is independently selected from W-l through W-5, W-8, W-9 and W-12 through W-23.
  • Embodiment 83 A compound of Embodiment 82 wherein each W is independently selected from W-l, W-2, W-3, W-4, W-5, W-8, W-9, W-12, W-13, W-16, W-17,
  • Embodiment 84 A compound of Embodiment 83 wherein each W is independently selected from W-l, W-2, W-3, W-5, W-12, W-13 and W-20.
  • Embodiment 86 A compound of Embodiment 85 wherein each x is 0.
  • Embodiment 88 A compound of Embodiment 87 wherein R 4 is H, cyclopropyl,
  • Embodiment 92 A compound of Embodiment 91 wherein R 4 is H.
  • Embodiment 93 A compound of Formula 1 or any one of Embodiments 1 through 92 wherein R 5a is H or methyl.
  • Embodiment 94 A compound of Embodiment 90 wherein R 5a is H.
  • Embodiment 98 A compound of Embodiment 97 wherein R 5 ⁇ is H.
  • Embodiment 101 A compound of Embodiment 100 wherein R 6 is H or methyl.
  • Embodiment 103 A compound of Formula 1 or any one of Embodiments 1 through 102 wherein when R 7 is taken alone (i.e. not taken together with R 8 to form a ring), then R 7 is H or C r C 6 alkyl.
  • Embodiment 104 A compound of Embodiment 103 wherein R 7 is H.
  • Embodiment 106 A compound of Formula 1 or any one of Embodiments 1 through 105 wherein when R 8 is taken alone (i.e. not taken together with R 7 to form a ring), then R 8 is H, C ⁇ -C ⁇ alkyl, C ⁇ -C ⁇ haloalkyl or Cz Cg alkylcycloalkyl.
  • Embodiment 107 A compound of Embodiment 106 wherein R 8 is H or C ⁇ -C ⁇ alkyl.
  • Embodiment 110 A compound of Formula 1 or any one Embodiments 1 through 109 wherein when R 7 and R 8 are taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached to form a 4- to 7-membered nonaromatic heterocyclic ring, then said ring contains ring members, in addition to the connecting nitrogen atom, selected from carbon atoms and up to 1 ring member selected from O and NR 19 .
  • Embodiment 111 A compound of Embodiment 110 wherein R 7 and R 8 are taken
  • Embodiment 112. A compound of Embodiment 111 wherein R 7 and R 8 are taken
  • Embodiment 113a A compound of Formula 1 or any one of Embodiments 1 through
  • each R 10a is independently H or methyl.
  • Embodiment 114 A compound of Embodiment 113a wherein each R 10a is H.
  • Embodiment 115 A compound of Formula 1 or any one of Embodiments 1 through 114 wherein each R 10 ⁇ and R 10c is independently H, C1-C 3 alkyl, C1-C 3 haloalkyl,
  • Embodiment 116 A compound of Embodiment 115 wherein each R 10 ⁇ and R 10c is independently H, methyl, halomethyl or cyclopropyl.
  • Embodiment 116a A compound of Embodiment 116 wherein each R 10 ⁇ and R 10c is independently H or methyl.
  • Embodiment 117 A compound of Formula 1 or any one of Embodiments 1 through 116a wherein each R 12a is independently H, cyano or methyl.
  • Embodiment 118 A compound of Embodiment 117 wherein each R 12a is
  • Embodiment 119 A compound of Embodiment 118 wherein each R 12a is H.
  • Embodiment 120 A compound of Formula 1 or any one of Embodiments 1 through 119 wherein each R 12 ⁇ is independently H or methyl.
  • Embodiment 122 A compound of Formula 1 or any one of Embodiments 1 through 121 wherein each R 13 is independently halogen, cyano, methyl, halomethyl, methoxy or halomethoxy.
  • Embodiment 123 A compound of Embodiment 122 wherein each R 13 is independently halogen, methyl, halomethyl or methoxy.
  • Embodiment 123a A compound of Embodiment 123 wherein each R 13 is methyl.
  • Embodiment 124. A compound of Formula 1 or any one of Embodiments 1 through 123a wherein each R 14 is independently methyl or methoxy.
  • Embodiment 124a A compound of Embodiment 124a wherein each R 14 is methyl.
  • Embodiment 125 A compound of Formula 1 or any one of Embodiments 1 through
  • R 15 is methyl or halomethyl.
  • Embodiment 126 A compound of Formula 1 or any one of Embodiments 1 through 125 wherein R 16 is C ⁇ -C ⁇ alkyl, C ⁇ -C ⁇ alkoxy or C ⁇ -C ⁇ alkylthio.
  • Embodiment 127 A compound of Embodiment 126 wherein R 16 is methyl, ethyl, methoxy, ethoxy, methylthio or ethylthio.
  • Embodiment 128 A compound of Embodiment 127 wherein R 16 is methyl, methoxy or methylthio.
  • Embodiment 130 A compound of Formula 1 or any one of Embodiments 1 through 129 wherein each R 18 and R 21 is independently cyano, C 3 -C6 cycloalkyl or C1-C 3 alkoxy.
  • Embodiment 131 A compound of Embodiment 130 wherein each R 18 and R 21 is
  • Embodiment 132 A compound of Embodiment 131 wherein each R 18 and R 21 is
  • Embodiment 133 A compound of Formula 1 or any one of Embodiments 1 through 132 wherein R 19 is H or CH 3 .
  • Embodiment 134 A compound of Embodiment 133 wherein R 19 is CH 3 .
  • Embodiment 135. A compound of Formula 1 or any one of Embodiments 1 through 134 wherein R 20 is C ⁇ -C ⁇ alkyl, C ⁇ -C ⁇ alkoxy or C ⁇ -C ⁇ alkylthio.
  • Embodiment 136 A compound of Embodiment 135 wherein R 20 is methyl, ethyl, methoxy, ethoxy, methylthio or ethylthio.
  • Embodiment 137 A compound of Embodiment 136 wherein R 20 is methyl, methoxy or methylthio.
  • Embodiment 138 A compound of Formula 1 or any one of Embodiments 1 through 137 wherein each U is independently O or NR 22 .
  • Embodiment 139 A compound of Embodiment 138 wherein each U is independently O or NH.
  • Embodiment 141 A compound of Formula 1 or any one of Embodiments 1 through 140 wherein each T is independently NR 23a R 23 ⁇ or OR 24 .
  • Embodiment 142 A compound of Formula 1 or any one of Embodiments 1 through 141 wherein each R 23a and R 23 ⁇ is independently H, C ⁇ -C ⁇ alkyl or C ⁇ -C ⁇ haloalkyl.
  • Embodiment 143 A compound of Embodiment 142 wherein each R 23a and R 23 ⁇ is independently H, methyl or halomethyl.
  • Embodiment 144 A compound of Formula 1 or any one of Embodiments 1 through 143 wherein each R 24 is independently H, C ⁇ -C ⁇ alkyl or C ⁇ -C ⁇ haloalkyl.
  • Embodiment 145 A compound of Embodiment 144 wherein each R 24 is methyl.
  • Embodiment 147 A compound of Formula 1 or any one of Embodiments 1 through 146 wherein M is K or Na.
  • Embodiment 148 A compound of Formula 1 or any one of Embodiments 1 through 147 wherein m is 0.
  • Embodiment 149. A compound of Formula 1 or any one of Embodiments 1 through 148 wherein each n is independently 1, 2 or 3.
  • Embodiment 151 A compound of Embodiment 150 wherein each n is independently 0 or 1.
  • Embodiment 152 A compound of Embodiment 150 wherein each n is independently 1 or 2.
  • Embodiment 153 A compound of Embodiment 152 wherein each n is 1.
  • Embodiments of this invention can be combined in any manner, and the descriptions of variables in the embodiments pertain not only to the compounds of Formula 1 but also to the starting compounds and intermediate compounds useful for preparing the compounds of Formula 1 unless further defined in the Embodiments.
  • embodiments of this invention including Embodiments 1-153 above as well as any other embodiments described herein, and any combination thereof, pertain to the compositions and methods of the present invention. Combinations of Embodiments 1-153 are illustrated by:
  • Embodiment A A compound of Formula 1 wherein
  • Q 1 is a phenyl, pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl or pyridazinyl ring, each ring optionally substituted with up to 3 substituents independently selected from R 3a and R 3b ;
  • Q 2 is a phenyl, pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl or pyridazinyl ring, each ring optionally substituted with up to 3 substituents independently selected from R 3a and R 3b ;
  • X is O, S, NR 4 or CR 5a OR 5b ;
  • R la is H
  • each R a is independently cyano, halogen, -C4 alkyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl, C3-C4 cycloalkyl, C4-C6 cycloalkylalkyl, C4-C6 alkylcycloalkyl, C1-C3 alkylthio, C1-C3 alkylsulfinyl, C1-C3
  • each R 3b is independently C2-C4 haloalkenyl, C5-C8 cycloalkylalkenyl, C5-C8 cycloalkylalkynyl, C4-C6 alkoxy, C2-C6 alkenyloxy, C2-C6 haloalkenyloxy, C3-C6 alkynyl
  • each W is independently a 3- to 6-membered heterocyclic ring containing ring members selected from carbon atoms and 1 to 3 heteroatoms independently selected from up to 2 O, up to 2 S and up to 3 N atoms, the ring optionally substituted with up to 3 substituents independently selected from R 13 on carbon atom ring members and R 14 on nitrogen atom ring members;
  • R 5a is H or methyl
  • R 6 is H or methyl
  • R 8 is H, -Q alkyl, -Cg haloalkyl or C 4 -C 8 alkylcycloalkyl;
  • each R 10a is independently H, methyl or halomethyl
  • each R 12a is independently H, cyano or methyl
  • each R 14 is independently methyl or methoxy
  • R 15 is methyl or halomethyl
  • R 16 is methyl, ethyl, methoxy, ethoxy, methylthio or ethylthio;
  • each U is independently O or NR 22 ;
  • Embodiment B A compound of Embodiment A wherein
  • Q 1 is a phenyl ring optionally substituted with up to 3 substituents independently selected from R 3a and from R 3b ;
  • Q 2 is a phenyl ring optionally substituted with up to 3 substituents independently selected from R 3a and R 3b ;
  • X is O, NR 4 or CHOR 5b ;
  • each W is independently selected from W-l through E-52 (as depicted in Exhibit 1) wherein the bond shown projecting to the left is bonded to the remainder of the Formula 1; R 1 a is selected from H and R 14 ; and each x is independently 0, 1 or 2;
  • each R 12a is independently H or methyl
  • Embodiment C A compound of Embodiment B wherein
  • X is NR 4 or CHOR 5b ;
  • R 1 is H, halogen or C1-C3 alkyl
  • R 2 is Br, CI or methyl
  • R 4 is H
  • each R 10a is H
  • each R 10b and R 10c is independently H, methyl, halomethyl or cyclopropyl; each R 12a is H; and
  • each R 12b is H.
  • Embodiment D A compound of Embodiment C wherein
  • Q 1 is a phenyl ring optionally substituted with up to 2 substituents independently selected from R 3a and substituted with 1 substituent selected from R b ;
  • Q 2 is a phenyl ring substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from R 3a ;
  • R 1 is H
  • R 2 is methyl
  • each R 3a is independently cyano, Br, CI, F or methoxy.
  • Embodiment E A compound of Embodiment D wherein
  • Q 1 is a phenyl ring substituted with at least 1 substituent selected from R a attached at the 2-position;
  • Q 2 is a phenyl ring substituted with at least 1 substituent selected from R a attached at the 2-position;
  • each R 3a is independently Br, CI or F.
  • Embodiment Al A compound of Formula 1 wherein
  • Q 1 is a phenyl ring substituted at the 2-position with a substituent selected from R 3a and at the 4-position with a substituent selected from R 3b ; or a phenyl ring substituted at the 2- and 6-positions with substituents independently selected from R 3a and at the 4-position with a substituent selected from R b ;
  • Q 2 is a phenyl ring substituted at the 2- and 6-positions with substituents independently selected from R a ; or a phenyl ring substituted at the 2-, 4- and 6-positions with substituents independently selected from R a ;
  • X is NR 4 ;
  • R la is H
  • R 2 is methyl
  • each R a is independently cyano, Br, CI or F;
  • each A is independently O or a direct bond
  • each W is independently selected from W-1 through E-52 (as depicted in Exhibit 1) wherein the bond shown projecting to the left is bonded to the remainder of the Formula 1;
  • R 1 a is selected from H and R 14 ; and each x is independently 0, 1 or 2;
  • R 4 is H
  • each R 9a and R 9b is independently H or Ci -C4 alkyl
  • each R 10a is independently H, methyl or halomethyl
  • each R 10b and R 10c is independently H, C r C 3 alkyl, C r C 3 haloalkyl, C3-C4 cycloalkyl or C3-C4 halocycloalkyl;
  • each R l la and R l lb is independently H, -C3 alkyl or C1-C3 haloalkyl; each R 12a is independently H, cyano or methyl;
  • each R 12b is independently H or methyl
  • n 0, 1, 2 or 3.
  • Embodiment B 1. A compound of Embodiment Al wherein
  • each R 3b is independently C2-Cg alkenyloxy, C2-Cg haloalkenyloxy, C3-C6 alkynyloxy, C3-C6 haloalkynyloxy, C4-C8 cycloalkylalkoxy,
  • each W is independently selected from W-1 through W-5, W-8, W-9 and W-12 through W-23;
  • each R 9a and R 9b is independently H or methyl
  • each R 10a is independently H or methyl
  • each R 1 la and R 1 lb is independently H or methyl
  • each R 12a is independently H
  • each R 12b is independently H
  • each R 13 is independently halogen, methyl or halomethyl
  • each R 1 is methyl.
  • Embodiment CI A compound of Formula 1 wherein
  • Q 1 is a phenyl ring substituted at the 2- and 6-positions with substituents independently selected from R 3a ; or a phenyl ring substituted at the 2-,
  • X is NR 4 ;
  • R la is H
  • R 2 is methyl
  • each R 3a is independently cyano, Br, CI or F;
  • each A is independently O or a direct bond
  • R 4 is H
  • each R 9a and R 9b is independently H or Ci -C4 alkyl
  • each R 10a is independently H, methyl or halomethyl
  • each R 12b is independently H or methyl
  • n 0, 1, 2 or 3.
  • each R b is independently C2-Cg alkenyloxy, C2-Cg haloalkenyloxy, C3-C6 alkynyloxy, C3-C6 haloalkynyloxy, C4-C8 cycloalkylalkoxy,
  • each R 10a is independently H or methyl
  • each R 10b and R 10c is independently H or methyl; each R 1 la and R 1 ⁇ is independently H or methyl;
  • each R 12a is independently H
  • each R 12 ⁇ is independently H
  • each R 13 is independently halogen, methyl or halomethyl
  • Embodiment A2 A compound of Formula 1 wherein
  • alkylcarbonyl C2-C3 alkoxycarbonyl, C2-C3 alkylaminoalkyl
  • alkylcarbonyl C2-C3 alkoxycarbonyl, C2-C3 alkylaminoalkyl
  • R la is H
  • R l a and R 1 are taken together with the carbon atom to which they are attached to form a cyclopropyl ring optionally substituted with up to 2
  • R 2 is H, cyano, halogen, C1-C3 alkyl, C2-C3 alkenyl, C2-C3 alkynyl, C1-C3 haloalkyl, C2-C3 haloalkenyl, C2-C3 cyanoalkyl, C1-C3 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C3 alkoxy or C1-C3 alkylthio; or cyclopropyl optionally substituted with up to 2 substituents independently selected from halogen and methyl;
  • each R 3a is independently cyano, halogen, hydroxy, nitro, Ci -C4 alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl, C2-C4 alkynyl, C1 -C4 haloalkyl, C3-C4 cycloalkyl, C3-C7 halocycloalkyl, C4-C6 cycloalkylalkyl, C4-C6 alkylcycloalkyl, C1-C3 alkylthio, C 1 -C3 haloalkylthio, C1 -C3 alkylsulfinyl, C1 -C3
  • each R 3b is independently C5-C8 alkyl, C5-C8 haloalkyl, C5-C8 alkenyl,
  • R 5a is H or C r C 6 alkyl
  • cycloalkoxycarbonyl C4-C8 (cycloalkylthio)carbonyl, C 2 -Cg alkoxy(thiocarbonyl) or C4-C8 cycloalkoxy(thiocarbonyl);
  • R 6 is H, C ! -C 6 alkyl or C l -C 6 haloalkyl
  • R 7 and R 8 are taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are
  • each R 9a and R 9b is independently H or C1-C4 alkyl
  • each R 10a is independently H, C1-C3 alkyl or C1-C3 haloalkyl
  • each R 10b and R 10c is independently H, C r C 3 alkyl, C 2 -C 4 alkenyl, C 2 -C 4 alkynyl, C1-C3 haloalkyl, C 2 -C4 haloalkenyl, C3-C4 cycloalkyl, C4-C8 cycloalkylalkyl or C3-C4 halocycloalkyl;
  • each R l la and R l lb is independently H, C1-C3 alkyl or C1-C3 haloalkyl; each R 12a is independently H, halogen, cyano or C1-C4 alkyl;
  • each R 13 is independently halogen, cyano, C j -C 2 alkyl, Ci-C 2 haloalkyl,
  • each R 14 is independently cyano, C j -C 2 alkyl or Ci-C 2 alkoxy;
  • R 15 is C r C 6 alkyl or C r C 6 haloalkyl;
  • R 16 is C ⁇ -Cg alkyl, C2-Cg alkoxyalkyl, C2-C6 alkylaminoalkyl, C3-C6
  • dialkylaminoalkyl C ⁇ -C ⁇ alkoxy, C ⁇ -C ⁇ alkylthio or C2-C6
  • each R 18 and R 21 is independently cyano, C3-C6 cycloalkyl, C ⁇ -Cg alkoxy,
  • R 19 is H, C r C 3 alkyl or C 2 -C 3 haloalkyl
  • dialkylaminoalkyl C ⁇ -C ⁇ alkoxy, C ⁇ -C ⁇ alkylthio or C2-C6
  • each R 22 is independently H, C ⁇ -Cg alkyl, C ⁇ -Cg haloalkyl, C2-Cg
  • alkylcarbonyl C2-Cg alkoxycarbonyl, C2-Cg (alkylthio)carbonyl, C2-Cg alkoxy(thiocarbonyl), C4-C8 cycloalkylcarbonyl, C4-C8
  • each R 24 and R 25 is independently H, C ⁇ -Cg alkyl, C ⁇ -Cg haloalkyl, C2-Cg alkenyl, C3-C6 alkynyl, C3-C6 cycloalkyl, C3-C6 halocycloalkyl, C2-Cg alkylcarbonyl, C2-Cg alkoxycarbonyl, C2-Cg (alkylthio)carbonyl, C4-C8 cycloalkylcarbonyl, C4-C8 cycloalkoxycarbonyl, C4-C8 (cycloalkylthio)carbonyl, C2-C6 alkoxy(thiocarbonyl) or C4-C8 cycloalkoxy(thiocarbon
  • each R 27 is independently H, cyano, Ci -C3 alkyl or C1-C3 haloalkyl;
  • Z is O or S
  • M is K, Na or Li
  • each m is independently 0, 1 or 2;
  • each n is independently 1, 2 or 3;
  • X is O, S, NR 4 or CR 5a OR 5b ;
  • R la is H
  • R 2 is Br, Cl, I or C r C 2 alkyl
  • R 5a is H or methyl
  • R 8 is H, -Q alkyl, -Cg haloalkyl or C 4 -C 8 alkylcycloalkyl;
  • each R 10a is independently H, methyl or halomethyl
  • each R 10b and R 10c is independently H, C r C 3 alkyl, C r C 3 haloalkyl, C3-C4 cycloalkyl or C3-C4 halocycloalkyl;
  • each R 12a is independently H, cyano or methyl
  • each R 12b is independently H or methyl
  • each R 13 is independently halogen, methyl, halomethyl or methoxy
  • each R 14 is independently methyl or methoxy
  • R 15 is methyl or halomethyl
  • R 16 is methyl, ethyl, methoxy, ethoxy, methylthio or ethylthio;
  • R 20 is methyl, methoxy or methylthio; each U is independently O or NR 22 ;
  • each V is independently C2-C4 alkylene
  • each T is independently NR 23a R 23b or OR 24 ;
  • each R 23a and R 23b is independently H, C ⁇ -C ⁇ alkyl or C ⁇ -C ⁇ haloalkyl; each R 24 is independently H, C ⁇ -Cg alkyl or C ⁇ -Cg haloalkyl;
  • Z is O
  • n 1.
  • Q 1 is a phenyl ring optionally substituted with up to 3 substituents independently selected from R 3a and from R 3b ;
  • Q 2 is a phenyl ring optionally substituted with up to 3 substituents independently selected from R 3a and R 3b ;
  • X is O, NR 4 or CHOR 5b ;
  • R 1 is H, cyano, halogen, C1-C3 alkyl, C1-C3 haloalkyl, C2-C4 alkoxyalkyl, Ci -C3 alkoxy or C1-C3 haloalkoxy;
  • each R b is independently C4-C6 alkoxy, C2-Cg alkenyloxy, C2-Cg haloalkenyloxy, C3-C6 alkynyloxy, C3-C6 haloalkynyloxy, C4-C8 cycloalkylalkoxy, C3-C6 alkylsulfonyloxy, C3-C6 haloalkylsulfonyloxy, C3-C9 trialkylsilyl, C4-C9 trialkylsilylalkyl, C4-C9 trialkylsilylalkoxy, .
  • each W is independently a 3- to 5-membered heterocyclic ring containing ring members selected from carbon atoms and 1 to 2 heteroatoms
  • each R 12a is independently H or methyl
  • each R 12b is independently H or methyl
  • each U is independently O or NH.
  • Embodiment D2 A compound of Embodiment C2 wherein
  • X is NR 4 or CHOR 5b ;
  • R 1 is H, halogen or C1-C3 alkyl
  • R 2 is Br, CI or methyl
  • each R 3a is independently cyano, halogen or methoxy
  • R 4 is H
  • each R 10b and R 10c is independently H, methyl, halomethyl or cyclopropyl; each R 12a is H; and
  • Q 2 is a phenyl ring substituted with up to 3 substituents independently
  • R 1 is H
  • R 2 is methyl
  • each R 3a is independently cyano, Br, CI, F or methoxy.
  • Embodiment F2 A compound of Embodiment E2 wherein
  • Q 1 is a phenyl ring substituted with at least 1 substituent selected from R a attached at an ortho position;
  • Q2 is a phenyl ring substituted with at least 1 substituent selected from R a attached at an ortho position;
  • each R 3a is independently Br, CI or F.
  • Specific embodiments include compounds of Formula 1 selected from the group consisting of:
  • Compounds of Formula 1 can be prepared by reaction of a compound of Formula 2 (e.g., 5-aminopyrazoles for X being NR 4 , 5-hydroxypyrazoles for X being O or 5-mercaptopyrazoles for X being S) with a compound of Formula 3 wherein L 1 is a leaving group such as halogen (e.g., CI, Br or I) or (halo)alkylsulfonate (e.g., p- toluenesulfonate, methanesulfonate or trifluoromethanesulfonate) optionally in the presence of a metal catalyst, and generally in the presence of a base and a polar aprotic solvent such as N,N-dimethylformamide or dimethyl sulfoxide.
  • a compound of Formula 2 e.g., 5-aminopyrazoles for X being NR 4 , 5-hydroxypyrazoles for X being O or 5-mercaptopyrazoles for X being
  • L 1 is typically CI, Br, I or a sulfonate (e.g., methanesulfonate).
  • Q 2 is an aromactic ring lacking an electron-withdrawing substituent(s), or in general, to improve reaction rate, yield or product purity
  • a metal catalyst e.g., metal or metal salt
  • in amounts ranging from catalytic up to superstoichiometric can facilitate the desired reaction.
  • L 1 is Br or I or a sulfonate such as methyl trifluoromethanesulfonate or -OS(0)2(CF2)3CF3.
  • a metal catalyst such as copper salt complexes (e.g., Cul with N,A/"-dimethylethylenediamine, proline or bipyridyl), palladium complexes (e.g., tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0)) or palladium salts (e.g., palladium acetate) with ligands such as 4,5-bis(diphenylphosphino)- 9,9-dimethylxanthene, 2-dicyclohexylphosphino-2',4',6'-triisopropylbiphenyl or 2,2'-bis- (diphenylphosphino)l,l'-binaphthalene, with a base such as potassium carbon
  • 5-thiopyrazoles of Formula 2 the corresponding 5-hydroxypyrazoles can be treated with phosphorus pentasulfide or 2,4-bis(4-methoxyphenyl)-l,3-dithia-2,4-diphosphetane-2,4- disulfide (Lawesson's reagent) in solvents such as toluene, xylene or tetrahydrofuran.
  • solvents such as toluene, xylene or tetrahydrofuran.
  • a 5-aminopyrazole of Formula 2 can be converted to a diazonium salt and then to a corresponding 5-bromo or 5-iodopyrazole of Formula 4 by treatment with sodium nitrite in solvents such as water, acetic acid or trifluoroacetic acid, in the presence of a mineral acid typically containing the same halide atom as L 1 (e.g., aqueous HI solution for L 1 being I), followed by treatment with the corresponding copper(I) or copper(II) salt according to general procedures well-known to those skilled in the art.
  • solvents such as water, acetic acid or trifluoroacetic acid
  • compounds of Formula 4 wherein L 1 is Br can also be prepared by reacting pyrazolones of Formula 6 with phosphorus tribromide using the method described in Tetrahedron Lett. 2000, 47(24), 4713-4716.
  • Pyrazolones of Formula 6 can be prepared by condensation of ketoesters of Formula 7 with alkylhydrazines using the method described in J. Heterocyclic Chem. 1987, 24, 149-153.
  • compounds of Formula 4 wherein L 1 is fluoroalkylsulfonyl can be prepared from compounds of Formula 2 wherein X is O using the method described in Synlett 2004, (5), 795-798.
  • compounds of Formula 1 are prepared by reacting a compound of Formula 8 with an alkylating agent of formula Li-CHRiR 1 ⁇ 1 wherein L 1 is a leaving group such as halogen (e.g., CI, Br or I) or (halo)alkylsulfonate (e.g., /?-toluenesulfonate, methanesulfonate or trifluoromethanesulfonate), preferably in the presence of a base such as l ,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene, potassium carbonate or potassium hydroxide, and in a solvent such as N,N-dimethylformamide, tetrahydrofuran, toluene or water.
  • halogen e.g., CI, Br or I
  • haloalkylsulfonate e.g., /?-toluenesulfonate, methanesulfonate or
  • alkylations of this type are well-known in the art and can be readily adapted to prepare compounds of the present invention.
  • Particularly useful alkylating agents for preparing compounds of Formula 1 wherein R 1 and R l a are H are diazomethane or iodomethane using general procedures known in the art, such as those described in Canada Journal of Chemistry 1986, 64, 221 1-2219, and Heterocycles 2000, 55(12), 2775-2780.
  • halogenation can be achieved using a variety of halogenating agents known in the art such as elemental halogen (e.g., Cl 2 , Br 2 , 1 ⁇ 2), sulfuryl chloride, iodine monochloride or a N-halosuccinimide (e.g., NBS, NCS, NIS) in an appropriate solvent such as N,N-dimethylformamide, carbon tetrachloride, acetonitrile, dichloromethane or acetic acid.
  • elemental halogen e.g., Cl 2 , Br 2 , 1 ⁇ 2
  • sulfuryl chloride iodine monochloride or a N-halosuccinimide (e.g., NBS, NCS, NIS)
  • an appropriate solvent such as N,N-dimethylformamide, carbon tetrachloride, acetonitrile, dichloromethane or acetic acid.
  • Alkylation is achieved by reacting a compound of
  • L 1 is a leaving group such as CI, Br, I or a sulfonate, for example, /?-toluenesulfonate, methanesulfonate or trifluoromethanesulfonate.
  • Suitable metalating agents include, for example, /? -butyl lithium (ft-BuLi), lithium diisopropylamide (LDA) or sodium hydride (NaH).
  • alkylation and “alkylating agent” are not limited to R 2 being an alkyl group, and include in addition to alkyl such groups as alkylthio, haloalkyl, alkenyl, haloalkenyl, alkynyl, and the like.
  • alkyl such groups as alkylthio, haloalkyl, alkenyl, haloalkenyl, alkynyl, and the like.
  • intermediate compounds of Formula 9 can be prepared by reacting a compound of Formula 10 with hydrazine hydrochloride.
  • the reaction can be run in a variety of solvents, but optimal yields are typically obtained when the reaction is run in ethanol at a temperature between about room temperature and the reflux temperature of the solvent.
  • General procedures for this type of reaction are well documented in the chemical literature; see, for example, Bioorganic & Medicinal Chemistry 2005, 13(6), 2097-2107, Journal of Heterocyclic Chemistry 1989, 26(4), 1147-1158, and PCT Patent Publication WO 2009/137651, Example 39, Step C.
  • R is halogen or alkyl halogen or (halo)alkylsulfonate
  • compounds of Formula 10 can be prepared from ketones of Formula 11 and N,N-dimethylformamide dimethyl acetal using the method described by Maya et al, Bioorganic & Medicinal Chemistry 2005, 13(6), 2097-2107.
  • the reaction is typically conducted in a solvent such as benzene, toluene or xylenes at a temperature between about room temperature and the reflux temperature of the solvent.
  • Ketones of Formula 11 can be prepared by reaction of acid chlorides of Formula 12 with a compound of formula Q 2 X-H under Friedel-Crafts condensation reaction conditions. Friedel-Crafts reactions are documented in a variety of published references; see, for example, J. March, Advanced Organic Chemistry, McGraw-Hill, New York, p. 490 and references cited therein, and PCT Patent Publications WO 2005/037758 and WO 2009/137651 (Example 39, Step A).
  • Compounds of Formula 1 can also be prepared as shown in Scheme 10.
  • a compound of Formula 13 is first treated with an organometallic agent of Formula 14 such an alkyl lithium base (e.g., n-butyllithium, s-butyllithium or lithium diisopropylamide) or a Grignard reagent in a solvent such as toluene, ethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran or dimethoxymethane at temperatures ranging from about -78 °C to ambient temperature.
  • Anions of Formula 13a are then contacted with an electrophile of Formulae 15 or 16.
  • an appropriate electrophile of Formulae 15 or 16 will depend on the desired compound of Formula 1 and will be apparent to one skilled in chemical synthesis.
  • aldehydes of the formula Q 2 CHO provide compounds Formula 1 wherein X is CH(OH) and chlorosulfides of formula QiSCl or disulfies formula of QiS-S-Q 1 provide compounds Formula 1 wherein X is S.
  • chlorosulfides of formula QiSCl or disulfies formula of QiS-S-Q 1 provide compounds Formula 1 wherein X is S.
  • keto compounds of Formula 17 can be treated with alkylmagnesium halides to provide compounds of Formula la (i.e Formula 1 wherein X is CR 5a OR 5b , R 5a is alkyl and R 5b is H).
  • the reaction is run in the presence of zinc chloride and in a solvent such as diethyl ether or tetrahydrofuran at temperatures from about 0 to 100 °C (for references see, for exmple, Organic Lett. 2009, 11, 1659-1662, and J. Am. Chem. Soc. 2006, 128, 9998-9999).
  • compounds of Formula lb (i.e. Formula 1 wherein X is NR 4 and R 4 is H) can be prepared by reacting a compound of Formula 20 with an alkylhydrazine of Formula 21 in a solvent such as ethanol or methanol and optionally in the presence of an acid or base catalyst such as acetic acid, piperidine or sodium methoxide, according to general procedures known in the art.
  • a solvent such as ethanol or methanol
  • an acid or base catalyst such as acetic acid, piperidine or sodium methoxide
  • R ⁇ is H or lower alkyl (e.g.,
  • compounds of Formula 20 can be prepared by reaction of corresponding ketene dithioacetal compounds of Formula 22 with compounds of formula Q 2 -NH 2 optionally in the presence of a base, such as sodium hydride or ethylmagnesium chloride, in solvents such as toluene, tetrahydrofuran or dimethoxymethane, at temperatures ranging from -10 °C to the boiling point of the solvent.
  • a base such as sodium hydride or ethylmagnesium chloride
  • solvents such as toluene, tetrahydrofuran or dimethoxymethane
  • compounds of Formula lb (i.e. Formula 1 wherein X is NR 4 and R 4 is H) can also be prepared by condensing a compound of Formula 23 with an alkylhydrazine of Formula 21 in a solvent such as tetrahyrofuran, ethanol or methanol and optionally in the presence of an acid or base catalyst such as acetic acid, piperidine or sodium methoxide, according to general procedures known in the art (see Chemistry of Heterocyclic Compounds 2011, 47(8), 970-976).
  • a solvent such as tetrahyrofuran, ethanol or methanol
  • an acid or base catalyst such as acetic acid, piperidine or sodium methoxide
  • Compounds of Formula 23 can readily be prepared by reacting enolates of Formula 24 with isothiocyantes followed by methylsulfanylation using the method described by Tong et al, Bioorganic & Medicinal Chemistry Letters 2008, 18, 5206-5208.
  • Compounds of Formula 24 can be prepared from commercially available amines according to procedures described in the art (see Synthetic Communications 2007, 37, 985-991). The method of Scheme 15 is also illustrated by Example 1, Steps A-B.
  • Compounds of Formula 1 can be subjected to various nucleophilic and metallation reactions to add substituents or modify existing substituents, and thus provide other functionalized compounds of Formula 1.
  • compounds of Formula lc i.e. Formula 1 wherein X in NR 4 and R 4 is other than H
  • compounds of Formula lb i.e. Formula 1 wherein X is NR 4 and R 4 is H
  • an electrophile comprising R 4 (i.e. Formula 25) typically in the presence of a base such as NaH and a polar solvent such as N,N-dimethylformamide.
  • electrophile comprising R 4 means a chemical compound capable of transferring an R 4 moiety to a nucleophile (such as the nitrogen atom attached to Q 2 in Formula lb).
  • electrophiles comprising R 4 have the formula R L 2 wherein L 2 is a nucleofuge (i.e. leaving group in nucleophilic reactions).
  • Typical nucleofuges include halogens (e.g., CI, Br, I) and sulfonates (e.g., OS(0) 2 CH 3 , OS(0) 2 CF 3 , OS(0)2-(4-CH 3 -Ph)).
  • electrophiles comprising R 4 do not comprise a nucleofuge; an example is sulfur trioxide (S0 3 ), which after deprotonation (such as by a base of the formulae M + H ⁇ wherein M + is a cation) of the nitrogen atom attached to Q 2 in Formula lb, can bond to the nitrogen atom as a -SO3M substituent.
  • S0 3 sulfur trioxide
  • R is other than H
  • a fluoro can be introduce at the 3-position of the pyrazole ring by treating compounds Formula Id (i.e. Formula 1 wherein R 2 is chlorine) with potassium fluoride or cesium fluoride in presence of a solvent such as dimethyl sulfoxide or A ,N-dimethylformamide at 0-25 °C for time periods of 30 minutes to 4 h, using procedures such as described in Zhurnal Organicheskoi Khimii 1983, 19, 2164-2173.
  • sulfoxides and sulfones of Formula lg can be prepared by oxidation of compounds of Formula If (i.e. Formula 1 wherein X is S).
  • an oxidizing agent in an amount from about 1 to 4 equivalents, depending on the oxidation state of the desired product, is added to a mixture of a compound of Formula If and a solvent.
  • Useful oxidizing agents include Oxone® (potassium peroxymonosulfate), potassium permanganate, hydrogen peroxide, sodium periodate, peracetic acid and 3-chloroperbenzoic acid.
  • the solvent is selected with regard to the oxidizing agent employed.
  • Aqueous ethanol or aqueous acetone is preferably used with potassium peroxymonosulfate, and dichloromethane is generally preferable with 3-chloroperbenzoic acid.
  • Useful reaction temperatures typically range from about -78 to 90 °C. Oxidation reactions of this type are described by Brand et al, J. Agric. Food Chem. 1984, 32, 221-226 and Ouyang, et al, J. Agric. Food Chem. 2008, 56, 10160-10167.
  • n 1 or 2
  • Compounds of Formula 1, or intermediates for their preparation may contain aromatic nitro groups, which can be reduced to amino groups, and then converted via reactions well-known in the art (e.g., Sandmeyer reaction) to various halides.
  • aromatic amines anilines
  • diazonium salts phenols
  • aromatic halides such as bromides or iodides prepared via the Sandmeyer reaction can react with alcohols under copper-catalyzed conditions, such as the Ullmann reaction or known modifications thereof, to provide compounds of Formula 1 that contain alkoxy substituents.
  • halogen groups such as fluorine or chlorine
  • R 3a is - U-V-T
  • Compounds of Formula 1 or precursors thereof in which R 2 is halide, preferably bromide or iodide, are particularly useful intermediates for transition metal-catalyzed cross-coupling reactions to prepare compounds of Formula 1.
  • Step A Preparation of l-(2,6-difluoro-4-methoxyphenyl)-2-propanone
  • iodomethane (2.11 g, 14.9 mmol) was added to the reaction mixture and the mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature.
  • Glacial acetic acid (2.15 g, 35.7 mmol)
  • water 1.3 g, 72.2 mmol
  • methyl hydrazine (2.74 g. 59.54 mmol) were sequentially added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was then heated at reflux for about 16 h.
  • the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and the resulting material was purified by medium pressure liquid chromatography (0 to 50% gradient of ethyl acetate in hexanes as eluant) to provide the title compound (1.9 g).
  • Step C Preparation of 4-[l,3-dimethyl-5-[(2,4,6-trifluorophenyl)amino]-lH-pyrazol-
  • the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and the resulting material was purified by medium pressure liquid chromatography (0 to 50% gradient of ethyl acetate in hexanes as eluant) to provide the title compound (1.9 g), a compound of the present invention.
  • Q 2 is 2,4,6-tri-F-Ph, (R : 3a )p is 2,6-di-F.
  • the present disclosure also includes Tables 1A through 215A, each of which is constructed the same as Table 1 above, except that the row heading in Table 1 (i.e. "Q 2 is 2,4,6-tri-F-Ph, (R a ) p is 2,6-di-F") is replaced with the respective row headings shown below.
  • Table 1A the row heading is "Q 2 is 2,4,6-tri-F-Ph, (R 3a ) p is 2-F", and R 3 ⁇ is as defined in Table 1 above.
  • Table 1A specifically discloses 1 ,3-dimethyl-N-(2,4,6-trifluorophenyl)-4-[2-fluoro-4-(-propyn- 1 -yloxy)phenyl]- lH-pyrazol-5-amine.
  • Tables 2A through 215A are constructed similarly.
  • 6A Q 2 is 2,4,6-tri-F-Ph, (R 3a ) p is 2-Cl, 6-Br.
  • 113A Q 2 is 2,6-di-Cl-4-Me-Ph, (R 3a ) p is 2-F.
  • 10A Q 2 is 2,6-di-F-Ph, (R 3a ) p is 2-Cl.
  • 117A Q 2 is 2,6-di-Cl-4-Me-Ph, (R 3a ) p is 2-Cl, 6-F.
  • 11A Q 2 is 2,6-di-F-Ph, (R 3a ) p is 2-Br.
  • 118A Q 2 is 2,6-di-Cl-4-Me-Ph, (R 3a ) p is 2-Cl, 6-Br.
  • Q 2 is 2,6-di-F-Ph, (R 3a ) p is 2-Me. 119A Q 2 is 2,6-di-Cl-4-Me-Ph, (R 3a ) p is 2,6-di-Cl.
  • Q 2 is 2,6-di-F-Ph, (R 3a ) p is 2-Cl, 6-F.
  • 120A Q 2 is 2,6-di-Br-4-Me-Ph, (R 3a ) p is 2,6-di-F.
  • Q 2 is 2,6-di-F-4-MeO-Ph, (R 3a ) p is 2-F.
  • 124 A Q 2 is 2,6-di-Br-4-Me-Ph, (R 3a ) p is 2-Me.
  • 21A Q 2 is 2,6-di F -4-MeO-Ph, (R 3a ) p is 2-Cl, 6-F. 128A Q 2 is 2,4,6-tri-Cl-Ph, (R 3a ) p is 2,6-di-F.
  • 26A Q 2 is 2,6-di F -4-Me-Ph, (R 3a ) p is 2-Cl.
  • 133A Q 2 is 2,4,6-tri-Cl-Ph, (R 3a ) p is 2-Cl, 6-F.
  • 31A Q 2 is 2,6-di F -4-Me-Ph, (R 3a ) p is 2,6-di-Cl.
  • 138A Q 2 is 2-C1-4-F, (R 3a ) p is 2-Cl.
  • 33A Q 2 is 2,6-di F -4-CN-Ph, (R 3a ) p is 2-F. 140A Q 2 is 2-C1-4-F, (R 3a ) p is 2-Me.
  • Q 2 is 2,6-di F -4-CN-Ph, (R 3a ) p is 2-Br. 142 A Q 2 is 2-C1-4-F, (R 3a ) p is 2-Cl, 6-Br.
  • 43A Q 2 is 2,6-di F -4-Cl-Ph, (R 3a ) p is 2-Br.
  • 150A Q 2 is 2-Cl-4-Me, (R 3a ) p is 2-Cl, 6-Br.
  • 49A Q 2 is 2,6-di F -4-Br-Ph, (R 3a ) p is 2-F.
  • 156A Q 2 is 2-Cl-4-MeO, (R 3a ) p is 2-Me.
  • 50A Q 2 is 2,6-di F -4-Br-Ph, (R 3a ) p is 2-Cl.
  • 157A Q 2 is 2-Cl-4-MeO, (R 3a ) p is 2-Cl, 6-F.
  • 51A Q 2 is 2,6-di F -4-Br-Ph, (R 3a ) p is 2-Br.
  • 158A Q 2 is 2-Cl-4-MeO, (R 3a ) p is 2-Cl, 6-Br.
  • Q 2 is 2,6-di F -4-Br-Ph, (R 3a ) p is 2-Cl, 6-F. 160A Q 2 is 2-Br-4-F, (R 3a ) p is 2,6-di-F.
  • 57A Q 2 is 2,4-di-F-Ph, (R 3a ) p is 2-F.
  • 164A Q 2 is 2-Br-4-F, (R 3a ) p is 2-Me.
  • 58A Q 2 is 2,4-di-F-Ph, (R 3a ) p is 2-Cl.
  • 165 A Q 2 is 2-Br-4-F, (R 3a ) p is 2-Cl, 6-F.
  • 59A Q 2 is 2,4-di-F-Ph, (R 3a ) p is 2-Br.
  • 166A Q 2 is 2-Br-4-F,
  • (R 3a ) p is 2-Cl, 6-Br.
  • 60A Q 2 is 2,4-di-F-Ph
  • (R 3a ) p is 2-Me 167A Q 2 is 2-Br-4-F
  • (R 3a ) p is 2,6-di-Cl.
  • 61A Q 2 is 2,4-di-F-Ph, (R 3a ) p is 2-Cl, 6-F. 168A Q 2 is 2-Br-4-Me, (R 3a ) p is 2,6-di-F.
  • 62A Q 2 is 2,4-di-F-Ph, (R 3a ) p is 2-Cl, 6-Br. 169A Q 2 is 2-Br-4-Me, (R 3a ) p is 2-F.
  • 64A Q 2 is 2,4-di-F-6-Cl-Ph, (R 3a ) p is 2,6-di-F. 171A Q 2 is 2-Br-4-Me, (R 3a ) p is 2-Br.
  • 65A Q 2 is 2,4-di-F-6-Cl-Ph, (R 3a ) p is 2-F.
  • 172A Q 2 is 2-Br-4-Me, (R 3a ) p is 2-Me.
  • 66A Q 2 is 2,4-di-F-6-Cl-Ph, (R 3a ) p is 2-Cl. 173A Q 2 is 2-Br-4-Me, (R 3a ) p is 2-Cl, 6-F.
  • 67A Q 2 is 2,4-di-F-6-Cl-Ph, (R 3a ) p is 2-Br.
  • 174A Q 2 is 2-Br-4-Me, (R 3a ) p is 2-Cl, 6-Br.
  • 71A Q 2 is 2,4-di-F-6-Cl-Ph, (R 3a ) p is 2,6-di-Cl.
  • 178A Q 2 is 2-Br-4-MeO, (R 3a ) p is 2-Cl.
  • 74A Q 2 is 2,4-di-F-6-Br-Ph, (R 3a ) p is 2-Cl. 181A Q 2 is 2-Br-4-MeO, (R 3a ) p is 2-Cl, 6-F.
  • 81A Q 2 is 2-Cl-4-Me-6-F-Ph, (R 3a ) p is 2-F.
  • 188A Q 2 is 2,4-di-Cl, (R 3a ) p is 2-Me.
  • 82A Q 2 is 2-Cl-4-Me-6-F-Ph, (R 3a ) p is 2-Cl.
  • 189A Q 2 is 2,4-di-Cl, (R 3a ) p is 2-Cl, 6-F.
  • 83A Q 2 is 2-Cl-4-Me-6-F-Ph, (R 3a ) p is 2-Br.
  • 190A Q 2 is 2,4-di-Cl, (R 3a ) p is 2-Cl, 6-Br.
  • Q 2 is 2-Cl-4-Me-6-F-Ph, (R 3a ) p is 2-Cl, 6-F. 192 A Q 2 is 2,6-di-Cl, (R 3a ) p is 2,6-di-F.
  • Q 2 is 2-Cl-4-MeO-6-F-Ph, (R 3a ) p is 2-Cl.
  • 197A Q 2 is 2,6-di-Cl, (R 3a ) p is 2-Cl, 6-F.
  • 91A Q 2 is 2-Cl-4-MeO-6-F-Ph, (R 3a ) p is 2-Br.
  • 198A Q 2 is 2,6-di-Cl, (R 3a ) p is 2-Cl, 6-Br.
  • 92A Q 2 is 2-Cl-4-MeO-6-F-Ph, (R 3a ) p is 2-Me. 199 A Q 2 is 2,6-di-Cl, (R 3a ) p is 2,6-di-Cl.
  • 96A Q 2 is 2-Br-4-Me-6-F-Ph, (R 3a ) p is 2,6-di-F.
  • 203A Q 2 is 2,4 -di-Me, (R 3a ) p is 2-Br.
  • 98A Q 2 is 2-Br-4-Me-6-F-Ph, (R 3a ) p is 2-Cl.
  • 205A Q 2 is 2,4 -di-Me, (R 3a ) p is 2-Cl, 6-F.
  • Q 2 is 2-Br-4-Me-6-F-Ph, (R 3a ) p is 2-Br.
  • 206A Q 2 is 2,4 -di-Me, (R 3a ) p is 2-Cl, 6-Br.
  • 100A Q 2 is 2-Br-4-Me-6-F-Ph, (R 3a ) p is 2-Me.
  • 207A Q 2 is 2,4 -di-Me, (R 3a ) p is 2,6-di-Cl.
  • Q 2 is 2-Br-4-Me-6-F-Ph
  • (R 3a ) p is 2-Cl
  • 6-Br. 209A Q 2 is 2,6 -di-Me
  • (R 3a ) p is 2-F.
  • a Q 2 is 2-Br-4-Me-6-F-Ph, (R 3a ) p is 2,6-di-Cl.
  • 210A Q 2 is 2,6 -di-Me, (R 3a ) p is 2-Cl.
  • Q 2 is 2-Br-4-MeO-6-F-Ph, (R 3a ) p is 2,6-di-F.
  • 211A Q 2 is 2,6 -di-Me, (R 3a ) p is 2-Br.
  • Q 2 is 2-Br-4-MeO-6-F-Ph, (R 3a ) p is 2-F.
  • 212A Q 2 is 2,6 -di-Me, (R 3a ) p is 2-Me.
  • 106A Q 2 is 2-Br-4-MeO-6-F-Ph, (R 3a ) p is 2-Cl. 213A Q 2 is 2,6 -di-Me, (R 3a ) p is 2-Cl, 6-F.
  • 107A Q 2 is 2-Br-4-MeO-6-F-Ph, (R 3a ) p is 2-Br.
  • 214A Q 2 is 2,6 -di-Me, (R 3a ) p is 2-Cl, 6-Br.
  • Q 2 is 2,6 -di-Me
  • (R 3a ) p is 2,6-di-Cl.
  • a compound of this invention will generally be used as a fungicidal active ingredient in a composition, i.e. formulation, with at least one additional component selected from the group consisting of surfactants, solid diluents and liquid diluents, which serve as a carrier.
  • a composition i.e. formulation
  • additional component selected from the group consisting of surfactants, solid diluents and liquid diluents, which serve as a carrier.
  • the formulation or composition ingredients are selected to be consistent with the physical properties of the active ingredient, mode of application and environmental factors such as soil type, moisture and temperature.
  • Liquid compositions include solutions (including emulsifiable concentrates), suspensions, emulsions (including microemulsions and/or suspoemulsions) and the like, which optionally can be thickened into gels.
  • aqueous liquid compositions are soluble concentrate, suspension concentrate, capsule suspension, concentrated emulsion, microemulsion and suspo-emulsion.
  • nonaqueous liquid compositions are emulsifiable concentrate, microemulsifiable concentrate, dispersible concentrate and oil dispersion.
  • compositions are dusts, powders, granules, pellets, prills, pastilles, tablets, filled films (including seed coatings) and the like, which can be water-dispersible ("wettable") or water-soluble. Films and coatings formed from film- forming solutions or flowable suspensions are particularly useful for seed treatment.
  • Active ingredient can be (micro)encapsulated and further formed into a suspension or solid formulation; alternatively the entire formulation of active ingredient can be encapsulated (or "overcoated”). Encapsulation can control or delay release of the active ingredient.
  • An emulsifiable granule combines the advantages of both an emulsifiable concentrate formulation and a dry granular formulation. High-strength compositions are primarily used as intermediates for further formulation.
  • Sprayable formulations are typically extended in a suitable medium before spraying. Such liquid and solid formulations are formulated to be readily diluted in the spray medium, usually water. Spray volumes can range from about one to several thousand liters per hectare, but more typically are in the range from about ten to several hundred liters per hectare. Sprayable formulations can be tank mixed with water or another suitable medium for foliar treatment by aerial or ground application, or for application to the growing medium of the plant. Liquid and dry formulations can be metered directly into drip irrigation systems or metered into the furrow during planting. Liquid and solid formulations can be applied onto seeds of crops and other desirable vegetation as seed treatments before planting to protect developing roots and other subterranean plant parts and/or foliage through systemic uptake.
  • the formulations will typically contain effective amounts of active ingredient, diluent and surfactant within the following approximate ranges which add up to 100 percent by weight.
  • Solid diluents include, for example, clays such as bentonite, montmorillonite, attapulgite and kaolin, gypsum, cellulose, titanium dioxide, zinc oxide, starch, dextrin, sugars (e.g., lactose, sucrose), silica, talc, mica, diatomaceous earth, urea, calcium carbonate, sodium carbonate and bicarbonate, and sodium sulfate.
  • Typical solid diluents are described in Watkins et al., Handbook of Insecticide Dust Diluents and Carriers, 2nd Ed., Dorland Books, Caldwell, New Jersey.
  • Liquid diluents include, for example, water, N,N-dimethylalkanamides (e.g., N,N-dimethylformamide), limonene, dimethyl sulfoxide, N-alkylpyrrolidones (e.g., N-methylpyrrolidinone), ethylene glycol, triethylene glycol, propylene glycol, dipropylene glycol, polypropylene glycol, propylene carbonate, butylene carbonate, paraffins (e.g., white mineral oils, normal paraffins, isoparaffins), alkylbenzenes, alkylnaphthalenes, glycerine, glycerol triacetate, sorbitol, aromatic hydrocarbons, dearomatized aliphatics, alkylbenzenes, alkylnaphthalenes, ketones such as cyclohexanone, 2-heptanone, isophorone and 4-hydroxy- 4-methyl-2-pentan
  • Liquid diluents also include glycerol esters of saturated and unsaturated fatty acids (typically C6-C22), such as plant seed and fruit oils (e.g., oils of olive, castor, linseed, sesame, corn (maize), peanut, sunflower, grapeseed, safflower, cottonseed, soybean, rapeseed, coconut and palm kernel), animal-sourced fats (e.g., beef tallow, pork tallow, lard, cod liver oil, fish oil), and mixtures thereof.
  • plant seed and fruit oils e.g., oils of olive, castor, linseed, sesame, corn (maize), peanut, sunflower, grapeseed, safflower, cottonseed, soybean, rapeseed, coconut and palm kernel
  • animal-sourced fats e.g., beef tallow, pork tallow, lard, cod liver oil, fish oil
  • Liquid diluents also include alkylated fatty acids (e.g., methylated, ethylated, butylated) wherein the fatty acids may be obtained by hydrolysis of glycerol esters from plant and animal sources, and can be purified by distillation.
  • alkylated fatty acids e.g., methylated, ethylated, butylated
  • Typical liquid diluents are described in Marsden, Solvents Guide, 2nd Ed., Interscience, New York, 1950.
  • the solid and liquid compositions of the present invention often include one or more surfactants.
  • surfactants also known as “surface-active agents”
  • surface-active agents generally modify, most often reduce, the surface tension of the liquid.
  • surfactants can be useful as wetting agents, dispersants, emulsifiers or defoaming agents.
  • Useful anionic surfactants include, but are not limited to: alkylaryl sulfonic acids and their salts; carboxylated alcohol or alkylphenol ethoxylates; diphenyl sulfonate derivatives; lignin and lignin derivatives such as lignosulfonates; maleic or succinic acids or their anhydrides; olefin sulfonates; phosphate esters such as phosphate esters of alcohol alkoxylates, phosphate esters of alkylphenol alkoxylates and phosphate esters of styryl phenol ethoxylates; protein-based surfactants; sarcosine derivatives; styryl phenol ether sulfate; sulfates and sulfonates of oils and fatty acids; sulfates and sulfonates of ethoxylated alkylphenols; sulfates of alcohols; sulfates of e
  • Useful cationic surfactants include, but are not limited to: amides and ethoxylated amides; amines such as N-alkyl propanediamines, tripropylenetriamines and dipropylenetetramines, and ethoxylated amines, ethoxylated diamines and propoxylated amines (prepared from the amines and ethylene oxide, propylene oxide, butylene oxide or mixtures thereof); amine salts such as amine acetates and diamine salts; quaternary ammonium salts such as quaternary salts, ethoxylated quaternary salts and diquaternary salts; and amine oxides such as alkyldimethylamine oxides and bis-(2-hydroxyethyl)-alkylamine oxides.
  • amines such as N-alkyl propanediamines, tripropylenetriamines and dipropylenetetramines, and ethoxylated amine
  • Nonionic, anionic and cationic surfactants and their recommended uses are disclosed in a variety of published references including McCutcheon 's Emulsifiers and Detergents, annual American and International Editions published by McCutcheon's Division, The Manufacturing Confectioner Publishing Co.; Sisely and Wood, Encyclopedia of Surface Active Agents, Chemical Publ. Co., Inc., New York, 1964; and A. S. Davidson and B. Milwidsky, Synthetic Detergents, Seventh Edition, John Wiley and Sons, New York, 1987.
  • compositions of this invention may also contain formulation auxiliaries and additives, known to those skilled in the art as formulation aids (some of which may be considered to also function as solid diluents, liquid diluents or surfactants).
  • formulation auxiliaries and additives may control: pH (buffers), foaming during processing (antifoams such polyorganosiloxanes), sedimentation of active ingredients (suspending agents), viscosity (thixotropic thickeners), in-container microbial growth (antimicrobials), product freezing (antifreezes), color (dyes/pigment dispersions), wash-off (film formers or stickers), evaporation (evaporation retardants), and other formulation attributes.
  • Film formers include, for example, polyvinyl acetates, polyvinyl acetate copolymers, polyvinylpyrrolidone-vinyl acetate copolymer, polyvinyl alcohols, polyvinyl alcohol copolymers and waxes.
  • formulation auxiliaries and additives include those listed in McCutcheon 's Volume 2: Functional Materials, annual International and North American editions published by McCutcheon's Division, The Manufacturing Confectioner Publishing Co.; and PCT Publication WO 03/024222.
  • the compound of Formula 1 or Formula 1A and any other active ingredients are typically incorporated into the present compositions by dissolving the active ingredient in a solvent or by grinding in a liquid or dry diluent.
  • Solutions, including emulsifiable concentrates can be prepared by simply mixing the ingredients. If the solvent of a liquid composition intended for use as an emulsifiable concentrate is water-immiscible, an emulsifier is typically added to emulsify the active-containing solvent upon dilution with water.
  • Active ingredient slurries, with particle diameters of up to 2,000 ⁇ can be wet milled using media mills to obtain particles with average diameters below 3 ⁇ .
  • Aqueous slurries can be made into finished suspension concentrates (see, for example, U.S. 3,060,084) or further processed by spray drying to form water-dispersible granules. Dry formulations usually require dry milling processes, which produce average particle diameters in the 2 to 10 ⁇ range. Dusts and powders can be prepared by blending and usually grinding (such as with a hammer mill or fluid-energy mill). Granules and pellets can be prepared by spraying the active material upon preformed granular carriers or by agglomeration techniques.
  • Compound 10 65.0% dodecylphenol polyethylene glycol ether 2.0%> sodium ligninsulfonate 4.0%> sodium silicoaluminate 6.0%> montmorillonite (calcined) 23.0%
  • Compound 2 10.0% attapulgite granules (low volatile matter, 0.71/0.30 mm; 90.0% U.S.S. No. 25-50 sieves)
  • Compound 3 25.0% anhydrous sodium sulfate 10.0% crude calcium ligninsulfonate 5.0%> sodium alkylnaphthalenesulfonate 1.0% calcium/magnesium bentonite 59.0%
  • Water-soluble and water-dispersible formulations are typically diluted with water to form aqueous compositions before application.
  • Aqueous compositions for direct applications to the plant or portion thereof typically at least about 1 ppm or more (e.g., from 1 ppm to 100 ppm) of the compound(s) of this invention.
  • the compounds of this invention are useful as plant disease control agents.
  • the present invention therefore further comprises a method for controlling plant diseases caused by fungal plant pathogens comprising applying to the plant or portion thereof to be protected, or to the plant seed to be protected, an effective amount of a compound of the invention or a fungicidal composition containing said compound.
  • the compounds and/or compositions of this invention provide control of diseases caused by a broad spectrum of fungal plant pathogens in the Basidiomycete, Ascomycete, Oomycete and Deuteromycete classes. They are effective in controlling a broad spectrum of plant diseases, particularly foliar pathogens of ornamental, turf, vegetable, field, cereal, and fruit crops.
  • pathogens include: Oomycetes, including Phytophthora diseases such as Phytophthora infestans, Phytophthora megasperma, Phytophthora parasitica, Phytophthora cinnamomi and Phytophthora capsici, Pythium diseases such as Pythium aphanidermatum, and diseases in the Peronosporaceae family such as Plasmopara viticola, Peronospora spp. (including Peronospora tabacina and Peronospora parasitica), Pseudoperonospora spp.
  • Phytophthora diseases such as Phytophthora infestans, Phytophthora megasperma, Phytophthora parasitica, Phytophthora cinnamomi and Phytophthora capsici
  • Pythium diseases such as Pythium aphanidermatum
  • diseases in the Peronosporaceae family such as
  • Botrytis diseases such as Botrytis cinerea, Monilinia fructicola, Sclerotinia diseases such as Sclerotinia sclerotiorum, Sclerotinia minor, Magnaporthe grisea, and Phomopsis viticola, Helminthosporium diseases such as Helminthosporium tritici repentis and Pyrenophora teres, anthracnose diseases such as Glomerella or Colletotrichum spp.
  • Puccinia spp. such as Puccinia recondita, Puccinia striiformis, Puccinia hordei, Puccinia graminis and Puccinia arachidis
  • Rutstroemia floccosum also known as Sclerotinia homoeocarpa
  • Rhizoctonia solani Fusarium diseases such as Fusarium roseum, Fusarium graminearum and Fusarium oxysporumVerticillium dahliae; Sclerotium rolfsii; Rynchosporium secalis; Cercosporidium personatum, Cercospora arachidicola and Cercospora beticola; Rhizopus spp. (such as Rhizopus stolonifer); Aspergillus spp. (such as Aspergillus flavus and Aspergillus parasiticus); and other genera and species closely related to these pathogens.
  • compositions or combinations also have activity against bacteria such as Erwinia amylovora, Xanthomonas campestris, Pseudomonas syringae, and other related species.
  • the compounds of this invention are useful in treating postharvest diseases of fruits and vegetables caused by fungi and bacteria. These infections can occur before, during and after harvest. For example, infections can occur before harvest and then remain dormant until some point during ripening (e.g., host begins tissue changes in such a way that infection can progress); also infections can arise from surface wounds created by mechanical or insect injury. In this respect, the compounds of this invention can reduce losses (i.e.
  • Plant disease control is ordinarily accomplished by applying an effective amount of a compound of this invention either pre- or post-infection, to the portion of the plant to be protected such as the roots, stems, foliage, fruits, seeds, tubers or bulbs, or to the media (soil or sand) in which the plants to be protected are growing.
  • the compounds can also be applied to seeds to protect the seeds and seedlings developing from the seeds.
  • the compounds can also be applied through irrigation water to treat plants. Control of postharvest pathogens which infect the produce before harvest is typically accomplished by field application of a compound of this invention, and in cases where infection occurs after harvest the compounds can be applied to the harvested crop as dips, sprays, fumigants, treated wraps and box liners.
  • Rates of application for these compounds can be influenced by factors such as the plant diseases to be controlled, the plant species to be protected, ambient moisture and temperature and should be determined under actual use conditions.
  • a fungicidally effective amount can be influenced by factors such as the plant diseases to be controlled, the plant species to be protected, ambient moisture and temperature and should be determined under actual use conditions.
  • One skilled in the art can easily determine through simple experimentation the fungicidally effective amount necessary for the desired level of plant disease control.
  • Foliage can normally be protected when treated at a rate of from less than about 1 g/ha to about 5,000 g/ha of active ingredient.
  • Seed and seedlings can normally be protected when seed is treated at a rate of from about 0.1 to about 10 g per kilogram of seed.
  • Compounds of this invention can also be mixed with one or more other biologically active compounds or agents including fungicides, insecticides, nematocides, bactericides, acaricides, herbicides, herbicide safeners, growth regulators such as insect molting inhibitors and rooting stimulants, chemosterilants, semiochemicals, repellents, attractants, pheromones, feeding stimulants, plant nutrients, other biologically active compounds or entomopathogenic bacteria, virus or fungi to form a multi-component pesticide giving an even broader spectrum of agricultural protection.
  • fungicides insecticides, nematocides, bactericides, acaricides, herbicides, herbicide safeners
  • growth regulators such as insect molting inhibitors and rooting stimulants, chemosterilants, semiochemicals, repellents, attractants, pheromones, feeding stimulants, plant nutrients, other biologically active compounds or entomopathogenic bacteria, virus
  • the present invention also pertains to a composition
  • a composition comprising a compound of Formula 1 (in a fungicidally effective amount) and at least one additional biologically active compound or agent (in a biologically effective amount) and can further comprise at least one of a surfactant, a solid diluent or a liquid diluent.
  • the other biologically active compounds or agents can be formulated in compositions comprising at least one of a surfactant, solid or liquid diluent.
  • one or more other biologically active compounds or agents can be formulated together with a compound of Formula 1, to form a premix, or one or more other biologically active compounds or agents can be formulated separately from the compound of Formula 1, and the formulations combined together before application (e.g., in a spray tank) or, alternatively, applied in succession.
  • compositions which in addition to the compound of Formula 1 include at least one fungicidal compound selected from the group consisting of the classes (1) methyl benzimidazole carbamate (MBC) fungicides; (2) dicarboximide fungicides; (3) demethylation inhibitor (DMI) fungicides; (4) phenylamide fungicides; (5) amine/morpholine fungicides; (6) phospholipid biosynthesis inhibitor fungicides; (7) carboxamide fungicides; (8) hydroxy(2-amino-)pyrimidine fungicides; (9) anilinopyrimidine fungicides; (10) N-phenyl carbamate fungicides; (11) quinone outside inhibitor (Qol) fungicides; (12) phenylpyrrole fungicides; (13) quinoline fungicides; (14) lipid peroxidation inhibitor fungicides; (15) melanin biosynthesis inhibitors-reductase (MBI-R) fungicides; (15)
  • Methyl benzimidazole carbamate (MBC) fungicides (Fungicide Resistance Action Committee (FRAC) code 1) inhibit mitosis by binding to ⁇ -tubulin during microtubule assembly. Inhibition of microtubule assembly can disrupt cell division, transport within the cell and cell structure.
  • Methyl benzimidazole carbamate fungicides include benzimidazoles and thiophanates.
  • the benzimidazoles include benomyl, carbendazim, fuberidazole and thiabendazole.
  • the thiophanates include thiophanate and thiophanate-methy 1.
  • Demethylation inhibitor (DMI) fungicides (Fungicide Resistance Action Committee (FRAC) code 3) inhibit C14-demethylase, which plays a role in sterol production.
  • Sterols such as ergosterol, are needed for membrane structure and function, making them essential for the development of functional cell walls. Therefore, exposure to these fungicides results in abnormal growth and eventually death of sensitive fungi.
  • Demethylation fungicides include piperazines, pyridines, pyrimidines, imidazoles and triazoles.
  • the piperazines include triforine.
  • the pyridines include buthiobate and pyrifenox.
  • the pyrimidines include fenarimol, nuarimol and triarimol.
  • the imidazoles include clotrimazole, imazalil, oxpoconazole, prochloraz, pefurazoate and triflumizole.
  • the triazoles include azaconazole, bitertanol, bromuconazole, cyproconazole, difenoconazole, diniconazole (including diniconazole-M), epoxiconazole, etaconazole, fenbuconazole, fluquinconazole, flusilazole, flutriafol, hexaconazole, imibenconazole, ipconazole, metconazole, myclobutanil, penconazole, propiconazole, prothioconazole, quinconazole, simeconazole, tebuconazole, tetraconazole, triadimefon, triadimenol, triticonazole, uniconazole, 1 -
  • the imidazoles include clotrimazole, imazalil, oxpoconazole, prochloraz, pefurazoate and triflumizole.
  • Biochemical investigations have shown that all of the above mentioned fungicides are DMI fungicides as described by K. ⁇ . Kuck et al. in Modern Selective Fungicides - Properties, Applications and Mechanisms of Action, ⁇ . Lyr (Ed.), Gustav Fischer Verlag: New York, 1995, 205-258.
  • Phenylamide fungicides are specific inhibitors of RNA polymerase in Oomycete fungi. Sensitive fungi exposed to these fungicides show a reduced capacity to incorporate uridine into rRNA. Growth and development in sensitive fungi is prevented by exposure to this class of fungicide.
  • Phenylamide fungicides include acylalanines, oxazolidinones and butyrolactones.
  • the acylalanines include benalaxyl, benalaxyl-M, furalaxyl, metalaxyl and metalaxyl- M/mefenoxam.
  • the oxazolidinones include oxadixyl.
  • the butyrolactones include ofurace.
  • Amine/morpholine fungicides include morpholines, piperidines and spiroketal-amines.
  • the morpholines include aldimorph, dodemorph, fenpropimorph, tridemorph and trimorphamide.
  • the piperidines include fenpropidin and piperalin.
  • the spiroketal-amines include spiroxamine.
  • Phospholipid biosynthesis fungicides include phophorothiolates and dithiolanes.
  • the phosphorothiolates include edifenphos, iprobenfos and pyrazophos.
  • the dithiolanes include isoprothiolane.
  • Carboxamide fungicides (Fungicide Resistance Action Committee (FRAC) code 7) inhibit Complex II (succinate dehydrogenase) fungal respiration by disrupting a key enzyme in the Krebs Cycle (TCA cycle) named succinate dehydrogenase. Inhibiting respiration prevents the fungus from making ATP, and thus inhibits growth and reproduction.
  • Carboxamide fungicides include phenyl benzamides, pyridinyl ethyl benzamides, furan carboxamides, oxathiin carboxamides, thiazole carboxamides, pyrazole carboxamides and pyridine carboxamides.
  • the phenyl benzamides include benodanil, flutolanil and mepronil.
  • the pyridinyl ethyl benzamides include fluopyram.
  • the furan carboxamides include fenfuram.
  • the oxathiin carboxamides include carboxin and oxycarboxin.
  • the thiazole carboxamides include thifluzamide.
  • the pyrazole carboxamides include furametpyr, penthiopyrad, bixafen, isopyrazam, benzovindiflupyr, N-[2-(lS,2R)- [1,1 '-bicyclopropyl]-2-ylphenyl]-3-(difluoromethyl)- 1 -methyl- lH-pyrazole-4-carboxamide, penflufen, (N-[2-(l ,3-dimethylbutyl)phenyl]-5-fluoro- 1 ,3-dimethyl- lH-pyrazole-4- carboxamide), N-[2-(2,4-dichlorophenyl)-2-methoxy-l-methylethyl]-3-(difluoromethyl)-l- methyl- lH-pyrazole-4-carboxamide and N-cyclopropyl-3 -(difluoromethyl)-5 -fluoro- 1 - methyl-N-[[2-(
  • FRAC Federal Communications Commission
  • Anilinopyrimidine fungicides (Fungicide Resistance Action Committee (FRAC) code 9) are proposed to inhibit biosynthesis of the amino acid methionine and to disrupt the secretion of hydrolytic enzymes that lyse plant cells during infection. Examples include cyprodinil, mepanipyrim and pyrimethanil.
  • N-Phenyl carbamate fungicides (Fungicide Resistance Action Committee (FRAC) code 10) inhibit mitosis by binding to ⁇ -tubulin and disrupting microtubule assembly. Inhibition of microtubule assembly can disrupt cell division, transport within the cell and cell structure. Examples include diethofencarb.
  • Quinone outside inhibitor fungicides include methoxyacrylates, methoxycarbamates, oximinoacetates, oximinoacetamides, oxazolidinediones, dihydrodioxazines, imidazolinones and benzylcarbamates.
  • the methoxyacrylates include azoxystrobin, coumoxystrobin, enestroburin, flufenoxystrobin, picoxystrobin and pyraoxystrobin.
  • the methoxycarbamates include pyraclostrobin, pyrametostrobin and triclopyricarb.
  • the oximinoacetates include kresoxim-methyl and trifloxystrobin.
  • the oximinoacetamides include dimoxystrobin, metominostrobin, orysastrobin, a-[methoxyimino]-N-methyl-2-[[[ 1 -[3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]ethoxy]imino]- methyljbenzeneacetamide and 2-[[[3-(2,6-dichlorophenyl)- 1 -methyl-2-propen- 1 -ylidene]- amino]oxy]methyl]-a-(methoxyimino)-N-methylbenzeneacetamide.
  • Azanaphthalene fungicides (Fungicide Resistance Action Committee (FRAC) code 13) are proposed to inhibit signal transduction by affecting G-proteins in early cell signaling. They have been shown to interfere with germination and/or appressorium formation in fungi that cause powder mildew diseases.
  • Azanaphthalene fungicides include aryloxyquinolines and quinazolinone.
  • the aryloxyquinolines include quinoxyfen and tebufloquin.
  • the quinazolinones include proquinazid.
  • Lipid peroxidation fungicides include aromatic carbons and 1,2,4-thiadiazoles.
  • the aromatic carbon fungicides include biphenyl, chloroneb, dicloran, quintozene, tecnazene and tolclofos-methyl.
  • the 1,2,4-thiadiazole fungicides include etridiazole.
  • MMI-R Melanin biosynthesis inhibitors-reductase fungicides
  • FRAC Field Action Committee
  • MBI-D Melanin biosynthesis inhibitors-dehydratase
  • FRAC Field Action Committee
  • scytalone dehydratase in melanin biosynthesis Melanin in required for host plant infection by some fungi.
  • Melanin biosynthesis inhibitors-dehydratase fungicides include cyclopropanecarboxamides, carboxamides and propionamides.
  • the cyclopropanecarboxamides include carpropamid.
  • the carboxamides include diclocymet.
  • the propionamides include fenoxanil.
  • "Hydroxy anilide fungicides (Fungicide Resistance Action Committee (FRAC) code 17) inhibit C4-demethylase which plays a role in sterol production. Examples include fenhexamid.
  • Squalene- epoxidase inhibitor fungicides include thiocarbamates and allylaminess.
  • the thiocarbamates include pyributicarb.
  • the allylamines include naftifine and terbinafme.
  • Polyoxin fungicides (Fungicide Resistance Action Committee (FRAC) code 19) inhibit chitin synthase. Examples include polyoxin.
  • FRAC Function III mitochondrial respiration in fungi by affecting ubiquinol reductase. Reduction of ubiquinol is blocked at the "quinone inside" (Qi) site of the cytochrome bc ⁇ complex, which is located in the inner mitochondrial membrane of fungi. Inhibiting mitochondrial respiration prevents normal fungal growth and development.
  • Quinone inside inhibitor fungicides include cyanoimidazoles and sulfamoyltriazoles.
  • the cyanoimidazoles include cyazofamid.
  • the sulfamoyltriazoles include amisulbrom.
  • Benzamide fungicides (Fungicide Resistance Action Committee (FRAC) code 22) inhibit mitosis by binding to ⁇ -tubulin and disrupting microtubule assembly. Inhibition of microtubule assembly can disrupt cell division, transport within the cell and cell structure. Examples include zoxamide.
  • FRAC code 24
  • Glucopyranosyl antibiotic protein synthesis fungicides
  • FRAC Field Resistance Action Committee
  • “Carbamate fungicides” (Fungicide Resistance Action Committee (FRAC) code 28) are considered multi-site inhibitors of fungal growth. They are proposed to interfere with the synthesis of fatty acids in cell membranes, which then disrupts cell membrane permeability. Propamacarb, propamacarb-hydrochloride, iodocarb, and prothiocarb are examples of this fungicide class.
  • Oxidative phosphorylation uncoupling fungicides inhibit fungal respiration by uncoupling oxidative phosphorylation. Inhibiting respiration prevents normal fungal growth and development.
  • This class includes 2,6-dinitroanilines such as fluazinam, pyrimidonehydrazones such as ferimzone and dinitrophenyl crotonates such as dinocap, meptyldinocap and binapacryl.
  • Carboxylic acid fungicides (Fungicide Resistance Action Committee (FRAC) code 31) inhibit growth of fungi by affecting deoxyribonucleic acid (DNA) topoisomerase type II (gyrase). Examples include oxolinic acid.
  • Heteroaromatic fungicides (Fungicide Resistance Action Committee (FRAC) code 32) are proposed to affect DNA/ribonucleic acid (RNA) synthesis.
  • Heteroaromatic fungicides include isoxazoles and isothiazolones.
  • the isoxazoles include hymexazole and the isothiazolones include octhilinone.
  • Phosphonate fungicides include phosphorous acid and its various salts, including fosetyl-aluminum.
  • Phthalamic acid fungicides include teclofthalam.
  • Thiophene-carboxamide fungicides (Fungicide Resistance Action Committee (FRAC) code 38) are proposed to affect ATP production. Examples include silthiofam.
  • Carboxylic acid amide (CAA) fungicides (Fungicide Resistance Action Committee (FRAC) code 40) are proposed to inhibit phospholipid biosynthesis and cell wall deposition. Inhibition of these processes prevents growth and leads to death of the target fungus.
  • Carboxylic acid amide fungicides include cinnamic acid amides, valinamide carbamates, carbamates and mandelic acid amides. The cinnamic acid amides include dimethomorph and flumorph.
  • the valinamide carbamates include benthiavalicarb, benthiavalicarb-isopropyl, iprovalicarb, valifenalate and valiphenal.
  • the carbamates include tolprocarb.
  • the mandelic acid amides include mandipropamid, N-[2-[4-[[3-(4- chlorophenyl)-2-propyn-l-yl]oxy]-3-methoxyphenyl]ethyl]-3-methyl-2-[(methylsulfonyl)- amino Jbutanamide and N-[2-[4-[[3-(4-chlorophenyl)-2-propyn-l-yl]oxy]-3-methoxyphenyl]- ethyl] -3 -methyl-2- [(ethylsulfonyl)amino]butanamide.
  • Tetracycline antibiotic fungicides (Fungicide Resistance Action Committee (FRAC) code 41) inhibit growth of fungi by affecting complex 1 nicotinamide adenine dinucleotide (NADH) oxidoreductase. Examples include oxytetracycline.
  • Benzamide fungicides (Fungicide Resistance Action Committee (FRAC) code 43) inhibit growth of fungi by derealization of spectrin-like proteins.
  • Examples include acylpicolide fungicides such as fluopicolide.
  • Host plant defense induction fungicides include benzothiadiazoles, benzisothiazoles and thiadiazolecarboxamides.
  • the benzothiadiazoles include acibenzolar-S-methyl.
  • the benzisothiazoles include probenazole.
  • the thiadiazolecarboxamides include tiadinil and isotianil.
  • Multi-site contact fungicides inhibit fungal growth through multiple sites of action and have contact/preventive activity.
  • This class of fungicides includes: (45.1) “copper fungicides" (Fungicide Resistance Action Committee (FRAC) code Ml)", (45.2) “sulfur fungicides” (Fungicide Resistance Action Committee (FRAC) code M2), (45.3) “dithiocarbamate fungicides” (Fungicide Resistance Action Committee (FRAC) code M3), (45.4) "phthalimide fungicides” (Fungicide Resistance Action Committee (FRAC) code M4), (45.5) "chloronitrile fungicides” (Fungicide Resistance Action Committee (FRAC) code M5), (45.6) “sulfamide fungicides” (Fungicide Resistance Action Committee (FRAC) code M6), (45.7) "guanidine fungicides” (Fungicide Resistance Action Committee (FRAC) code M7), (45.8) “triazine fungicides” (Fungicides)
  • Copper fungicides are inorganic compounds containing copper, typically in the copper(II) oxidation state; examples include copper oxychloride, copper sulfate and copper hydroxide, including compositions such as Bordeaux mixture (tribasic copper sulfate).
  • Sulfur fungicides are inorganic chemicals containing rings or chains of sulfur atoms; examples include elemental sulfur.
  • Dithiocarbamate fungicides contain a dithiocarbamate molecular moiety; examples include mancozeb, metiram, propineb, ferbam, maneb, thiram, zineb and ziram.
  • Phthalimide fungicides contain a phthalimide molecular moiety; examples include folpet, captan and captafol.
  • Chloronitrile fungicides contain an aromatic ring substituted with chloro and cyano; examples include chlorothalonil.
  • Sulfamide fungicides include dichlofluanid and tolyfluanid.
  • Guanidine fungicides include dodine, guazatine, iminoctadine albesilate and iminoctadine triacetate.
  • Triazine fungicides include anilazine.
  • Quinone fungicides include dithianon.
  • Fungicides other than fungicides of classes (1) through (45) include certain fungicides whose mode of action may be unknown. These include: (46.1) “thiazole carboxamide fungicides” (Fungicide Resistance Action Committee (FRAC) code U5), (46.2) “phenylacetamide fungicides” (Fungicide Resistance Action Committee (FRAC) code U6), (46.3) “arylphenylketone fungicides” (Fungicide Resistance Action Committee (FRAC) code U8) and (46.4) "triazolopyrimidine fungicides”.
  • the thiazole carboxamides include ethaboxam.
  • the phenylacetamides include cyflufenamid and N-[[(cyclopropylmethoxy)- amino][6-(difluoromethoxy)-2,3-difluorophenyl]-methylene]benzeneacetamide.
  • the arylphenylketones include benzophenones such as metrafenone and benzoylpyridines such as pyriofenone.
  • the triazolopyrimidines include ametoctradin. Class (46) (i.e.
  • “Fungicides other than classes (1) through (45)" also includes bethoxazin, fluxapyroxad, neo-asozin (ferric methanearsonate), pyrrolnitrin, quinomethionate, tebufloquin, isofetamid, N-[2-[4-[[3- (4-chlorophenyl)-2-propyn- 1 -yl]oxy] -3 -methoxyphenyl] ethyl] -3 -methyl-2- [(methylsulfonyl)amino]butanamide, N-[2-[4-[[3-(4-chlorophenyl)-2-propyn-l-yl]oxy]-3- methoxyphenyl] ethyl]-3 -methyl-2- [(ethylsulfonyl)amino]butanamide, 2- [ [2-fluoro-5 -
  • a mixture comprising a compound of Formula 1 and at least one fungicidal compound selected from the group consisting of the aforedescribed classes (1) through (46).
  • a composition comprising said mixture (in fungicidally effective amount) and further comprising at least one additional component selected from the group consisting of surfactants, solid diluents and liquid diluents.
  • a mixture comprising a compound of Formula 1 and at least one fungicidal compound selected from the group of specific compounds listed above in connection with classes (1) through (46).
  • a composition comprising said mixture (in fungicidally effective amount) and further comprising at least one additional surfactant selected from the group consisting of surfactants, solid diluents and liquid diluents.
  • insecticides such as abamectin, acephate, acetamiprid, acrinathrin, amidoflumet (S-1955), avermectin, azadirachtin, azinphos-methyl, bifenthrin, bifenazate, buprofezin, carbofuran, cartap, chlorantraniliprole, chlorfenapyr, chlorfluazuron, chlorpyrifos, chlorpyrifos-methyl, chromafenozide, clothianidin, cyantraniliprole (3-bromo- l-(3-chloro-2-pyridinyl)-N-[4-cyano-2-methyl-6-[(methylamino)carbonyl]phenyl]-lH- pyrazole-5-carboxamide), cyflumetofen, cyfluthrin,
  • Bacillus thuringiensis subsp. kurstaki and the encapsulated delta-endotoxins of Bacillus thuringiensis (e.g., Cellcap, MPV, MPVII); entomopathogenic fungi, such as green muscardine fungus; and entomopathogenic virus including baculovirus, nucleopolyhedro virus (NPV) such as HzNPV, AfNPV; and granulosis virus (GV) such as CpGV.
  • NPV nucleopolyhedro virus
  • GV granulosis virus
  • the weight ratio of these various mixing partners (in total) to the compound of Formula 1 is typically between about 1 :3000 and about 3000: 1. Of note are weight ratios between about 1 :300 and about 300: 1 (for example ratios between about 1 :30 and about 30: 1).
  • weight ratios between about 1 :300 and about 300: 1 for example ratios between about 1 :30 and about 30: 1).
  • One skilled in the art can easily determine through simple experimentation the biologically effective amounts of active ingredients necessary for the desired spectrum of biological activity. It will be evident that including these additional components may expand the spectrum of diseases controlled beyond the spectrum controlled by the compound of Formula 1 alone.
  • a combination of a compound of Formula 1 with at least one other fungicidal active ingredient is such a combination where the other fungicidal active ingredient has different site of action from the compound of Formula 1.
  • a combination with at least one other fungicidal active ingredient having a similar spectrum of control but a different site of action will be particularly advantageous for resistance management.
  • a composition of the present invention can further comprise a biologically effective amount of at least one additional fungicidal active ingredient having a similar spectrum of control but a different site of action.
  • compositions which in addition to a compound of Formula 1 include at least one compound selected from the group consisting of (1) alkylenebis(dithiocarbamate) fungicides; (2) cymoxanil; (3) phenylamide fungicides; (4) proquinazid (6-iodo-3-propyl-2-propyloxy-4(3H)-quinazolinone); (5) chlorothalonil; (6) carboxamides acting at complex II of the fungal mitochondrial respiratory electron transfer site; (7) quinoxyfen; (8) metrafenone; (9) cyflufenamid; (10) cyprodinil; (11) copper compounds; (12) phthalimide fungicides; (13) fosetyl-aluminum; (14) benzimidazole fungicides; (15) cyazofamid; (16) fluazinam; (17) iprovalicarb; (18) propamocarb; (19) validomycin; (20) dich
  • Sterol biosynthesis inhibitors control fungi by inhibiting enzymes in the sterol biosynthesis pathway.
  • Demethylase-inhibiting fungicides have a common site of action within the fungal sterol biosynthesis pathway, involving inhibition of demethylation at position 14 of lanosterol or 24-methylene dihydrolanosterol, which are precursors to sterols in fungi. Compounds acting at this site are often referred to as demethylase inhibitors, DMI fungicides, or DMIs.
  • the demethylase enzyme is sometimes referred to by other names in the biochemical literature, including cytochrome P-450 (14DM). The demethylase enzyme is described in, for example, J. Biol. Chem.
  • DMI fungicides are divided between several chemical classes: azoles (including triazoles and imidazoles), pyrimidines, piperazines and pyridines.
  • the triazoles include azaconazole, bromuconazole, cyproconazole, difenoconazole, diniconazole (including diniconazole-M), epoxiconazole, etaconazole, fenbuconazole, fluquinconazole, flusilazole, flutriafol, hexaconazole, imibenconazole, ipconazole, metconazole, myclobutanil, penconazole, propiconazole, prothioconazole, quinconazole, simeconazole, tebuconazole, tetraconazole, triadimefon, triadimenol, triticonazole and unicon
  • the imidazoles include clotrimazole, econazole, imazalil, isoconazole, miconazole, oxpoconazole, prochloraz and triflumizole.
  • the pyrimidines include fenarimol, nuarimol and triarimol.
  • the piperazines include triforine.
  • the pyridines include buthiobate and pyrifenox. Biochemical investigations have shown that all of the above mentioned fungicides are DMI fungicides as described by K. ⁇ . Kuck et al. in Modern Selective Fungicides - Properties, Applications and Mechanisms of Action, ⁇ . Lyr (Ed.), Gustav Fischer Verlag: New York, 1995, 205-258.
  • bc ⁇ Complex Fungicides (group 28) have a fungicidal mode of action which inhibits the be i complex in the mitochondrial respiration chain.
  • the bc ⁇ complex is sometimes referred to by other names in the biochemical literature, including complex III of the electron transfer chain, and ubihydroquinone: cytochrome c oxidoreductase. This complex is uniquely identified by Enzyme Commission number EC 1.10.2.2.
  • the bc ⁇ complex is described in, for example, J. Biol. Chem. 1989, 264, 14543-48; Methods Enzymol. 1986, 126, 253-71; and references cited therein.
  • Strobilurin fungicides such as azoxystrobin, dimoxystrobin, enestroburin (SYP-Z071), fluoxastrobin, kresoxim-methyl, metominostrobin, orysastrobin, picoxystrobin, pyraclostrobin, pyrametostrobin, pyraoxystrobin and trifloxystrobin are known to have this mode of action (H. Sauter et al., Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. 1999, 38, 1328-1349).
  • Other fungicidal compounds that inhibit the bc ⁇ complex in the mitochondrial respiration chain include famoxadone and fenamidone.
  • Alkylenebis(dithiocarbamate)s include compounds such as mancozeb, maneb, propineb and zineb.
  • Phenylamides (group (3)) include compounds such as metalaxyl, benalaxyl, furalaxyl and oxadixyl.
  • Carboxamides include compounds such as boscalid, carboxin, fenfuram, flutolanil, furametpyr, mepronil, oxycarboxin, thifluzamide, penthiopyrad and N-[2-(l,3-dimethylbutyl)phenyl]-5-fluoro-l,3-dimethyl-lH- pyrazole-4-carboxamide (PCT Patent Publication WO 2003/010149), and are known to inhibit mitochondrial function by disrupting complex II (succinate dehydrogenase) in the respiratory electron transport chain.
  • complex II succinate dehydrogenase
  • Copper compounds include compounds such as copper oxychloride, copper sulfate and copper hydroxide, including compositions such as Bordeaux mixture (tribasic copper sulfate).
  • Phthalimides include compounds such as folpet and captan.
  • Benzimidazole fungicides include benomyl and carbendazim.
  • Dichlorophenyl dicarboximide fungicides include chlozolinate, dichlozoline, iprodione, isovaledione, myclozolin, procymidone and vinclozolin.
  • Non-DMI sterol biosynthesis inhibitors include morpholine and piperidine fungicides.
  • the morpho lines and piperidines are sterol biosynthesis inhibitors that have been shown to inhibit steps in the sterol biosynthesis pathway at a point later than the inhibitions achieved by the DMI sterol biosynthesis (group (27)).
  • the morpho lines include aldimorph, dodemorph, fenpropimorph, tridemorph and trimorphamide.
  • the piperidines include fenpropidin.
  • test suspensions for Tests A-E the test compounds were first dissolved in acetone in an amount equal to 3% of the final volume and then suspended at the desired concentration (in ppm) in acetone and purified water (50/50 mix by volume) containing 250 ppm of the surfactant Trem® 014 (polyhydric alcohol esters). The resulting test suspensions were then used in Tests A-E. Spraying a 200 ppm test suspension to the point of run-off on the test plants was the equivalent of a rate of 800 g/ha.
  • test suspension was sprayed to the point of run-off on wheat seedlings.
  • seedlings were inoculated with a spore suspension of Puccinia recondita f. sp. tritici (the causal agent of wheat leaf rust) and incubated in a saturated atmosphere at 20 °C for 24 h, and then moved to a growth chamber at 20 °C for 7 days, after which time visual disease ratings were made.

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Plural Heterocyclic Compounds (AREA)
  • Agricultural Chemicals And Associated Chemicals (AREA)

Abstract

Disclosed are compounds of Formula 1, including all geometric and stereoisomers, N-oxides, and salts thereof, wherein Q1, Q2, X, R1, R1a and R2 are as defined in the disclosure. Also disclosed are compositions containing the compounds of Formula 1 and methods for controlling plant disease caused by a fungal pathogen comprising applying an effective amount of a compound or a composition of the invention.

Description

TITLE
FUNGICIDAL PYRAZOLES
FIELD OF THE INVENTION
This invention relates to certain pyrazoles, their N-oxides, salts and compositions, and methods of their use as fungicides.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
The control of plant diseases caused by fungal plant pathogens is extremely important in achieving high crop efficiency. Plant disease damage to ornamental, vegetable, field, cereal, and fruit crops can cause significant reduction in productivity and thereby result in increased costs to the consumer. Many products are commercially available for these purposes, but the need continues for new compounds which are more effective, less costly, less toxic, environmentally safer or have different sites of action.
PCT Patent Publications WO 2009/137538, WO 2009/137651, WO 2010/101973, WO 2012/023143 and WO 2012/031061 disclose pyrazole derivatives and their use as fungicides.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
This invention is directed to compounds of Formula 1 (including all stereoisomers), N-oxides, and salts thereof, agricultural compositions containing them and their use as fungicides:
Figure imgf000003_0001
1
wherein
Q1 is a phenyl ring or a naphthalenyl ring system, each ring or ring system optionally substituted with up to 5 substituents independently selected from R3a and R3b; or a 5- to 6-membered fully unsaturated heterocyclic ring or an 8- to 10-membered heteroaromatic bicyclic ring system, each ring or ring system containing ring members selected from carbon atoms and 1 to 4 heteroatoms independently selected from up to 2 O, up to 2 S and up to 4 N atoms, wherein up to 3 carbon ring members are independently selected from C(=0) and C(=S), and the sulfur atom ring members are independently selected from S(=0)u(=NR27)v, each ring or ring system optionally substituted with up to 5 substituents independently selected from R3a and R3^ on carbon atom ring members and selected from cyano, C1-C3 alkyl, C2-C3 alkenyl, C2-C3 alkynyl, C3-C6 cycloalkyl, C2-C3 alkoxyalkyl, C1-C3 alkoxy, C2-C3 alkylcarbonyl, C2-C3 alkoxycarbonyl, C2-C3 alkylaminoalkyl and C3-C4 dialkylaminoalkyl on nitrogen atom ring members; Q2 is a phenyl ring or a naphthalenyl ring system, each ring or ring system optionally substituted with up to 5 substituents independently selected from R3a and R b; or a 5- to 6-membered fully unsaturated heterocyclic ring or an 8- to 10-membered heteroaromatic bicyclic ring system, each ring or ring system containing ring members selected from carbon atoms and 1 to 4 heteroatoms independently selected from up to 2 O, up to 2 S and up to 4 N atoms, wherein up to 3 carbon ring members are independently selected from C(=0) and C(=S), and the sulfur atom ring members are independently selected from S(=0)u(=NR27)v, each ring or ring system optionally substituted with up to 5 substituents independently selected from R3a and R3b on carbon atom ring members and selected from cyano, C1-C3 alkyl, C2-C3 alkenyl, C2-C3 alkynyl, C3-C6 cycloalkyl, C2-C3 alkoxyalkyl, C1-C3 alkoxy, C2-C3 alkylcarbonyl, C2-C3 alkoxycarbonyl, C2-C3 alkylaminoalkyl and C3-C4 dialkylaminoalkyl on nitrogen atom ring members; X is O, S(=0)m, NR4 or CR5aOR5b;
R1 is H, cyano, halogen, C^-Cg alkyl, C^-Cg haloalkyl, C2-Cg alkenyl, C2-Cg alkynyl, C3-C6 cycloalkyl, C2-C6 alkoxyalkyl, C^-C^ alkoxy, C^-C^ haloalkoxy, C(=0)OR6 or C(=0)NR7R8;
Rla is H; or
Rla and R1 are taken together with the carbon atom to which they are attached to form a cyclopropyl ring optionally substituted with up to 2 substituents independently selected from halogen and methyl;
R2 is H, cyano, halogen, C1-C3 alkyl, C2-C3 alkenyl, C2-C3 alkynyl, C1-C3 haloalkyl,
C2-C3 haloalkenyl, C2-C3 cyanoalkyl, C1-C3 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C3 alkoxy or C1-C3 alkylthio; or cyclopropyl optionally substituted with up to 2 substituents independently selected from halogen and methyl;
each R a is independently cyano, halogen, hydroxy, nitro, -C4 alkyl, -C4
haloalkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl, C2-C4 alkynyl, C3-C4 cycloalkyl, C3-C7
halocycloalkyl, C4-C6 cycloalkylalkyl, C4-C6 alkylcycloalkyl, C1-C3 alkylthio, C1-C3 haloalkylthio, C1-C3 alkylsulfinyl, C1-C3 haloalkylsulfinyl, C1-C3 alkylsulfonyl, C1-C3 haloalkylsulfonyl, C1-C3 alkoxy, C1-C3 haloalkoxy, C3-C7 cycloalkoxy, C1-C2 alkylsulfonyloxy, -C2 haloalkylsulfonyloxy, C2-C3 alkylcarbonyloxy, C2-C3 alkylcarbonyl, amino, methylamino, C2-C4
dialkylamino, C2-C3 alkylcarbonylamino, -CH(=0), -NHCH(=0), -SF5, -SC≡N, -C(=S)NR9aR9b or -U-V-T; each R3b is independently C5-C8 alkyl, C5-C8 haloalkyl, C5-C8 alkenyl, C5-C8 alkynyl, C2-Cg haloalkenyl, C2-Cg haloalkynyl, C i -Cg nitroalkyl, C2-Cg nitroalkenyl, C5-Cg cycloalkyl, C7-Cg alkylcycloalkyl, C7-Cg cycloalkylalkyl, C5-C12 cycloalkylalkenyl, C5-C12 cycloalkylalkynyl, Cg-C^
cycloalkylcycloalkyl, C4-Cg alkylthio, C4-Cg haloalkythio, Czj-Cg alkylsulfinyl, C4-Cg haloalkylsulfinyl, C4-Cg alkylsulfonyl, C4-Cg haloalkylsulfonyl, C4-Cg alkoxy, C5-Cg haloalkoxy, C2-Cg alkenyloxy, C2-Cg haloalkenyloxy, C3-Cg alkynyloxy, C3-Cg haloalkynyloxy, C2-Cg cyanoalkoxy, Cg-C^ cycloalkoxy, C3-C12 halocycloalkoxy, C4-C12 cycloalkylalkoxy, C5-C 12
cycloalkylalkenyloxy, C5-C 12 cycloalkylalkynyloxy, C3-Cg alkylsulfonyloxy, C3-Cg haloalkylsulfonyloxy, C4-Cg alkylcarbonyloxy, C4-Cg alkylcarbonyl, C2-Cg alkylamino, C4-Cg alkylcarbonylamino, C3-C12 trialkylsilyl, C4-C12 trialkylsilylalkyl, C4-C12 trialkylsilylalkoxy, -C(=NR9a)NR9aOR9a,
-CR10a=NOR10b, -CR10c=NNR9aR9b, -NR9aN=CRl laRl lb or -ON=CRl laRl lb; or
each R3b is independently -A(CR12aR12b)nW;
each A is independently O or a direct bond;
each W is independently a 3- to 7-membered heterocyclic ring containing ring
members selected from carbon atoms and 1 to 4 heteroatoms independently selected from up to 2 O, up to 2 S and up to 4 N atoms, wherein up to 3 carbon atom ring members are independently selected from C(=0) and C(=S), the ring optionally substituted with up to 3 substituents independently selected from R13 on carbon atom ring members and R14 on nitrogen atom ring members;
R4 is H, amino, C2-Cg alkenyl, C3-C6 alkynyl, C3-C6 cycloalkyl, -CH(=0),
-S(=0)2OM, -S(=0)mR15, -(C=Z)R16 or OR17; or CrC6 alkyl or CrC6 haloalkyl, each optionally substituted with up to 2 substituents independently selected from R18;
R5a is H or CrC6 alkyl;
R5b is H, -CH(=0), CrC6 alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C3-C6 alkynyl, CrC6 haloalkyl,
C3-C6 cycloalkyl, C3-C6 halocycloalkyl, C2-Cg alkoxyalkyl, C2-C6 cyanoalkyl, C2-C6 alkylcarbonyl, C2-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, C2-C6 (alkylthio)carbonyl, C4-Cg cycloalkylcarbonyl, C4-Cg cycloalkoxycarbonyl, C4-Cg
(cycloalkylthio)carbonyl, C2-C6 alkoxy(thiocarbonyl) or C4-Cg
cycloalkoxy(thiocarbonyl);
R6 is H, CrC6 alkyl or CrC6 haloalkyl;
R7 and R8 are each independently H,
Figure imgf000005_0001
haloalkyl, C3-C6 cycloalkyl, C4-Cg cycloalkylalkyl or C4-Cg alkylcycloalkyl; or R7 and R8 are taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached to form a 4- to 7-membered nonaromatic heterocyclic ring containing ring members, in addition to the connecting nitrogen atom, selected from carbon atoms and up to 1 ring member selected from O, S(=0)m and NR19;
each R9a and R9b is independently H or Ci -C4 alkyl;
each R10a is independently H, C1-C3 alkyl or C1-C3 haloalkyl;
each R10b and R10c is independently H, CrC3 alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl, C2-C4 alkynyl, C1-C3 haloalkyl, C2-C4 haloalkenyl, C3-C4 cycloalkyl, C4-C8 cycloalkylalkyl or C3-C4 halocycloalkyl;
each Rl l a and Rl lb is independently H, C1-C3 alkyl or C1-C3 haloalkyl;
each R12a is independently H, halogen, cyano or Ci -C4 alkyl;
each R12b is independently H or Ci -C4 alkyl;
each R13 is independently halogen, cyano, Ci -C2 alkyl, Ci -C2 haloalkyl, Ci -C2 alkoxy or C 1 -C2 haloalkoxy;
each R14 is independently cyano, Ci -C2 alkyl or Ci -C2 alkoxy;
R15 is CrC6 alkyl or CrC6 haloalkyl;
R16 is Ci -Cg alkyl, C2-Cg alkoxyalkyl, C2-Cg alkylaminoalkyl, C3-C6
dialkylaminoalkyl, Ci -Cg alkoxy, Ci -Cg alkylthio or C2-Cg alkylthioalkyl; R17 is H, -CH(=0), C3-C6 cycloalkyl, -S(=0)2OM or -(C=Z)R20; or CrC6 alkyl or
Ci -Cg haloalkyl, each optionally substituted with up to 2 substituents independently selected from R21;
each R18 and R21 is independently cyano, C3-Cg cycloalkyl, Ci -Cg alkoxy, Ci -Cg haloalkoxy, Ci -Cg alkylthio, Ci -Cg alkylsulfinyl or Ci -Cg alkylsulfonyl;
R19 is H, CrC3 alkyl or C2-C3 haloalkyl;
R20 is Ci -Cg alkyl, C2-Cg alkoxyalkyl, C2-Cg alkylaminoalkyl, C3-Cg
dialkylaminoalkyl, Ci -Cg alkoxy, Ci -Cg alkylthio or C2-Cg alkylthioalkyl; each U is independently O, S(=0)m, NR22 or a direct bond;
each V is independently Ci -Cg alkylene, C2-Cg alkenylene, C3-Cg alkynylene, C3-Cg cycloalkylene or C3-Cg cycloalkenylene, wherein up to 3 carbon atoms are C(=0), each optionally substituted with up to 5 substituents independently selected from halogen, cyano, nitro, hydroxy, Ci -Cg alkyl, Ci -Cg haloalkyl, Ci -Cg alkoxy and Ci -Cg haloalkoxy;
each T is independently cyano, NR23aR23b, OR24 or S(=0)mR25;
each R22 is independently H, Ci -Cg alkyl, Ci -Cg haloalkyl, C2-Cg alkylcarbonyl,
C2-Cg alkoxycarbonyl, C2-Cg (alkylthio)carbonyl, C2-Cg alkoxy(thiocarbonyl), C4-C8 cycloalkylcarbonyl, C4-C8 cycloalkoxycarbonyl, C4-C8
(cycloalkylthio)carbonyl or C4-C8 cycloalkoxy(thiocarbonyl); each R23a and R23b is independently H, C^-Cg alkyl, C^-Cg haloalkyl, C2-Cg alkenyl, C3-C6 alkynyl, C3-C6 cycloalkyl, C3-C6 halocycloalkyl, C2-Cg alkylcarbonyl, C2-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, C2-Cg (alkylthio)carbonyl, C2-Cg alkoxy(thiocarbonyl), Cz Cg cycloalkylcarbonyl, C4-C8 cycloalkoxycarbonyl, C4-C8
(cycloalkylthio)carbonyl or C4-C8 cycloalkoxy(thiocarbonyl); or
a pair of R23a and R23^ attached to the same nitrogen atom are taken together with the nitrogen atom to form a 3- to 6-membered heterocyclic ring, the ring optionally substituted with up to 5 substituents independently selected from R26; each R24 and R25 is independently H, C^-Cg alkyl, C^-Cg haloalkyl, C2-Cg alkenyl, C3-C6 alkynyl, C3-C6 cycloalkyl, C3-C6 halocycloalkyl, C2-Cg alkylcarbonyl, C2-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, C2-Cg (alkylthio)carbonyl, C4-C8 cycloalkylcarbonyl, C4-C8 cycloalkoxycarbonyl, C4-C8 (cycloalkylthio)carbonyl, C2-Cg alkoxy(thiocarbonyl) or C4-C8 cycloalkoxy(thiocarbonyl);
each R26 is independently halogen, C^-Cg alkyl, C^-Cg haloalkyl or C^-Cg alkoxy; each R27 is independently H, cyano, Ci -C3 alkyl or C1-C3 haloalkyl;
Z is O or S;
M is K, Na or Li;
each m is independently 0, 1 or 2;
each n is independently 0, 1, 2 or 3; and
each u and v are independently 0, 1 or 2 in each instance of S(=0)u(=NR27)v;
provided that:
(a) the sum of u and v is 0, 1 or 2;
(b) when Q1 and Q2 are each an optionally substituted phenyl ring, an optionally
substituted naphthalenyl ring system, an optionally substituted 5- to 6-membered fully unsaturated heterocyclic ring or an optionally substituted 8- to
10-membered heteroaromatic bicyclic ring system, then at least one of Q1 or Q2 is substituted with at least one R3b substituent; and
(c) when n is 1, 2, or 3, then W is linked through a carbon atom to the remainder of
Formula 1.
More particularly, this invention pertains to a compound selected from compounds of Formula 1 (including all stereoisomers) and N-oxides and salts thereof.
This invention also relates to a fungicidal composition comprising (a) a compound of the invention (i.e. in a fungicidally effective amount); and (b) at least one additional component selected from the group consisting of surfactants, solid diluents and liquid diluents.
This invention also relates to a fungicidal composition comprising (a) a compound of the invention; and (b) at least one other fungicide (e.g., at least one other fungicide having a different site of action). This invention further relates to a method for controlling plant diseases caused by fungal plant pathogens comprising applying to the plant or portion thereof, or to the plant seed, a fungicidally effective amount of a compound of the invention (e.g., as a composition described herein).
This invention also relates to a composition comprising a compound of Formula 1, an
N-oxide, or a salt thereof, and at least one invertebrate pest control compound or agent.
DETAILS OF THE INVENTION
As used herein, the terms "comprises," "comprising," "includes," "including," "has," "having," "contains", "containing," "characterized by" or any other variation thereof, are intended to cover a non-exclusive inclusion, subject to any limitation explicitly indicated. For example, a composition, mixture, process, method, article, or apparatus that comprises a list of elements is not necessarily limited to only those elements but may include other elements not expressly listed or inherent to such composition, mixture, process, method, article, or apparatus.
The transitional phrase "consisting of excludes any element, step, or ingredient not specified. If in the claim, such would close the claim to the inclusion of materials other than those recited except for impurities ordinarily associated therewith. When the phrase "consisting of appears in a clause of the body of a claim, rather than immediately following the preamble, it limits only the element set forth in that clause; other elements are not excluded from the claim as a whole.
The transitional phrase "consisting essentially of is used to define a composition, method or apparatus that includes materials, steps, features, components, or elements, in addition to those literally disclosed, provided that these additional materials, steps, features, components, or elements do not materially affect the basic and novel characteristic(s) of the claimed invention. The term "consisting essentially of occupies a middle ground between "comprising" and "consisting of.
Where applicants have defined an invention or a portion thereof with an open-ended term such as "comprising," it should be readily understood that (unless otherwise stated) the description should be interpreted to also describe such an invention using the terms "consisting essentially of or "consisting of."
Further, unless expressly stated to the contrary, "or" refers to an inclusive or and not to an exclusive or. For example, a condition A or B is satisfied by any one of the following: A is true (or present) and B is false (or not present), A is false (or not present) and B is true (or present), and both A and B are true (or present).
Also, the indefinite articles "a" and "an" preceding an element or component of the invention are intended to be nonrestrictive regarding the number of instances (i.e. occurrences) of the element or component. Therefore "a" or "an" should be read to include one or at least one, and the singular word form of the element or component also includes the plural unless the number is obviously meant to be singular.
As referred to in the present disclosure and claims, "plant" includes members of Kingdom Plantae, particularly seed plants (Spermatopsida), at all life stages, including young plants (e.g., germinating seeds developing into seedlings) and mature, reproductive stages (e.g., plants producing flowers and seeds). Portions of plants include geotropic members typically growing beneath the surface of the growing medium (e.g., soil), such as roots, tubers, bulbs and corms, and also members growing above the growing medium, such as foliage (including stems and leaves), flowers, fruits and seeds.
As referred to herein, the term "seedling", used either alone or in a combination of words means a young plant developing from the embryo of a seed.
As referred to herein, the term "broadlea ' used either alone or in words such as "broadleaf crop" means dicot or dicotyledon, a term used to describe a group of angiosperms characterized by embryos having two cotyledons.
As used herein, the term "alkylating agent" refers to a chemical compound in which a carbon-containing radical is bound through a carbon atom to a leaving group such as halide or sulfonate, which is displaceable by bonding of a nucleophile to said carbon atom. Unless otherwise indicated, the term "alkylating agent" or "alkylating reagent" does not limit the carbon-containing radical to alkyl; the carbon-containing radicals in alkylating agents include the variety of carbon-bound substituent radicals specified, for example, for R2.
Generally when a molecular fragment (i.e. radical) is denoted by a series of atom symbols (e.g., C, H, N, O, S) the implicit point or points of attachment will be easily recognized by those skilled in the art. In some instances herein, particularly when alternative points of attachment are possible, the point or points of attachment may be explicitly indicated by a hyphen ("-"). For example, "-SC≡N" indicates that the point of attachment is the sulfur atom (i.e. thiocyanato, not isothiocyanato).
In the above recitations, the term "alkyl", used either alone or in compound words such as "alkylthio" or "haloalkyl" includes straight-chain or branched alkyl such as methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, /-propyl, or the different butyl, pentyl or hexyl isomers. "Alkenyl" includes straight-chain or branched alkenes such as ethenyl, 1-propenyl, 2-propenyl, and the different butenyl, pentenyl and hexenyl isomers. "Alkenyl" also includes polyenes such as 1 ,2-propadienyl and 2,4-hexadienyl. "Alkynyl" includes straight-chain or branched alkynes such as ethynyl, 1-propynyl, 2-propynyl and the different butynyl, pentynyl and hexynyl isomers. "Alkynyl" can also include moieties comprised of multiple triple bonds such as 2,5-hexadiynyl. "Alkylene" denotes a straight-chain or branched alkanediyl. Examples of "alkylene" include CH2, CH2CH2, CH(CH3), CH2CH2CH2, CH2CH(CH3), and the different butylene, pentylene or hexylene isomers. "Alkenylene" denotes a straight-chain or branched alkenediyl containing one olefmic bond. Examples of "alkenylene" include CH=CH, CH2CH=CH and CH=C(CH3). "Alkynylene" denotes a straight-chain or branched alkynediyl containing one triple bond. Examples of "alkynylene" include CH2C≡C, C≡CCH2, and the different butynylene, pentynylene or hexynylene isomers.
"Alkylamino" includes an NH radical substituted with straight-chain or branched alkyl. Examples of "alkylamino" include CH3CH2NH, CH3CH2CH2NH and (CH3)2CHNH. Examples of "dialkylamino" include (CH3)2N, (CH3CH2)2N and CH3CH2(CH3)N. "Alkylaminoalkyl" denotes alkylamino substitution on alkyl. Examples of "alkylaminoalkyl" include CH3NHCH2, CH3NHCH2CH2 and CH3CH2NHCH2. Examples of "dialkylaminoalkyl" include (CH3)2NCH2, CH3CH2(CH3)NCH2 and (CH3)2NCH2CH2.
"Alkoxy" includes, for example, methoxy, ethoxy, n-propyloxy, z'-propyloxy and the different butoxy, pentoxy and hexyloxy isomers. "Alkoxyalkyl" denotes alkoxy substitution on alkyl. Examples of "alkoxyalkyl" include CH3OCH2, CH3OCH2CH2, CH3CH2OCH2, CH3CH2CH2CH2OCH2 and CH3CH2OCH2CH2. "Alkenyloxy" includes straight-chain or branched alkenyl attached to and linked through an oxygen atom. Examples of "alkenyloxy" include H2C=CHCH20, (CH3)2C=CHCH20, CH3CH=CHCH20, CH3CH=C(CH3)CH20 and CH2=CHCH2CH20. "Alkynyloxy" includes straight-chain or branched alkynyl attached to and linked through an oxygen atom. Examples of "alkynyloxy" include HC≡CCH20, CH3C≡CCH20 and CH3C≡CCH2CH20. The term "alkylsulfonyloxy" denotes alkylsulfonyl attached to and linked through an oxygen atom. Examples of "alkylsulfonyloxy" include CH3S(=0)20, CH3CH2S(=0)20, CH3CH2CH2S(=0)20 and (CH3)2CHS(=0)20.
"Alkylthio" includes branched or straight-chain alkylthio moieties such as methylthio, ethylthio, and the different propylthio isomers. "Alkylthioalkyl" denotes alkylthio substitution on alkyl. Examples of "alkylthioalkyl" include CH3SCH2, CH3SCH2CH2, CH3CH2SCH2, CH3CH2CH2CH2SCH2 and CH3CH2SCH2CH2. "Alkylsulfmyl" includes both enantiomers of an alkylsulfmyl group. Examples of "alkylsulfmyl" include CH3S(=0), CH3CH2S(=0), CH3CH2CH2S(=0) and (CH3)2CHS(=0). Examples of "alkylsulfonyl" include CH3S(=0)2, CH3CH2S(=0)2, CH3CH2CH2S(=0)2 and (CH3)2CHS(=0)2.
The term "cycloalkyl" denotes a saturated carbocyclic ring consisting of between 3 to 8 carbon atoms linked to one another by single bonds. Examples of "cycloalkyl" include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl and cyclohexyl. The term "cycloalkylalkyl" denotes cycloalkyl substitution on an alkyl group. Examples of "cycloalkylalkyl" include cyclopropylmethyl, cyclopentylethyl, and other cycloalkyl moieties bonded to straight-chain or branched alkyl groups. "Alkylcycloalkyl" denotes alkyl substitution on a cycloalkyl moiety. Examples include 4-methylcyclohexyl and 3-ethylcyclopentyl. The term "cycloalkylcycloalkyl" denotes cycloalkyl substitution on another cycloalkyl ring. Examples of cycloalkylcycloalkyl include cyclopropylcyclopropyl (such as l,l'-bicyclopropyl-l-yl, l,l'-bicyclopropyl-2-yl), cyclohexylcyclopentyl (such as 4-cyclopentylcyclohexyl) and cyclohexylcyclohexyl (such as Ι,Γ-bicyclohexyl-l-yl), and the different cis- and trans- cycloalkylcycloalkyl isomers, (such as (li?,25)-l,l'-bicyclopropyl-2-yl and (1R,2R)-1,1'- bicyclopropyl-2-yl). The term "cycloalkoxy" denotes cycloalkyl attached to and linked through an oxygen atom such as cyclopentyloxy and cyclohexyloxy. "Cycloalkylalkoxy" denotes cycloalkyl substitution on an alkoxy group. Examples of "cycloalkylalkoxy" include cyclopropylmethoxy, cyclopentylethoxy, and other cycloalkyl moieties bonded to straight-chain or branched alkoxy groups. "Cycloalkylcarbonyl" denotes cycloalkyl bonded to a C(=0) group including, for example, cyclopropylcarbonyl and cyclopentylcarbonyl. The term "cycloalkoxycarbonyl" means cycloalkoxy bonded to a C(=0) group, for example, cyclopropyloxycarbonyl and cyclopentyloxycarbonyl. The term "cycloalkylene" denotes a cycloalkanediyl ring. Examples of "cycloalkylene" include cyclopropylene, cyclobutylene, cyclopentylene and cyclohexylene. The term "cycloalkenylene" denotes a cycloalkenediyl ring containing one olefmic bond. Examples of "cycloalkenylene" include cyclopropenylene and cyclopentenylene.
"Cyanoalkyl" denotes an alkyl group substituted with one cyano group. Examples of
"cyanoalkyl" include NCCH2, NCCH2CH2 and CH3CH(CN)CH2. "Hydroxyalkyl" denotes an alkyl group substituted with one hydroxy group. Examples of "hydroxyalkyl" include HOCH2, HOCH2CH2 and CH3CH2(OH)CH. "Nitroalkyl" denotes an alkyl group substituted with one nitro group. Examples of "nitroalkyl" include N02CH2 and N02CH2CH2.
"Alkylcarbonyl" denotes a straight-chain or branched alkyl group bonded to a C(=0) moiety. Examples of "alkylcarbonyl" include CH3C(=0), CH3CH2CH2C(=0) and (CH3)2CHC(=0). Examples of "alkoxycarbonyl" include CH3OC(=0), CH3CH2OC(=0), CH3CH2CH2OC(=0), (CH3)2CHOC(=0) and the different pentoxy- or hexoxycarbonyl isomers. The term "alkylcarbonyloxy" denotes straight-chain or branched alkyl bonded to a C(=0)0 moiety. Examples of "alkylcarbonyloxy" include CH3CH2C(=0)0 and (CH3)2CHC(=0)0. "(Alkylthio)carbonyl" denotes a straight-chain or branched alkylthio group bonded to a C(=0) moiety. Examples of "(alkylthio)carbonyl" include CH3SC(=0), CH3CH2CH2SC(=0) and (CH3)2CHSC(=0). "Alkoxy(thiocarbonyl)" denotes a straight-chain or branched alkoxy group bonded to a C(=S) moiety. Examples of "alkoxy(thiocarbonyl)" include CH3OC(=S), CH3CH2CH2OC(=S) and (CH3)2CHOC(=S). The term "alkylcarbonylamino" denotes alkyl bonded to a C(=0)NH moiety. Examples of "alkylcarbonylamino" include CH3C(=0)NH and CH3CH2C(=0)NH.
"Trialkylsilyl" includes 3 branched and/or straight-chain alkyl radicals attached to and linked through a silicon atom, such as trimethylsilyl, triethylsilyl and tert-butyldimethylsilyl.
The term "halogen", either alone or in compound words such as "halomethyl", "haloalkyl", includes fluorine, chlorine, bromine or iodine. Further, when used in compound words such as "haloalkyl", said alkyl may be partially or fully substituted with halogen atoms which may be the same or different. Examples of "haloalkyl" include F3C, CICH2, CF3CH2 and CF3CC12. The terms "haloalkenyl", "haloalkoxy", "haloalkylthio", "haloalkylsulfinyl" "haloalkylsulfonyl", "halocycloalkyl" and the like are defined analogously to the term "haloalkyl". Examples of "haloalkenyl" include Cl2C=CHCH2 and CF3CH2=CH. Examples of "haloalkoxy" include CF30, CC13CH20, F2CHCH2CH20 and CF3CH20. Examples of "haloalkylthio" include CC13S, CF3S, CC13CH2S and C1CH2CH2CH2S. Examples of "haloalkylsulfinyl" include CF3S(=0), CC13S(=0), CF3CH2S(=0) and CF3CF2S(=0). Examples of "haloalkylsulfonyl" include CF3S(=0)2, CC13S(=0)2, CF3CH2S(=0)2 and CF3CF2S(=0)2. Examples of "halocycloalkyl" include chlorocyclopropyl, fluorocyclobutyl and chlorocyclohexyl.
The total number of carbon atoms in a substituent group is indicated by the "C -Cj" prefix where i and j are numbers from 1 to 12. For example, C 1 -C3 alkylsulfonyl designates methylsulfonyl through propylsulfonyl; C2 alkoxyalkyl designates CH3OCH2; C3 alkoxyalkyl designates, for example, CH3OCH2CH2 or CH3CH20CH2; and C4 alkoxyalkyl designates the various isomers of an alkyl group substituted with an alkoxy group containing a total of four carbon atoms, examples including CH3CH2CH20CH2 and CH3CH2OCH2CH2.
The term "unsubstituted" in connection with a group such as a ring means the group does not have any substituents other than its one or more attachments to the remainder of Formula 1. The term "optionally substituted" means that the number of substituents can be zero. Unless otherwise indicated, optionally substituted groups may be substituted with as many optional substituents as can be accommodated by replacing a hydrogen atom with a non-hydrogen substituent on any available carbon or nitrogen atom. Commonly, the number of optional substituents (when present) range from 1 to 3. As used herein, the term "optionally substituted" is used interchangeably with the phrase "substituted or unsubstituted" or with the term "(un)substituted."
The number of optional substituents may be restricted by an expressed limitation. For example, the phrase "optionally substituted with up to 3 substituents independently selected from R3a on carbon atom ring members" means that 0, 1, 2 or 3 substituents can be present (if the number of potential connection points allows). Similarly, the phrase "optionally substituted with up to 5 substituents independently selected from R3a" means that 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 substituents can be present if the number of available connection points allows.
When a compound is substituted with a substituent bearing a subscript that indicates the number of said substituents can vary (e.g., (R a)p in Table 1 wherein p is 0 to 5), then said substituents are independently selected from the group of defined substituents, unless otherwise indicated. When a variable group is shown to be optionally attached to a position, for example (R3a)p in Table 1 wherein p may be 0, then hydrogen may be at the position even if not recited in the definition of the variable group. Unless otherwise indicated, a "ring" or "ring system" as a component of Formula 1 (e.g., Q1 or Q2) is carbocyclic (e.g., phenyl or naphthalenyl) or heterocyclic (e.g., pyridinyl). The term "ring member" refers to an atom (e.g., C, O, N or S) forming the backbone of a ring. The term "ring system" denotes two or more fused rings (e.g., quinazolinyl).
The term "nonaromatic" includes rings that are fully saturated as well as partially or fully unsaturated, provided that none of the rings are aromatic. The term "aromatic" indicates that each of the ring atoms of a fully unsaturated ring are essentially in the same plane and have a /^-orbital perpendicular to the ring plane, and that (4n + 2) π electrons, where n is a positive integer, are associated with the ring to comply with Huckel's rule.
The terms "carbocyclic ring" or "carbocycle" denote a ring wherein the atoms forming the ring backbone are selected only from carbon. When a fully unsaturated carbocyclic ring satisfies Huckel's rule, then said ring is also called an "aromatic carbocyclic ring". The term "saturated carbocyclic ring" refers to a ring having a backbone consisting of carbon atoms linked to one another by single bonds; unless otherwise specified, the remaining carbon valences are occupied by hydrogen atoms.
The terms "heterocyclic ring", "heterocycle" or "heteroaromatic ring system" denote a ring or ring system in which at least one atom forming the ring backbone is not carbon (e.g., N, O or S). Typically a heterocyclic ring contains no more than 3 N atoms, no more than 2 O atoms and no more than 2 S atoms. Unless otherwise indicated, a heterocyclic ring can be a saturated, partially unsaturated or fully unsaturated ring. When a fully unsaturated heterocyclic ring satisfies Huckel's rule, then said ring is also called a "heteroaromatic ring" or "aromatic heterocyclic ring". Unless otherwise indicated, heterocyclic rings can be attached through any available carbon or nitrogen by replacement of a hydrogen on said carbon or nitrogen.
In the context of the present invention when an instance of Q1 and Q2 comprises a phenyl or 6-membered heterocyclic ring (e.g., pyridinyl), the ortho, meta and para positions of each ring are relative to the connection of the ring to the remainder of Formula 1.
Compounds of this invention can exist as one or more stereoisomers. The various stereoisomers include enantiomers, diastereomers, atropisomers and geometric isomers. One skilled in the art will appreciate that one stereoisomer may be more active and/or may exhibit beneficial effects when enriched relative to the other stereoisomer(s) or when separated from the other stereoisomer(s). Additionally, the skilled artisan knows how to separate, enrich, and/or to selectively prepare said stereoisomers. The compounds of the invention may be present as a mixture of stereoisomers, individual stereoisomers or as an optically active form.
One skilled in the art recognizes that because in the environment and under physiological conditions salts of chemical compounds are in equilibrium with their corresponding nonsalt forms, salts share the biological utility of the nonsalt forms. Thus a wide variety of salts of the compounds of Formula 1 are useful for control of plant diseases caused by fungal plant pathogens (i.e. are agriculturally suitable). The salts of the compounds of Formula 1 include acid-addition salts with inorganic or organic acids such as hydrobromic, hydrochloric, nitric, phosphoric, sulfuric, acetic, butyric, fumaric, lactic, maleic, malonic, oxalic, propionic, salicylic, tartaric, 4-toluenesulfonic or valeric acids.
Compounds selected from Formula 1, stereoisomers, N-oxides, and salts thereof, typically exist in more than one form, therefore Formula 1 includes all crystalline and noncrystalline forms of the compounds that Formula 1 represents. Non-crystalline forms include embodiments which are solids such as waxes and gums as well as embodiments which are liquids such as solutions and melts. Crystalline forms include embodiments which represent essentially a single crystal type and embodiments which represent a mixture of polymorphs (i.e. different crystalline types). The term "polymorph" refers to a particular crystalline form of a chemical compound that can crystallize in different crystalline forms, these forms having different arrangements and/or conformations of the molecules in the crystal lattice. Although polymorphs can have the same chemical composition, they can also differ in composition due to the presence or absence of co-crystallized water or other molecules, which can be weakly or strongly bound in the lattice. Polymorphs can differ in such chemical, physical and biological properties as crystal shape, density, hardness, color, chemical stability, melting point, hygroscopicity, suspensibility, dissolution rate and biological availability. One skilled in the art will appreciate that a polymorph of a compound represented by Formula 1 can exhibit beneficial effects (e.g., suitability for preparation of useful formulations, improved biological performance) relative to another polymorph or a mixture of polymorphs of the same compound represented by Formula 1. Preparation and isolation of a particular polymorph of a compound represented by Formula 1 can be achieved by methods known to those skilled in the art including, for example, crystallization using selected solvents and temperatures.
Embodiments of the present invention as described in the Summary of the Invention include those described below. In the following Embodiments, Formula 1 includes stereoisomers, N-oxides and salts thereof, and reference to "a compound of Formula 1" includes the definitions of substituents specified in the Summary of the Invention unless further defined in the Embodiments.
Embodiment 1. A compound of Formula 1 wherein Q1 is a phenyl, pyridinyl,
pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl or pyridazinyl ring, each ring optionally substituted with up to 3 substituents independently selected from R3a and R b.
Embodiment 2. A compound of Embodiment 1 wherein Q1 is a phenyl ring optionally substituted with up to 3 substituents independently selected from R3a and R b. Embodiment 3. A compound of Formula 1 or any one of Embodiments 1 through 2 wherein Q1 is a phenyl ring optionally substituted with up to 2 substituents independently selected from R3a and substituted with 1 to 2 substituents independently selected from R3^.
Embodiment 4. A compound of Embodiment 3 wherein Q1 is a phenyl ring optionally substituted with up to 2 substituents independently selected from R3a and substituted with 1 substituent selected from R b.
Embodiment 5. A compound of Embodiment 4 wherein Q1 is a phenyl ring optionally substituted with up to 1 substituent selected from R a and substituted with 1 substituent selected from R b.
Embodiment 6. A compound of Formula 1 or any one of Embodiments 1 through 5 wherein Q1 is a phenyl ring substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from R3a and R3^.
Embodiment 7. A compound of Embodiment 6 wherein Q1 is a phenyl ring substituted with 1 to 2 substituents independently selected from R a and 1 substituent selected from R3^.
Embodiment 8. A compound of Embodiment 7 wherein Q1 is a phenyl ring substituted with 2 substituents independently selected from R a and 1 substituent selected from R3b.
Embodiment 9. A compound of Embodiment 6 wherein Q1 is a phenyl ring substituted with 1 substituent selected from R a and 1 to 2 substituents independently selected from R3b.
Embodiment 10. A compound of Embodiment 9 wherein Q1 is a phenyl ring substituted with 1 substituent selected from R a and 1 substituent selected from R b.
Embodiment 11. A compound of Formula 1 or any one of Embodiments 1 through 10 wherein Q1 is a phenyl ring substituted with at least 1 substituent selected from R3a attached at the 2-position (relative to the connection of the Q1 ring to the remainder of Formula 1).
Embodiment 12. A compound of Formula 1 or any one of Embodiments 1 through 11 wherein Q1 is a phenyl ring substituted with at least 1 substituent selected from R3^ attached at the 4-position (relative to the connection of the Q1 ring to the remainder of Formula 1).
Embodiment 13. A compound of Formula 1 or any one of Embodiments 1 through 12 wherein Q1 is a phenyl ring substituted with at least 1 substituent selected from R3^ attached at the 3-position (relative to the connection of the Q1 ring to the remainder of Formula 1).
Embodiment 14. A compound of Formula 1 or any one of Embodiments 1 through 13 wherein Q1 is a phenyl ring substituted at the 2-position with a substituent selected from R3a and at the 4-position with a substitutent selected from R3b (relative to the connection of the Q1 ring to the remainder of Formula 1). Embodiment 15. A compound of Formula 1 or any one of Embodiments 1 through 13 wherein Q1 is a phenyl ring substituted at the 2- and 6-positions with substituents independently selected from R3a and at the 4-position with a substitutent selected from R3b (relative to the connection of the Q1 ring to the remainder of Formula 1).
Embodiment 16. A compound of Formula 1 or any one of Embodiments 1 through 13 wherein Q1 is a phenyl ring substituted at the 2-position with a substituent selected from R3a and at the 4-position with a substituent selected from R3b; or a phenyl ring substituted at the 2- and 6-positions with substituents independently selected from R3a and at the 4-position with a substituent selected from R3b.
Embodiment 17. A compound of Formula 1 or any one of Embodiments 1 through 13 wherein Q1 is a phenyl ring substituted at the 2- and 6-positions with substituents independently selected from R a; or a phenyl ring substituted at the 2-, 4- and 6-positions with substituents independently selected from R a.
Embodiment 18. A compound of Formula 1 or any one of Embodiments 1 through 17 wherein Q2 is a phenyl, pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl or pyridazinyl ring, each ring optionally substituted with up to 3 substituents independently selected from R3a and R3b.
Embodiment 19. A compound of Embodiment 18 wherein Q2 is a phenyl ring
optionally substituted with up to 3 substituents independently selected from R a and R3b.
Embodiment 20. A compound of Embodiment 19 wherein Q2 is a phenyl ring
optionally substituted with up to 2 substituents independently selected from R a and R3b.
Embodiment 21. A compound of Formula 1 or any one of Embodiments 1 through 20 wherein Q2 is a phenyl ring substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from R3a and R3b.
Embodiment 22. A compound of Embodiment 21 wherein Q2 is a phenyl ring
substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from R a.
Embodiment 23. A compound of Embodiment 22 wherein Q2 is a phenyl ring
substituted with 3 substituents independently selected from R a.
Embodiment 24. A compound of Embodiment 22 wherein Q2 is a phenyl ring
substituted with 2 substituents independently selected from R a.
Embodiment 25. A compound of Embodiment 21 wherein Q2 is a phenyl ring
substituted with 2 substituents independently selected from R a and 1 substituent selected from R3b. Embodiment 26. A compound of Embodiment 25 wherein Q2 is a phenyl ring substituted with 1 substituent selected from R3a and 1 substituent selected from R3 .
Embodiment 27. A compound of Embodiment 21 wherein Q2 is a phenyl ring
substituted with 1 substituent selected from R3a and 1 to 2 substituents independently selected from R3^.
Embodiment 28. A compound of Formula 1 or any one of Embodiments 1 through 27 wherein Q2 is a phenyl ring substituted with at least 1 substituent selected from R3a attached at the 2-position (relative to the connection of the Q2 ring to the remainder of Formula 1).
Embodiment 29. A compound of Formula 1 or any one of Embodiments 1 through 28 wherein Q2 is a phenyl ring substituted with at least 1 substituent selected from R3^ attached at the 4-position (relative to the connection of the Q2 ring to the remainder of Formula 1).
Embodiment 30. A compound of Formula 1 or any one of Embodiments 1 through 29 wherein Q2 is a phenyl ring substituted with at least 1 substituent selected from R3^ attached at the 3-position (relative to the connection of the Q2 ring to the remainder of Formula 1).
Embodiment 31. A compound of Formula 1 or any one of Embodiments 1 through 30 wherein Q2 is a phenyl ring substituted with at least 2 substituents independently selected from R3a attached at the 2- and 6-positions (relative to the connection of the Q2 ring to the remainder of Formula 1).
Embodiment 32. A compound of Formula 1 or any one of Embodiments 1 through 31 wherein Q2 is a phenyl ring substituted at the 2- and 6-positions with substituents independently selected from R3a (relative to the connection of the Q2 ring to the remainder of Formula 1).
Embodiment 33. A compound of Formula 1 or any one of Embodiments 1 through 31 wherein Q2 is a phenyl ring substituted at the 2-, 4- and 6-postions with substituents independently selected from R3a (relative to the connection of the Q2 ring to the remainder of Formula 1).
Embodiment 34. A compound of Formula 1 or any one of Embodiments 1 through 32 wherein Q2 is a phenyl ring substituted at the 2- and 6-positions with substituents independently selected from R a; or a phenyl ring substituted at the 2-, 4- and 6-positions with substituents independently selected from R a.
Embodiment 35. A compound of Formula 1 or any one of Embodiments 1 through 31 wherein Q2 is a phenyl ring substituted at the 2-position with a substituent selected from R3a and at the 4-position with a substituent selected from R3^; or a phenyl ring substituted at the 2- and 6-positions with substituents independently selected from R3a and at the 4-position with a substituent selected from R3b.r Embodiment 36. A compound of Formula 1 or any one of Embodiments 1 through 35 wherein when each Q1 and Q2 is a phenyl ring, then Q1 is substituted with 1 to 2 substituents independently selected from R3a and 1 substituent selected from R b and Q2 is substituted with 2 to 3 substituents independently selected from R a. Embodiment 37. A compound of Formula 1 or any one of Embodiments 1 through 36 wherein X is O, S, NR4 or CR5aOR5b.
Embodiment 38. A compound of Embodiment 37 wherein X is O, NR4 or CHOR5^. Embodiment 39. A compound of Embodiment 38 wherein X is NR4 or CHOR5^.
Embodiment 40. A compound of Embodiment 39 wherein X is CHOR5^.
Embodiment 41. A compound of Embodiment 39 wherein X is NR4.
Embodiment 42. A compound of Formula 1 or any one of Embodiments 1 through 41 wherein when R1 is taken alone (i.e. not taken together with Rla), then R1 is H, cyano, halogen, C1-C3 alkyl, C1-C3 haloalkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl, C2-C4 alkynyl, cyclopropyl, C2-C4 alkoxyalkyl, C1-C3 alkoxy, C1-C3 haloalkoxy, C(=0)OR6 or
C(=0)NR7R8.
Embodiment 43. A compound of Embodiment 42 wherein R1 is H, cyano, halogen, C1-C3 alkyl, C1-C3 haloalkyl, C2-C4 alkoxyalkyl, C1-C3 alkoxy or C1-C3 haloalkoxy.
Embodiment 44. A compound of Embodiment 43 wherein R1 is H, cyano, halogen, Ci -C3 alkyl, C1-C3 haloalkyl, C1-C3 alkoxy or C1-C3 haloalkoxy.
Embodiment 45. A compound of Embodiment 44 wherein R1 is H, halogen or C1-C3 alkyl.
Embodiment 46. A compound of Embodiment 45 wherein R1 is H or methyl.
Embodiment 47. A compound of Embodiment 46 wherein R1 is H.
Embodiment 48. A compound of Formula 1 or any one of Embodiments 1 through 47 wherein R1 is taken alone.
Embodiment 49. A compound of Formula 1 or any one of Embodiments 1 through 48 wherein Rla is H.
Embodiment 50. A compound of Formula 1 or any one of Embodiments 1 through 49 wherein Rla is taken alone.
Embodiment 51. A compound of Formula 1 or any one of Embodiments 1 through 49 wherein when Rla and R1 are taken together with the carbon atom to which they are attached to form a ring, then said ring is cyclopropyl (i.e. unsubstituted).
Embodiment 52. A compound of Formula 1 or any one of Embodiments 1 through 47 wherein Rla and R1 are taken together. Embodiment 53. A compound of Formula 1 or any one of Embodiments 1 through 52 wherein R2 is cyano, halogen, Ci -C2 alkyl, halomethyl, cyanomethyl, hydroxymethyl, methoxy or methylthio; or cyclopropyl optionally substituted with up to 2 substituents independently selected from halogen and methyl.
Embodiment 54. A compound of Embodiment 53 wherein R2 is Br, CI, I or C 1 -C2 alkyl.
Embodiment 55. A compound of Embodiment 54 wherein R2 is Br, CI or methyl.
Embodiment 56. A compound of Embodiment 55 wherein R2 is methyl.
Embodiment 57. A compound of Formula 1 or any one of Embodiments 1 through 56 wherein each R3a is independently cyano, halogen, Ci -C4 alkyl, Ci -C4 haloalkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl, C3-C4 cycloalkyl, C4-C6 cycloalkylalkyl, C4-C6 alkylcycloalkyl, C1-C3 alkylthio, C1-C3 alkylsulfmyl, C1-C3 alkylsulfonyl, C1-C3 alkoxy, C1-C3 haloalkoxy, C3-C7 cycloalkoxy, C1 -C2 alkylsulfonyloxy, C2-C3 alkylcarbonyloxy, C2-C3 alkylcarbonyl, amino, methylamino, C2-C4 dialkylamino, C2-C3 alkylcarbonylamino, -CH(=0), -NHCH(=0), -SF5, -SC≡N,
-C(=S)NR9aR9b or -U-V-T.
Embodiment 58. A compound of Embodiment 57 wherein each R3a is independently cyano, halogen, methyl, halomethyl, cyclopropyl, methylthio, methoxy, methylsulfonyloxy, methylcarbonyloxy, methylcarbonyl, -C(=S)NR9aR9b or -U-V-T.
Embodiment 59. A compound of Embodiment 58 wherein each R3a is independently cyano, halogen, methyl, halomethyl or methoxy.
Embodiment 60. A compound of Embodiment 59 wherein each R3a is independently cyano, halogen or methoxy.
Embodiment 61. A compound of Embodiment 60 wherein each R3a is independently cyano, Br, CI, F or methoxy.
Embodiment 62. A compound of Embodiment 61 wherein each R3a is independently Br, CI or F.
Embodiment 63. A compound of Embodiment 62 wherein each R3a is F.
Embodiment 64. A compound of Formula 1 or any one of Embodiments 1 through 63 wherein each R3b is independently C2-C4 haloalkenyl, C5-C8 cycloalkylalkenyl, C5-C8 cycloalkylalkynyl, C4-C6 alkoxy, C2-C6 alkenyloxy, C2-C6
haloalkenyloxy, C3-C6 alkynyloxy, C3-C6 haloalkynyloxy, C4-C8
cycloalkylalkoxy, C3-C6 alkylsulfonyloxy, C3-C6 haloalkylsulfonyloxy, C3-C9 trialkylsilyl, C4-C9 trialkylsilylalkyl, C4-C9 trialkylsilylalkoxy,
-C(=NR9a)NR9aOR9a, -CR10a=NOR10b, -CR10c= NR9aR9b or
-ON=CRl laRl lb; or -A(CR12aR12b)nW. Embodiment 65. A compound of Embodiment 64 wherein each R3b is independently C2-C4 haloalkenyl, C5-C8 cycloalkylalkenyl, C4-C6 alkoxy, C2-Cg alkenyloxy, C2-C6 haloalkenyloxy, C3-C6 alkynyloxy, C3-C6 haloalkynyloxy, C4-C8 cycloalkylalkoxy, C3-C6 alkylsulfonyloxy, C3-C6 haloalkylsulfonyloxy, C3-C9 trialkylsilyl, C4-C9 trialkylsilylalkyl, C4-C9 trialkylsilylalkoxy, -CR1 O^NOR1 ob or -ON=CRl laRl lb; or -A(CR12aR12b)nW.
Embodiment 66. A compound of Embodiment 65 wherein each R3b is independently C4-C6 alkoxy, C2-C6 alkenyloxy, C2-C6 haloalkenyloxy, C3-C6 alkynyloxy, C3-C6 haloalkynyloxy, C4-C8 cycloalkylalkoxy, C3-C6 alkylsulfonyloxy, C3-C6 haloalkylsulfonyloxy, C3-C9 trialkylsilyl, C4-C9 trialkylsilylalkyl, C4-C9 trialkylsilylalkoxy, -CR10a=NOR10b or -ON=CRl laRl lb; or -A(CR12aR12b)nW.
Embodiment 67. A compound of Embodiment 66 wherein each R3b is independently C2-C6 alkenyloxy, C2-Cg haloalkenyloxy, C3-C6 alkynyloxy, C3-C6
haloalkynyloxy, C4-C8 cycloalkylalkoxy, C3-C9 trialkylsilyl, C4-C9
trialkylsilylalkyl, C4-C9 trialkylsilylalkoxy, -CR1 O^NOR1 ob or
-ON=CRl laRl lb; or -A(CR12aR12b)nW.
Embodiment 68. A compound of Embodiment 64 wherein each R3b is independently C4-C6 alkoxy, C3-C6 alkenyloxy, C3-C6 haloalkenyloxy, C3-C6 alkynyloxy, C3-C6 haloalkynyloxy, C3-C6 alkylsulfonyloxy, C3-C6 haloalkylsulfonyloxy, C4-C7 trialkylsilylalkoxy, -CR10a=NOR9 or -ON=CR! laR! lb; or
-A(CR12aR12b)nW.
Embodiment 69. A compound of Embodiment 68 wherein each R3b is independently C4-C5 alkoxy, C3-C5 alkenyloxy, C3-C5 haloalkenyloxy, C3-C6 alkynyloxy, C3-C5 alkylsulfonyloxy, C3-C5 haloalkylsulfonyloxy, C4-C5 trialkylsilylalkoxy, -CR10a=NOR9 or -ON=CR! laR! lb; or -A(CR12aR12b)nW.
Embodiment 70. A compound of Embodiment 64 wherein each R3b is independently C2-C4 haloalkenyl, C5-C8 cycloalkylalkenyl, C5-C8 cycloalkylalkynyl, C4-C6 alkoxy, C2-C6 alkenyloxy, C2-C6 haloalkenyloxy, C3-C6 alkynyloxy, C3-C6 haloalkynyloxy, C4-C8 cycloalkylalkoxy, -C(=NR9a)NR9aOR9a,
-CR10a=NOR10b, -CR10c= NR9aR9b or -ON=CRl laRl lb; or
-A(CR12aR12b)nW.
Embodiment 71. A compound of Embodiment 70 wherein each R3b is independently C2-C6 alkenyloxy, C2-C6 haloalkenyloxy, C3-C6 alkynyloxy, C3-C6
haloalkynyloxy, C4-C8 cycloalkylalkoxy, -C(=NR9a)NR9aOR9a,
-CR10a=NOR10b or -CR10c= NR9aR9b; or -A(CR12aR12b)nW.
Embodiment 72. A compound of Embodiment 71 wherein each R3b is independently C2-C4 alkenyloxy, C2-C4 haloalkenyloxy, C3-C5 alkynyloxy, C3-C5 haloalkynyloxy, C4-C8 cycloalkylalkoxy, -CR10a=NOR10b or -CR10c=NNR9aR9b; or -A(CR12aR12b)nW.
Embodiment 73. A compound of Formula 1 or any one of Embodiments 1 through 72 wherein each R3b is -A(CR12aR12b)nW.
Embodiment 74. A compound of Formula 1 or any one of Embodiments 1 through 73 wherein each A is O.
Embodiment 75. A compound of Formula 1 or any one of Embodiments 1 through 73 wherein each A is a direct bond.
Embodiment 76. A compound of Formula 1 or any one of Embodiments 1 through 75 wherein each W is independently a 3- to 7-membered heterocyclic ring containing ring members selected from carbon atoms and 1 to 3 heteroatoms independently selected from up to 2 O, up to 2 S and up to 3 N atoms, wherein up to 1 carbon atom ring member is C(=0), the ring optionally substituted with up to 3 substituents independently selected from R13 on carbon atom ring members and R14 on nitrogen atom ring members.
Embodiment 77. A compound of Embodiment 76 wherein each W is independently a 3- to 7-membered heterocyclic ring containing ring members selected from carbon atoms and 1 to 2 heteroatoms independently selected from up to 2 O, up to 2 S and up to 2 N atoms, wherein up to 1 carbon atom ring member is C(=0), the ring optionally substituted with up to 3 substituents independently selected from
R13 on carbon atom ring members and R14 on nitrogen atom ring members. Embodiment 78. A compound of Embodiment 76 wherein each W is independently a 3- to 6-membered heterocyclic ring containing ring members selected from carbon atoms and 1 to 3 heteroatoms independently selected from up to 2 O, up to 2 S and up to 3 N atoms, the ring optionally substituted with up to 3 substituents independently selected from R13 on carbon atom ring members and R1 on nitrogen atom ring members.
Embodiment 79. A compound of Embodiment 78 wherein each W is independently a 3- to 5-membered heterocyclic ring containing ring members selected from carbon atoms and 1 to 2 heteroatoms independently selected from up to 2 O and up to 2
N atoms, the ring optionally substituted with up to 2 substituents independently selected from R13 on carbon atom ring members and R1 on nitrogen atom ring members.
Embodiment 80. A compound of Embodiment 79 wherein each W is independently a 3- to 5-membered heterocyclic ring containing ring members selected from carbon atoms and 1 to 2 heteroatoms independently selected from up to 2 O and up to 2 N atoms. Embodiment 81. A compound of Formula 1 or any one of Embodiments 1 through 80 wherein each W is independently selected from W-1 through W-52 depicted in Exhibit 1;
Exhibit 1
Figure imgf000022_0001
W-1 W-2 -3 -4
Figure imgf000022_0002
W-5 W-6 W-7 W-8
Figure imgf000022_0003
-9 -10 -l l W-12
Figure imgf000022_0004
W-13 W-14 W-15 W-16
Figure imgf000022_0005
W-17 W-18 W-19 W-20
Figure imgf000022_0006
W-21 W-22 W-23 W-24
Figure imgf000023_0001
W-49 W-50 W-51 W-52 wherein the bond shown projecting to the left is bonded to the remainder of the
Formula 1; R1 a is selected from H and R14; and each x is independently 0, 1 or 2.
Embodiment 82. A compound of Embodiment 81 wherein each W is independently selected from W-l through W-5, W-8, W-9 and W-12 through W-23.
Embodiment 83. A compound of Embodiment 82 wherein each W is independently selected from W-l, W-2, W-3, W-4, W-5, W-8, W-9, W-12, W-13, W-16, W-17,
W-l 9 and W-20.
Embodiment 84. A compound of Embodiment 83 wherein each W is independently selected from W-l, W-2, W-3, W-5, W-12, W-13 and W-20.
Embodiment 85. A compound of any one of Embodiments 81 through 84 wherein each x is independently 0 or 1.
Embodiment 86. A compound of Embodiment 85 wherein each x is 0.
Embodiment 87. A compound of Formula 1 or any one of Embodiments 1 through 86 wherein R4 is H, amino, C2-C3 alkenyl, C3-C4 alkynyl, cyclopropyl, -CH(=0),
-S(=0)2OM, -S(=0)mR15, -(C=Z)R16 or OR17; or CrC3 alkyl or CrC3 haloalkyl, each optionally substituted with up to 2 substituents independently selected from R18.
Embodiment 88. A compound of Embodiment 87 wherein R4 is H, cyclopropyl,
-CH(=0), -S(=0)2OM, -S(=0)mR15, -(C=Z)R16, OR17, CrC3 alkyl or CrC3 haloalkyl.
Embodiment 89. A compound of Embodiment 88 wherein R4 is H, -CH(=0),
-S(=0)mR15, -(C=Z)R16, OR17, CrC3 alkyl or CrC3 haloalkyl.
Embodiment 90. A compound of Embodiment 89 wherein R4 is H, -CH(=0), OR17, CrC3 alkyl or CrC3 haloalkyl.
Embodiment 91. A compound of Embodiment 90 wherein R4 is H, -CH(=0) or
methoxy.
Embodiment 92. A compound of Embodiment 91 wherein R4 is H.
Embodiment 93. A compound of Formula 1 or any one of Embodiments 1 through 92 wherein R5a is H or methyl.
Embodiment 94. A compound of Embodiment 90 wherein R5a is H.
Embodiment 95. A compound of Formula 1 or any one of Embodiments 1 through 94 wherein R5b is H, -CH(=0), CrC3 alkyl, CrC2 haloalkyl, C2-C3 alkoxyalkyl,
C2-C4 cyanoalkyl, C2-C4 alkylcarbonyl, C2-C4 alkoxycarbonyl, C2-C4
(alkylthio)carbonyl or C2-C4 alkoxy(thiocarbonyl).
Embodiment 96. A compound of Embodiment 95 wherein R5b is H, -CH(=0), C^-C3 alkyl, Cj-C2 haloalkyl, C2-C3 alkoxyalkyl, C2-C4 cyanoalkyl, C2-C4
alkylcarbonyl or C2-C4 alkoxycarbonyl. Embodiment 97. A compound of Embodiment 96 wherein R5^ is H, -CH(=0), methyl, halomethyl, cyanomethyl, methylcarbonyl or methoxycarbonyl.
Embodiment 98. A compound of Embodiment 97 wherein R5^ is H.
Embodiment 99. A compound of Formula 1 or any one of Embodiments 1 through 98 wherein R6 is H or C^-C^ alkyl.
Embodiment 100. A compound of Embodiment 99 wherein R6 is H or Ci -C2 alkyl.
Embodiment 101. A compound of Embodiment 100 wherein R6 is H or methyl.
Embodiment 102. A compound of Embodiment 101 wherein R6 is H.
Embodiment 103. A compound of Formula 1 or any one of Embodiments 1 through 102 wherein when R7 is taken alone (i.e. not taken together with R8 to form a ring), then R7 is H or CrC6 alkyl.
Embodiment 104. A compound of Embodiment 103 wherein R7 is H.
Embodiment 105. A compound of Formula 1 or any one of Embodiments 1 through 104 wherein R7 is taken alone.
Embodiment 106. A compound of Formula 1 or any one of Embodiments 1 through 105 wherein when R8 is taken alone (i.e. not taken together with R7 to form a ring), then R8 is H, C^-C^ alkyl, C^-C^ haloalkyl or Cz Cg alkylcycloalkyl.
Embodiment 107. A compound of Embodiment 106 wherein R8 is H or C^-C^ alkyl.
Embodiment 108. A compound of Embodiment 107 wherein R8 is H.
Embodiment 109. A compound of Formula 1 or any one of Embodiments 1 through 108 wherein R8 is taken alone.
Embodiment 110. A compound of Formula 1 or any one Embodiments 1 through 109 wherein when R7 and R8 are taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached to form a 4- to 7-membered nonaromatic heterocyclic ring, then said ring contains ring members, in addition to the connecting nitrogen atom, selected from carbon atoms and up to 1 ring member selected from O and NR19.
Embodiment 111. A compound of Embodiment 110 wherein R7 and R8 are taken
together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached to form a 6-membered nonaromatic heterocyclic, containing ring members, in addition to the connecting nitrogen atom, selected from carbon atoms and up to 1 ring member selected from O and NR19.
Embodiment 112. A compound of Embodiment 111 wherein R7 and R8 are taken
together with the nitrogen atom to which they are connected to form a piperidinyl, piperazinyl or morpholinyl ring.
Embodiment 113. A compound of Formula 1 or any one of Embodiments 1 through 112 wherein each R10a is independently H, methyl or halomethyl.
Embodiment 113a. A compound of Formula 1 or any one of Embodiments 1 through
112 wherein each R10a is independently H or methyl. Embodiment 114. A compound of Embodiment 113a wherein each R10a is H.
Embodiment 115. A compound of Formula 1 or any one of Embodiments 1 through 114 wherein each R10^ and R10c is independently H, C1-C3 alkyl, C1-C3 haloalkyl,
C3-C4 cycloalkyl or C3-C4 halocycloalkyl.
Embodiment 116. A compound of Embodiment 115 wherein each R10^ and R10c is independently H, methyl, halomethyl or cyclopropyl.
Embodiment 116a. A compound of Embodiment 116 wherein each R10^ and R10c is independently H or methyl.
Embodiment 117. A compound of Formula 1 or any one of Embodiments 1 through 116a wherein each R12a is independently H, cyano or methyl.
Embodiment 118. A compound of Embodiment 117 wherein each R12a is
independently H or methyl.
Embodiment 119. A compound of Embodiment 118 wherein each R12a is H.
Embodiment 120. A compound of Formula 1 or any one of Embodiments 1 through 119 wherein each R12^ is independently H or methyl.
Embodiment 121. A compound of Embodiment 120 wherein each R12^ is H.
Embodiment 122. A compound of Formula 1 or any one of Embodiments 1 through 121 wherein each R13 is independently halogen, cyano, methyl, halomethyl, methoxy or halomethoxy.
Embodiment 123. A compound of Embodiment 122 wherein each R13 is independently halogen, methyl, halomethyl or methoxy.
Embodiment 123a. A compound of Embodiment 123 wherein each R13 is methyl. Embodiment 124. A compound of Formula 1 or any one of Embodiments 1 through 123a wherein each R14 is independently methyl or methoxy.
Embodiment 124a. A compound of Embodiment 124a wherein each R14 is methyl.
Embodiment 125. A compound of Formula 1 or any one of Embodiments 1 through
124a wherein R15 is methyl or halomethyl.
Embodiment 126. A compound of Formula 1 or any one of Embodiments 1 through 125 wherein R16 is C^-C^ alkyl, C^-C^ alkoxy or C^-C^ alkylthio.
Embodiment 127. A compound of Embodiment 126 wherein R16 is methyl, ethyl, methoxy, ethoxy, methylthio or ethylthio.
Embodiment 128. A compound of Embodiment 127 wherein R16 is methyl, methoxy or methylthio.
Embodiment 129. A compound of Formula 1 or any one of Embodiments 1 through 128 wherein R17 is H, -CH(=0), cyclopropyl, -S(=0)2OM or -(C=Z)R20; or CrC3 alkyl or C1-C3 haloalkyl, each optionally substituted with up to 2 substituents independently selected from R21. Embodiment 130. A compound of Formula 1 or any one of Embodiments 1 through 129 wherein each R18 and R21 is independently cyano, C3-C6 cycloalkyl or C1-C3 alkoxy.
Embodiment 131. A compound of Embodiment 130 wherein each R18 and R21 is
independently cyano, cyclopropyl or methoxy.
Embodiment 132. A compound of Embodiment 131 wherein each R18 and R21 is
independently cyclopropyl or methoxy.
Embodiment 133. A compound of Formula 1 or any one of Embodiments 1 through 132 wherein R19 is H or CH3.
Embodiment 134. A compound of Embodiment 133 wherein R19 is CH3.
Embodiment 135. A compound of Formula 1 or any one of Embodiments 1 through 134 wherein R20 is C^-C^ alkyl, C^-C^ alkoxy or C^-C^ alkylthio.
Embodiment 136. A compound of Embodiment 135 wherein R20 is methyl, ethyl, methoxy, ethoxy, methylthio or ethylthio.
Embodiment 137. A compound of Embodiment 136 wherein R20 is methyl, methoxy or methylthio.
Embodiment 138. A compound of Formula 1 or any one of Embodiments 1 through 137 wherein each U is independently O or NR22.
Embodiment 139. A compound of Embodiment 138 wherein each U is independently O or NH.
Embodiment 140. A compound of Formula 1 or any one of Embodiments 1 through 139 wherein each V is C2-C4 alkylene.
Embodiment 141. A compound of Formula 1 or any one of Embodiments 1 through 140 wherein each T is independently NR23aR23^ or OR24.
Embodiment 142. A compound of Formula 1 or any one of Embodiments 1 through 141 wherein each R23a and R23^ is independently H, C^-C^ alkyl or C^-C^ haloalkyl. Embodiment 143. A compound of Embodiment 142 wherein each R23a and R23^ is independently H, methyl or halomethyl.
Embodiment 144. A compound of Formula 1 or any one of Embodiments 1 through 143 wherein each R24 is independently H, C^-C^ alkyl or C^-C^ haloalkyl.
Embodiment 145. A compound of Embodiment 144 wherein each R24 is methyl.
Embodiment 146. A compound of Formula 1 or any one of Embodiments 1 through 145 wherein Z is O.
Embodiment 147. A compound of Formula 1 or any one of Embodiments 1 through 146 wherein M is K or Na.
Embodiment 148. A compound of Formula 1 or any one of Embodiments 1 through 147 wherein m is 0. Embodiment 149. A compound of Formula 1 or any one of Embodiments 1 through 148 wherein each n is independently 1, 2 or 3.
Embodiment 150. A compound of Formula 1 or any one of Embodiments 1 through 148 wherein each n is independently 0, 1 or 2.
Embodiment 151. A compound of Embodiment 150 wherein each n is independently 0 or 1.
Embodiment 152. A compound of Embodiment 150 wherein each n is independently 1 or 2.
Embodiment 153. A compound of Embodiment 152 wherein each n is 1.
Embodiments of this invention, including Embodiments 1-153 above as well as any other embodiments described herein, can be combined in any manner, and the descriptions of variables in the embodiments pertain not only to the compounds of Formula 1 but also to the starting compounds and intermediate compounds useful for preparing the compounds of Formula 1 unless further defined in the Embodiments. In addition, embodiments of this invention, including Embodiments 1-153 above as well as any other embodiments described herein, and any combination thereof, pertain to the compositions and methods of the present invention. Combinations of Embodiments 1-153 are illustrated by:
Embodiment A. A compound of Formula 1 wherein
Q1 is a phenyl, pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl or pyridazinyl ring, each ring optionally substituted with up to 3 substituents independently selected from R3a and R3b;
Q2 is a phenyl, pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl or pyridazinyl ring, each ring optionally substituted with up to 3 substituents independently selected from R3a and R3b;
X is O, S, NR4 or CR5aOR5b;
R1 is H, cyano, halogen, C1-C3 alkyl, C1-C3 haloalkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl, C2-C4 alkynyl, cyclopropyl, C2-C4 alkoxyalkyl, C1-C3 alkoxy, C1-C3 haloalkoxy, C(=0)OR6 or C(=0)NR7R8;
Rla is H;
R2 is Br, Cl, I or CrC2 alkyl;
each R a is independently cyano, halogen, -C4 alkyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl, C3-C4 cycloalkyl, C4-C6 cycloalkylalkyl, C4-C6 alkylcycloalkyl, C1-C3 alkylthio, C1-C3 alkylsulfinyl, C1-C3
alkylsulfonyl, C1-C3 alkoxy, C1-C3 haloalkoxy, C3-C7 cycloalkoxy, C1-C2 alkylsulfonyloxy, C2-C3 alkylcarbonyloxy, C2-C3 alkylcarbonyl, amino, methylamino, C2-C4 dialkylamino, C2-C4 alkylcarbonylamino, -CH(=0), -NHCH(=0), -SF5, -SC≡N, -C(=S)NR9aR9b or -U-V-T; each R3b is independently C2-C4 haloalkenyl, C5-C8 cycloalkylalkenyl, C5-C8 cycloalkylalkynyl, C4-C6 alkoxy, C2-C6 alkenyloxy, C2-C6 haloalkenyloxy, C3-C6 alkynyloxy, C3-C6 haloalkynyloxy, C4-C8 cycloalkylalkoxy, C3-C6 alkylsulfonyloxy, C3-C6 haloalkylsulfonyloxy, C3-C9 trialkylsilyl, C4-C9 trialkylsilylalkyl, C4-C9 trialkylsilylalkoxy, -C(=NR9a)NR9aOR9a, -CR10a=NOR10b, -CR10c=NNR9aR9b or -ON=CRl laRl lb; or -A(CR12aR12b)nW;
each W is independently a 3- to 6-membered heterocyclic ring containing ring members selected from carbon atoms and 1 to 3 heteroatoms independently selected from up to 2 O, up to 2 S and up to 3 N atoms, the ring optionally substituted with up to 3 substituents independently selected from R13 on carbon atom ring members and R14 on nitrogen atom ring members;
R4 is H, cyclopropyl, -CH(=0), -S(=0)2OM, -S(=0)mR15, -(C=Z)R16, OR17, C1-C3 alkyl or C1-C3 haloalkyl;
R5a is H or methyl;
R5b is H, -CH(=0), CrC3 alkyl, CrC2 haloalkyl, C2-C3 alkoxyalkyl, C2-C4 cyanoalkyl, C2-C4 alkylcarbonyl or C2-C4 alkoxycarbonyl;
R6 is H or methyl;
R7 is H or CrC6 alkyl;
R8 is H, -Q alkyl, -Cg haloalkyl or C4-C8 alkylcycloalkyl;
each R10a is independently H, methyl or halomethyl;
each R10b and R10c is independently H, CrC3 alkyl, CrC3 haloalkyl, C3-C4 cycloalkyl or C3-C4 halocycloalkyl;
each R12a is independently H, cyano or methyl;
each R12b is independently H or methyl;
each R13 is independently halogen, methyl, halomethyl or methoxy;
each R14 is independently methyl or methoxy;
R15 is methyl or halomethyl;
R16 is methyl, ethyl, methoxy, ethoxy, methylthio or ethylthio;
R17 is H, -CH(=0), cyclopropyl, -S(=0)2OM or -(C=Z)R20; or CrC3 alkyl or
C1-C3 haloalkyl, each optionally substituted with up to 2 substituents independently selected from R21;
R20 is methyl, methoxy or methylthio;
each U is independently O or NR22;
each V is independently C2-C4 alkylene;
each T is independently NR23aR23b or OR24;
each R23a and R23b is independently H, C^-C^ alkyl or C^-C^ haloalkyl; each R24 is independently H, C^-C^ alkyl or C^-C^ haloalkyl; and
Z is O.
Embodiment B. A compound of Embodiment A wherein
Q1 is a phenyl ring optionally substituted with up to 3 substituents independently selected from R3a and from R3b;
Q2 is a phenyl ring optionally substituted with up to 3 substituents independently selected from R3a and R3b;
X is O, NR4 or CHOR5b;
R1 is H, cyano, halogen, C1-C3 alkyl, C1-C3 haloalkyl, C2-C4 alkoxyalkyl, Ci -C3 alkoxy or C1-C3 haloalkoxy;
each R a is independently cyano, halogen, methyl, halomethyl, cyclopropyl, methylthio, methoxy, methylsulfonyloxy, methylcarbonyloxy, methylcarbonyl, -C(=S)NR9aR9b or -U-V-T;
each R3b is independently C2-C4 haloalkenyl, C5-C8 cycloalkylalkenyl, C5-C8 cycloalkylalkynyl, C4-C6 alkoxy, C2-C6 alkenyloxy, C2-C6 haloalkenyloxy, C3-C6 alkynyloxy, C3-C6 haloalkynyloxy, C4-C8 cycloalkylalkoxy, -C(=NR9a)NR9aOR9a, -CR10a=NOR10b,
-CR10c=NNR9aR9b or -ON=CRl laRl lb; or -A(CR12aR12b)nW each W is independently selected from W-l through E-52 (as depicted in Exhibit 1) wherein the bond shown projecting to the left is bonded to the remainder of the Formula 1; R1 a is selected from H and R14; and each x is independently 0, 1 or 2;
R4 is H, -CH(=0) or methoxy;
R5b is H, -CH(=0), methyl, halomethyl, cyanomethyl, methylcarbonyl or methoxycarbonyl;
each R12a is independently H or methyl; and
each U is independently O or NH.
Embodiment C. A compound of Embodiment B wherein
X is NR4 or CHOR5b;
R1 is H, halogen or C1-C3 alkyl;
R2 is Br, CI or methyl;
each R3a is independently cyano, halogen or methoxy;
each R b is independently C2-Cg alkenyloxy, C2-Cg haloalkenyloxy, C3-C6 alkynyloxy, C3-C6 haloalkynyloxy, C4-C8 cycloalkylalkoxy,
-C(=NR9a)NR9aOR9a, -CR10a=NOR10b or -CR10c= NR9aR9b; or -A(CR12aR12b)nW
R4 is H;
R5a is H; R5b is H;
each R10a is H;
each R10b and R10c is independently H, methyl, halomethyl or cyclopropyl; each R12a is H; and
each R12b is H.
Embodiment D. A compound of Embodiment C wherein
Q1 is a phenyl ring optionally substituted with up to 2 substituents independently selected from R3a and substituted with 1 substituent selected from R b;
Q2 is a phenyl ring substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from R3a;
R1 is H;
R2 is methyl; and
each R3a is independently cyano, Br, CI, F or methoxy.
Embodiment E. A compound of Embodiment D wherein
Q1 is a phenyl ring substituted with at least 1 substituent selected from R a attached at the 2-position;
Q2 is a phenyl ring substituted with at least 1 substituent selected from R a attached at the 2-position; and
each R3a is independently Br, CI or F.
Embodiments of the present invention also include:
Embodiment Al . A compound of Formula 1 wherein
Q1 is a phenyl ring substituted at the 2-position with a substituent selected from R3a and at the 4-position with a substituent selected from R3b; or a phenyl ring substituted at the 2- and 6-positions with substituents independently selected from R3a and at the 4-position with a substituent selected from R b;
Q2 is a phenyl ring substituted at the 2- and 6-positions with substituents independently selected from R a; or a phenyl ring substituted at the 2-, 4- and 6-positions with substituents independently selected from R a;
X is NR4;
R1 is H;
Rla is H;
R2 is methyl;
each R a is independently cyano, Br, CI or F;
each R3b is independently C2-C4 haloalkenyl, C5-C8 cycloalkylalkenyl, C5-C8 cycloalkylalkynyl, C4-C6 alkoxy, C2-C6 alkenyloxy, C2-C6 haloalkenyloxy, C3-C6 alkynyloxy, C3-C6 haloalkynyloxy, Cz Cg cycloalkylalkoxy, -C(=NR9a)NR9aOR9a, -CR10a=NOR10b,
-CR10c=NNR9aR9b or -ON=CRl laRl lb; or -A(CR12aR12b)nW;
each A is independently O or a direct bond;
each W is independently selected from W-1 through E-52 (as depicted in Exhibit 1) wherein the bond shown projecting to the left is bonded to the remainder of the Formula 1; R1 a is selected from H and R14; and each x is independently 0, 1 or 2;
R4 is H;
each R9a and R9b is independently H or Ci -C4 alkyl;
each R10a is independently H, methyl or halomethyl;
each R10b and R10c is independently H, CrC3 alkyl, CrC3 haloalkyl, C3-C4 cycloalkyl or C3-C4 halocycloalkyl;
each Rl la and Rl lb is independently H, -C3 alkyl or C1-C3 haloalkyl; each R12a is independently H, cyano or methyl;
each R12b is independently H or methyl;
each R13 is independently halogen, methyl, halomethyl or methoxy; each R14 is independently methyl or methoxy; and
n is 0, 1, 2 or 3.
Embodiment B 1. A compound of Embodiment Al wherein
each R3b is independently C2-Cg alkenyloxy, C2-Cg haloalkenyloxy, C3-C6 alkynyloxy, C3-C6 haloalkynyloxy, C4-C8 cycloalkylalkoxy,
_CR10a=NORl0b or -CR10c=NNR9aR9b; or -A(CR12aR12b)nW;
each W is independently selected from W-1 through W-5, W-8, W-9 and W-12 through W-23;
each R9a and R9b is independently H or methyl
each R10a is independently H or methyl;
each R10b and R10c is independently H or methyl;
each R1 la and R1 lb is independently H or methyl;
each R12a is independently H;
each R12b is independently H;
each R13 is independently halogen, methyl or halomethyl; and
each R1 is methyl.
Embodiment CI . A compound of Formula 1 wherein
Q1 is a phenyl ring substituted at the 2- and 6-positions with substituents independently selected from R3a; or a phenyl ring substituted at the 2-,
4- and 6-positions with substituents independently selected from R3a; Q2 is a phenyl ring substituted at the 2-position with a substituent selected from R3a and at the 4-position with a substituent selected from R3b; or a phenyl ring substituted at the 2- and 6-positions with substituents independently selected from R3a and at the 4-position with a substituent selected from R b;
X is NR4;
R1 is H;
Rla is H;
R2 is methyl;
each R3a is independently cyano, Br, CI or F;
each R3b is independently C2-C4 haloalkenyl, C5-C8 cycloalkylalkenyl, C5-C8 cycloalkylalkynyl, C4-C6 alkoxy, C2-C6 alkenyloxy, C2-C6 haloalkenyloxy, C3-C6 alkynyloxy, C3-C6 haloalkynyloxy, C4-C8 cycloalkylalkoxy, -C(=NR9a)NR9aOR9a, -CR10a=NOR10b,
-CR10c=NNR9aR9b or -ON=CRl laRl lb; or -A(CR12aR12b)nW;
each A is independently O or a direct bond;
each W is independently selected from W-1 through E-52 (as depicted in Exhibit 1) wherein the bond shown projecting to the left is bonded to the remainder of the Formula 1; R1 a is selected from H and R14; and each x is independently 0, 1 or 2;
R4 is H;
each R9a and R9b is independently H or Ci -C4 alkyl;
each R10a is independently H, methyl or halomethyl;
each R10b and R10c is independently H, CrC3 alkyl, CrC3 haloalkyl, C3-C4 cycloalkyl or C3-C4 halocycloalkyl;
each Rl la and Rl lb is independently H, C1-C3 alkyl or C1-C3 haloalkyl; each R12a is independently H, cyano or methyl;
each R12b is independently H or methyl;
each R13 is independently halogen, methyl, halomethyl or methoxy; each R14 is independently methyl or methoxy; and
n is 0, 1, 2 or 3.
Embodiment D 1. A compound of Embodiment C 1 wherein
each R b is independently C2-Cg alkenyloxy, C2-Cg haloalkenyloxy, C3-C6 alkynyloxy, C3-C6 haloalkynyloxy, C4-C8 cycloalkylalkoxy,
_CR10a=NORl0b or -CR10c=NNR9aR9b; or -A(CR12aR12b)nW;
each W is independently selected from W-1 through W-5, W-8, W-9 and W-12 through W-23;
each R9a and R9b is independently H or methyl
each R10a is independently H or methyl;
each R10b and R10c is independently H or methyl; each R1 la and R1 ^ is independently H or methyl;
each R12a is independently H;
each R12^ is independently H;
each R13 is independently halogen, methyl or halomethyl; and
each R1 is methyl.
Embodiments of the present invention additionally include:
Embodiment A2. A compound of Formula 1 wherein
Q1 is a phenyl ring or a naphthalenyl ring system, each ring or ring system optionally substituted with up to 5 substituents independently selected from R3a and R3^; or a 5- to 6-membered fully unsaturated heterocyclic ring or an 8- to 10-membered heteroaromatic bicyclic ring system, each ring or ring system containing ring members selected from carbon atoms and 1 to 4 heteroatoms independently selected from up to 2 O, up to 2 S and up to 4 N atoms, wherein up to 3 carbon ring members are independently selected from C(=0) and C(=S), and the sulfur atom ring members are independently selected from S(=0)u(=NR27)v, each ring or ring system optionally substituted with up to 5 substituents independently selected from R3a and R3^ on carbon atom ring members and selected from cyano, C1-C3 alkyl, C2-C3 alkenyl, C2-C3 alkynyl, C3-C6 cycloalkyl, C2-C3 alkoxyalkyl, C1-C3 alkoxy, C2-C3
alkylcarbonyl, C2-C3 alkoxycarbonyl, C2-C3 alkylaminoalkyl and
C3-C4 dialkylaminoalkyl on nitrogen atom ring members;
Q2 is a phenyl ring or a naphthalenyl ring system, each ring or ring system optionally substituted with up to 5 substituents independently selected from R3a and R3^; or a 5- to 6-membered fully unsaturated heterocyclic ring or an 8- to 10-membered heteroaromatic bicyclic ring system, each ring or ring system containing ring members selected from carbon atoms and 1 to 4 heteroatoms independently selected from up to 2 O, up to 2 S and up to 4 N atoms, wherein up to 3 carbon ring members are independently selected from C(=0) and C(=S), and the sulfur atom ring members are independently selected from S(=0)u(=NR27)v, each ring or ring system optionally substituted with up to 5 substituents independently selected from R3a and R3^ on carbon atom ring members and selected from cyano, C1-C3 alkyl, C2-C3 alkenyl, C2-C3 alkynyl, C3-C6 cycloalkyl, C2-C3 alkoxyalkyl, C1-C3 alkoxy, C2-C3
alkylcarbonyl, C2-C3 alkoxycarbonyl, C2-C3 alkylaminoalkyl and
C3-C4 dialkylaminoalkyl on nitrogen atom ring members;
X is O, S(=0)m, NR4 or CR5aOR5b; R1 is H, cyano, halogen, C^-Cg alkyl, C^-Cg haloalkyl, C2-Cg alkenyl, C2-Cg alkynyl, C3-C6 cycloalkyl, C2-C6 alkoxyalkyl, C^-C^ alkoxy, C^-C^ haloalkoxy, C(=0)OR6 or C(=0)NR7R8;
Rla is H; or
Rl a and R1 are taken together with the carbon atom to which they are attached to form a cyclopropyl ring optionally substituted with up to 2
substituents independently selected from halogen and methyl;
R2 is H, cyano, halogen, C1-C3 alkyl, C2-C3 alkenyl, C2-C3 alkynyl, C1-C3 haloalkyl, C2-C3 haloalkenyl, C2-C3 cyanoalkyl, C1-C3 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C3 alkoxy or C1-C3 alkylthio; or cyclopropyl optionally substituted with up to 2 substituents independently selected from halogen and methyl;
each R3a is independently cyano, halogen, hydroxy, nitro, Ci -C4 alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl, C2-C4 alkynyl, C1 -C4 haloalkyl, C3-C4 cycloalkyl, C3-C7 halocycloalkyl, C4-C6 cycloalkylalkyl, C4-C6 alkylcycloalkyl, C1-C3 alkylthio, C 1 -C3 haloalkylthio, C1 -C3 alkylsulfinyl, C1 -C3
haloalkylsulfinyl, C 1 -C3 alkylsulfonyl, C1 -C3 haloalkylsulfonyl, C 1 -C3 alkoxy, C 1 -C3 haloalkoxy, C3-C7 cycloalkoxy, C1 -C2 alkylsulfonyloxy, C 1 -C2 haloalkylsulfonyloxy, C2-C3 alkylcarbonyloxy, C2-C3 alkylcarbonyl, amino, methylamino, C2-C4 dialkylamino, C2-C3 alkylcarbonylamino, -CH(=0), -NHCH(=0), -SF5, -SC≡N,
-C(=S)NR9aR9b or -U-V-T;
each R3b is independently C5-C8 alkyl, C5-C8 haloalkyl, C5-C8 alkenyl,
C5-C8 alkynyl, C2-Cg haloalkenyl, C2-Cg haloalkynyl, Ci -Cg nitroalkyl, C2-Cg nitroalkenyl, C5-Cg cycloalkyl, C7-Cg alkylcycloalkyl, C7-Cg cycloalkylalkyl, C5-C12 cycloalkylalkenyl, C5-C12 cycloalkylalkynyl, C6_Ci2 cycloalkylcycloalkyl, C4-Cg alkylthio, C4-Cg haloalkythio, C4-Cg alkylsulfinyl, C4-Cg haloalkylsulfinyl, C4-Cg alkylsulfonyl, C4-Cg haloalkylsulfonyl, C4-Cg alkoxy, C5-Cg haloalkoxy, C2-Cg alkenyloxy, C2-Cg haloalkenyloxy, C3-Cg alkynyloxy, C3-Cg haloalkynyloxy, Cg-C^ cycloalkoxy, C3-C12 halocycloalkoxy, C4-C12 cycloalkylalkoxy, C5-C12 cycloalkylalkenyloxy, C5-C12
cycloalkylalkynyloxy, C3-Cg alkylsulfonyloxy, C3-Cg
haloalkylsulfonyloxy, C4-Cg alkylcarbonyloxy, C4-Cg alkylcarbonyl, C2-Cg alkylamino, C4-Cg alkylcarbonylamino, C3-C12 trialkylsilyl, C4-C12 trialkylsilylalkyl, C4-C12 trialkylsilylalkoxy, -CR10a=NOR10b, -CR10c= NR9aR9b, -NR9aN=CRl l aRl lb or -ON=CRl l aRl lb; or each R3b is independently -A(CR12aR12b)nW; each A is independently O or a direct bond;
each W is independently a 3- to 7-membered heterocyclic ring containing ring members selected from carbon atoms and 1 to 4 heteroatoms independently selected from up to 2 O, up to 2 S and up to 4 N atoms, wherein up to 3 carbon atom ring members are independently selected from C(=0) and C(=S), the ring optionally substituted with up to 3 substituents independently selected from R13 on carbon atom ring members and R14 on nitrogen atom ring members;
R4 is H, amino, C2-Cg alkenyl, C3-C6 alkynyl, C3-C6 cycloalkyl, -CH(=0), -S(=0)2OM, -S(=0)mR15, -(C=Z)R16 or OR17; or CrC6 alkyl or CrC6 haloalkyl, each optionally substituted with up to 2 substituents independently selected from R18;
R5a is H or CrC6 alkyl;
R5b is H, -CH(=0), CrC6 alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C3-C6 alkynyl, CrC6
haloalkyl, C3-C6 cycloalkyl, C3-C6 halocycloalkyl, C2-Cg alkoxyalkyl,
C2-C6 cyanoalkyl, C2-Cg alkylcarbonyl, C2-Cg alkoxycarbonyl, C2-Cg
(alkylthio)carbonyl, C4-C8 cycloalkylcarbonyl, Cz Cg
cycloalkoxycarbonyl, C4-C8 (cycloalkylthio)carbonyl, C2-Cg alkoxy(thiocarbonyl) or C4-C8 cycloalkoxy(thiocarbonyl);
R6 is H, C ! -C6 alkyl or C l -C6 haloalkyl;
R7 and R8 are each independently H, C^-Cg alkyl, C^-Cg haloalkyl, C3-C6 cycloalkyl, C4-C8 cycloalkylalkyl or C4-C8 alkylcycloalkyl; or
R7 and R8 are taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are
attached to form a 4- to 7-membered nonaromatic heterocyclic ring containing ring members, in addition to the connecting nitrogen atom, selected from carbon atoms and up to 1 ring member selected from O,
S(=0)m and NR19;
each R9a and R9b is independently H or C1-C4 alkyl;
each R10a is independently H, C1-C3 alkyl or C1-C3 haloalkyl;
each R10b and R10c is independently H, CrC3 alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl, C2-C4 alkynyl, C1-C3 haloalkyl, C2-C4 haloalkenyl, C3-C4 cycloalkyl, C4-C8 cycloalkylalkyl or C3-C4 halocycloalkyl;
each Rl la and Rl lb is independently H, C1-C3 alkyl or C1-C3 haloalkyl; each R12a is independently H, halogen, cyano or C1-C4 alkyl;
each R12b is independently H or C1-C4 alkyl;
each R13 is independently halogen, cyano, Cj-C2 alkyl, Ci-C2 haloalkyl,
C}-C2 alkoxy or C^-C2 haloalkoxy;
each R14 is independently cyano, Cj-C2 alkyl or Ci-C2 alkoxy; R15 is CrC6 alkyl or CrC6 haloalkyl;
R16 is C^-Cg alkyl, C2-Cg alkoxyalkyl, C2-C6 alkylaminoalkyl, C3-C6
dialkylaminoalkyl, C^-C^ alkoxy, C^-C^ alkylthio or C2-C6
alkylthioalkyl;
R17 is H, -CH(=0), C3-C6 cycloalkyl, -S(=0)2OM or -(C=Z)R20; or CrC6 alkyl or C^-C^ haloalkyl, each optionally substituted with up to 2 substituents independently selected from R21;
each R18 and R21 is independently cyano, C3-C6 cycloalkyl, C^-Cg alkoxy,
Cj-Cg haloalkoxy, C^-Cg alkylthio, C^-Cg alkylsulfinyl or C^-Cg alkylsulfonyl;
R19 is H, CrC3 alkyl or C2-C3 haloalkyl;
R20 is C^-Cg alkyl, C2-C6 alkoxyalkyl, C2-C6 alkylaminoalkyl, C3-C6
dialkylaminoalkyl, C^-C^ alkoxy, C^-C^ alkylthio or C2-C6
alkylthioalkyl;
each U is independently O, S(=0)m, NR22 or a direct bond;
each V is independently C^-Cg alkylene, C2-Cg alkenylene, C3-C6
alkynylene, C3-C6 cycloalkylene or C3-C6 cycloalkenylene, wherein up to 3 carbon atoms are C(=0), each optionally substituted with up to 5 substituents independently selected from halogen, cyano, nitro, hydroxy, C^-Cg alkyl, C^-Cg haloalkyl, C^-Cg alkoxy and C^-Cg haloalkoxy;
each T is independently cyano, NR23aR23b, OR24 or S(=0)mR25;
each R22 is independently H, C^-Cg alkyl, C^-Cg haloalkyl, C2-Cg
alkylcarbonyl, C2-Cg alkoxycarbonyl, C2-Cg (alkylthio)carbonyl, C2-Cg alkoxy(thiocarbonyl), C4-C8 cycloalkylcarbonyl, C4-C8
cycloalkoxycarbonyl, C4-C8 (cycloalkylthio)carbonyl or C4-C8 cycloalkoxy(thiocarbonyl);
each R23a and R23b is independently H, CrC6 alkyl, CrC6 haloalkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C3-C6 alkynyl, C3-C6 cycloalkyl, C3-C6 halocycloalkyl, C2-Cg alkylcarbonyl, C2-Cg alkoxycarbonyl, C2-Cg (alkylthio)carbonyl, C2-Cg alkoxy(thiocarbonyl), C4-C8 cycloalkylcarbonyl, C4-C8
cycloalkoxycarbonyl, C4-C8 (cycloalkylthio)carbonyl or C4-C8 cycloalkoxy(thiocarbonyl); or
a pair of R23a and R23b attached to the same nitrogen atom are taken together with the nitrogen atom to form a 3- to 6-membered heterocyclic ring, the ring optionally substituted with up to 5 substituents independently selected from R26; each R24 and R25 is independently H, C^-Cg alkyl, C^-Cg haloalkyl, C2-Cg alkenyl, C3-C6 alkynyl, C3-C6 cycloalkyl, C3-C6 halocycloalkyl, C2-Cg alkylcarbonyl, C2-Cg alkoxycarbonyl, C2-Cg (alkylthio)carbonyl, C4-C8 cycloalkylcarbonyl, C4-C8 cycloalkoxycarbonyl, C4-C8 (cycloalkylthio)carbonyl, C2-C6 alkoxy(thiocarbonyl) or C4-C8 cycloalkoxy(thiocarbonyl);
each R26 is independently halogen, C^-Cg alkyl, C^-Cg haloalkyl or C^-Cg alkoxy;
each R27 is independently H, cyano, Ci -C3 alkyl or C1-C3 haloalkyl;
Z is O or S;
M is K, Na or Li;
each m is independently 0, 1 or 2;
each n is independently 1, 2 or 3; and
each u and v are independently 0, 1 or 2 in each instance of S(=0)u(=NR27)v; provided that:
(a) the sum of u and v is 0, 1 or 2;
(b) when Q1 and Q2 are each an optionally substituted phenyl ring, an optionally substituted naphthalenyl ring system, an optionally substituted 5- to 6-membered fully unsaturated heterocyclic ring or an optionally substituted 8- to 10-membered heteroaromatic bicyclic ring system, then at least one of Q1 or Q2 is substituted with at least one R3b substituent; and
(c) W is linked through a carbon atom to the remainder of Formula 1. Embodiment B2. A compound of Embodiment A2 wherein
Q1 is a phenyl, pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl or pyridazinyl ring, each ring optionally substituted with up to 3 substituents independently selected from R3a and R3b;
Q2 is a phenyl, pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl or pyridazinyl ring, each ring optionally substituted with up to 3 substituents independently selected from R3a and R3b;
X is O, S, NR4 or CR5aOR5b;
R1 is H, cyano, halogen, C1-C3 alkyl, C1-C3 haloalkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl, C2-C4 alkynyl, cyclopropyl, C2-C4 alkoxyalkyl, C1-C3 alkoxy, C1-C3 haloalkoxy, C(=0)OR6 or C(=0)NR7R8;
Rla is H;
R2 is Br, Cl, I or CrC2 alkyl;
each R a is independently cyano, halogen, Ci -C4 alkyl, Ci -C4 haloalkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl, C3-C4 cycloalkyl, C4-C6 cycloalkylalkyl, C4-C6 alkylcycloalkyl, C1-C3 alkylthio, C1-C3 alkylsulfmyl, C1-C3 alkylsulfonyl, C1-C3 alkoxy, C1-C3 haloalkoxy, C3-C7 cycloalkoxy, C 1 -C2 alkylsulfonyloxy, C2-C3 alkylcarbonyloxy, C2-C3 alkylcarbonyl, amino, methylamino, C2-C4 dialkylamino, C2-C4 alkylcarbonylamino, -CH(=0), -NHCH(=0), -SF5, -SC≡N, -C(=S)NR9aR9b or -U-V-T; each R3b is independently C2-C4 haloalkenyl, C5-C8 cycloalkylalkenyl,
C4-C6 alkoxy, C2-C6 alkenyloxy, C2-C6 haloalkenyloxy, C3-C6 alkynyloxy, C3-C6 haloalkynyloxy, C4-C8 cycloalkylalkoxy, C3-C6 alkylsulfonyloxy, C3-C6 haloalkylsulfonyloxy, C3-C9 trialkylsilyl, C4-C9 trialkylsilylalkyl, C4-C9 trialkylsilylalkoxy, -CR10a=NOR10b or -ON=CRl l aRl lb; or -A(CR12aR12b)nW;
each W is independently a 3- to 7-membered heterocyclic ring containing ring members selected from carbon atoms and 1 to 2 heteroatoms independently selected from up to 2 O, up to 2 S and up to 2 N atoms, wherein up to 1 carbon atom ring member is C(=0), the ring optionally substituted with up to 3 substituents independently selected from R13 on carbon atom ring members and R14 on nitrogen atom ring members;
R4 is H, cyclopropyl, -CH(=0), -S(=0)2OM, -S(=0)mR15, -(C=Z)R16, OR17, C1-C3 alkyl or C1-C3 haloalkyl;
R5a is H or methyl;
R5b is H, -CH(=0), CrC3 alkyl, CrC2 haloalkyl, C2-C3 alkoxyalkyl, C2-C4 cyanoalkyl, C2-C4 alkylcarbonyl or C2-C4 alkoxycarbonyl;
R6 is H or methyl;
R7 is H or CrC6 alkyl;
R8 is H, -Q alkyl, -Cg haloalkyl or C4-C8 alkylcycloalkyl;
each R10a is independently H, methyl or halomethyl;
each R10b and R10c is independently H, CrC3 alkyl, CrC3 haloalkyl, C3-C4 cycloalkyl or C3-C4 halocycloalkyl;
each R12a is independently H, cyano or methyl;
each R12b is independently H or methyl;
each R13 is independently halogen, methyl, halomethyl or methoxy;
each R14 is independently methyl or methoxy;
R15 is methyl or halomethyl;
R16 is methyl, ethyl, methoxy, ethoxy, methylthio or ethylthio;
R17 is H, -CH(=0), cyclopropyl, -S(=0)2OM or -(C=Z)R20; or CrC3 alkyl or
C1-C3 haloalkyl, each optionally substituted with up to 2 substituents independently selected from R21;
R20 is methyl, methoxy or methylthio; each U is independently O or NR22;
each V is independently C2-C4 alkylene;
each T is independently NR23aR23b or OR24;
each R23a and R23b is independently H, C^-C^ alkyl or C^-C^ haloalkyl; each R24 is independently H, C^-Cg alkyl or C^-Cg haloalkyl;
Z is O; and
n is 1.
Embodiment C2. A compound of Embodiment B2 wherein
Q1 is a phenyl ring optionally substituted with up to 3 substituents independently selected from R3a and from R3b;
Q2 is a phenyl ring optionally substituted with up to 3 substituents independently selected from R3a and R3b;
X is O, NR4 or CHOR5b;
R1 is H, cyano, halogen, C1-C3 alkyl, C1-C3 haloalkyl, C2-C4 alkoxyalkyl, Ci -C3 alkoxy or C1-C3 haloalkoxy;
each R a is independently cyano, halogen, methyl, halomethyl, cyclopropyl, methoxy, methylthio, methylsulfonyloxy, methylcarbonyloxy, methylcarbonyl, -C(=S)NR9aR9b or -U-V-T;
each R b is independently C4-C6 alkoxy, C2-Cg alkenyloxy, C2-Cg haloalkenyloxy, C3-C6 alkynyloxy, C3-C6 haloalkynyloxy, C4-C8 cycloalkylalkoxy, C3-C6 alkylsulfonyloxy, C3-C6 haloalkylsulfonyloxy, C3-C9 trialkylsilyl, C4-C9 trialkylsilylalkyl, C4-C9 trialkylsilylalkoxy, .CR10a=NORl0b or -ON=CRl laRl lb; or -A(CR12aR12b)nW;
each W is independently a 3- to 5-membered heterocyclic ring containing ring members selected from carbon atoms and 1 to 2 heteroatoms
independently selected from up to 2 O and up to 2 N atoms, the ring optionally substituted with up to 2 substituents independently selected from R13 on carbon atom ring members and R1 on nitrogen atom ring members;
R4 is H, -CH(=0) or methoxy;
R5b is H, -CH(=0), methyl, halomethyl, cyanomethyl, methylcarbonyl or methoxycarbonyl;
each R12a is independently H or methyl;
each R12b is independently H or methyl; and
each U is independently O or NH.
Embodiment D2. A compound of Embodiment C2 wherein
X is NR4 or CHOR5b;
R1 is H, halogen or C1-C3 alkyl; R2 is Br, CI or methyl;
each R3a is independently cyano, halogen or methoxy;
each R b is independently C3-C5 alkenyloxy, C3-C5 haloalkenyloxy, C3-C6 alkynyloxy, C4-C5 trialkylsilylalkoxy, -CR10a=NOR9 or
-ON=CRl laRl lb;
R4 is H;
R5b is H;
each R10a is H;
each R10b and R10c is independently H, methyl, halomethyl or cyclopropyl; each R12a is H; and
each R12b is H.
Embodiment E2. A compound of Embodiment D2 wherein
Q1 is a phenyl ring optionally substituted with up to 2 substituents
independently selected from R3a and substituted with 1 substituent selected from R b;
Q2 is a phenyl ring substituted with up to 3 substituents independently
selected from R a;
R1 is H;
R2 is methyl; and
each R3a is independently cyano, Br, CI, F or methoxy.
Embodiment F2. A compound of Embodiment E2 wherein
Q1 is a phenyl ring substituted with at least 1 substituent selected from R a attached at an ortho position;
Q2 is a phenyl ring substituted with at least 1 substituent selected from R a attached at an ortho position; and
each R3a is independently Br, CI or F.
Specific embodiments include compounds of Formula 1 selected from the group consisting of:
4-[2,6-difluoro-4-(2-propyn- 1 -yloxy)phenyl]- 1 ,3-dimethyl-N-(2,4,6-trifluorophenyl)- lH-pyrazol-5-amine (Compound 2),
4-[2,6-difluoro-4-(2-propen-l-yloxy)phenyl]-l,3-dimethyl-N-(2,4,6-trifluorophenyl)- lH-pyrazol-5-amine (Compound 3),
4-[4-[[3-chloro-2-propen-l-yl]oxy]-2,6-difluorophenyl]-l,3-dimethyl-N-(2,4,6- trifluorophenyl)-lH-prazol-5-amine (Compound 7),
4-[2,6-difluoro-4-(2-oxiranylmethoxy)phenyl]-l,3-dimethyl-N-(2,4,6- trifluorophenyl)-lH-pyrazol-5-amine (Compound 8), 4-[2,6-difluoro-4-[(3-methyl-3-oxetanyl)methoxy]phenyl]-l,3-dimethyl-N-(2,4,6- trifluorophenyl)-lH-pyrazol-5-amine (Compound 9),
4-[4-(l,3-dioxolan-2-ylmethoxy)-2,6-difluorophenyl]-l,3-dimethyl-N-(2,4,6- trifluorophenyl)-lH-pyrazol-5-amine (Compound 10),
4-[2,6-difluoro-4-[(tetrahydro-2-furanyl)methoxy]phenyl]-l,3-dimethyl-N-(2,4,6- trifluorophenyl)-lH-pyrazol-5-amine (Compound 11),
4-[2,6-difluoro-4-[3-(2-methyl-l,3-dioxolan-2-yl)propoxy]phenyl]-l,3-dimethyl-N- (2,4,6-trifluorophenyl)-lH-pyrazol-5-amine (Compound 12),
4-[l,3-dimethyl-5-[(2,4,6-trifluorophenyl)amino]-lH-pyrazol-4-yl]-3,5- difluorobenzaldehyde 2,2-dimethylhydrazone (Compound 18),
4-[2,6-difluoro-4-(lH- 1 ,2,4-triazol- 1 -yl)phenyl]- 1 ,3-dimethyl-N-(2,4,6- trifluorophenyl)-lH-pyrazol-5-amine (Compound 24), and
4-[2,6-difluoro-4-(lH-pyrazol-yl)phenyl]- 1 ,3-dimethyl-N-(2,4,6-trifluorophenyl)- 1H- pyrazol-5 -amine (Compound 25).
One or more of the following methods and variations as described in Schemes 1-18 can be used to prepare the compounds of Formula 1. The definitions of Q1, Q2, X, R1, Rla R2 and R4 in the compounds of Formulae 1-25 below are as defined above in the Summary of the Invention unless otherwise noted. Formulae la, lb, lc, Id, le, If and lg are various subsets of Formula 1. Substituents for each subset formula are as defined for its parent formula unless otherwise noted
As shown in Scheme 1, Compounds of Formula 1 can be prepared by reaction of a compound of Formula 2 (e.g., 5-aminopyrazoles for X being NR4, 5-hydroxypyrazoles for X being O or 5-mercaptopyrazoles for X being S) with a compound of Formula 3 wherein L1 is a leaving group such as halogen (e.g., CI, Br or I) or (halo)alkylsulfonate (e.g., p- toluenesulfonate, methanesulfonate or trifluoromethanesulfonate) optionally in the presence of a metal catalyst, and generally in the presence of a base and a polar aprotic solvent such as N,N-dimethylformamide or dimethyl sulfoxide. For compounds of Formula 3 wherein Q2 is attached through a sp -hybridized carbon atom, L1 is typically CI, Br, I or a sulfonate (e.g., methanesulfonate). For Compounds of Formula 3 wherein Q2 is an aromactic ring lacking an electron-withdrawing substituent(s), or in general, to improve reaction rate, yield or product purity, the use of a metal catalyst (e.g., metal or metal salt) in amounts ranging from catalytic up to superstoichiometric can facilitate the desired reaction. Typically for these conditions, L1 is Br or I or a sulfonate such as methyl trifluoromethanesulfonate or -OS(0)2(CF2)3CF3. For example, the reaction can be run in the presence of a metal catalyst such as copper salt complexes (e.g., Cul with N,A/"-dimethylethylenediamine, proline or bipyridyl), palladium complexes (e.g., tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0)) or palladium salts (e.g., palladium acetate) with ligands such as 4,5-bis(diphenylphosphino)- 9,9-dimethylxanthene, 2-dicyclohexylphosphino-2',4',6'-triisopropylbiphenyl or 2,2'-bis- (diphenylphosphino)l,l'-binaphthalene, with a base such as potassium carbonate, cesium carbonate, potassium phosphate, sodium phenoxide or sodium tert-butoxide and a solvent such as N,N-dimethylformamide, 1 ,2-dimethoxy ethane, dimethyl sulfoxide, 1,4-dioxane or toluene, optionally containing an alcohol such as ethanol. For relevant references, see PCT Patent Publication WO 2010/020363, and Archives of Pharmacal Research 2002, 25(6), 781-785.
One skilled in the art will appreciate that the leaving group L1 attached to compounds of Formula 3 should be selected in view of the relative reactivity of other functional groups present on Formula 3 (i.e. substituents attached to Q2), so that the group L1 is displaced and not the functional group to give the final desired compounds of Formula 1.
General methods useful for preparing starting compounds of Formula 2 are well- known in the art; see, for example, J. Heterocyclic Chem. 1982, 19, 1173-1177, and Organic & Biomolecular Chemistry 2011, 9(10), 3714-3725 for conditions for preparing 5-aminopyrazoles of Formula 2; and Chemical & Pharmaceutical Bulletin 1994, 42(8), 1617-1630 for conditions for preparing 5-hydroxypyrazoles of Formula 2. To prepare 5-thiopyrazoles of Formula 2 the corresponding 5-hydroxypyrazoles can be treated with phosphorus pentasulfide or 2,4-bis(4-methoxyphenyl)-l,3-dithia-2,4-diphosphetane-2,4- disulfide (Lawesson's reagent) in solvents such as toluene, xylene or tetrahydrofuran. For references see, for example, PCT Patent Publication WO 2005/118575, and Justus Liebigs Annalen der Chemie 1908, 361, 251.
Scheme 1
Figure imgf000043_0001
As illustrated in Scheme 2, compounds of Formula 1 can also be prepared by reacting a compound of Formula 4 wherein L1 is a leaving group such as halogen (e.g., CI, Br or I) or (halo)alkylsulfonate (e.g., /?-toluenesulfonate, methanesulfonate or trifluoromethane- sulfonate) with a compound of Formula 5 under conditions analogous to those described for Scheme 1. For references illustrating the method of Scheme 2 see, for example, Archive for Organic Chemistry 2009, 126-142, Journal of Agricultural and Food Chemistry 2008, 56, 10160-10167, and Biooganic & Medicinal Chemistry Letters 2007, 17, 1189-1192. Scheme 2
Figure imgf000044_0001
4 1
As shown in Scheme 3, intermediates of Formula 4 wherein L1 is Br or I can be prepared by reaction of compounds of Formula 2 wherein X is NH under diazotization conditions optionally in the presence of copper salts containing bromide or iodide. For example, addition of tert-butyl nitrite to a solution of a 5-aminopyrazole of Formula 2 in the presence of CuBr2 in a solvent such as acetonitrile provides the corresponding 5- bromopyrazole of Formula 4. Likewise, a 5-aminopyrazole of Formula 2 can be converted to a diazonium salt and then to a corresponding 5-bromo or 5-iodopyrazole of Formula 4 by treatment with sodium nitrite in solvents such as water, acetic acid or trifluoroacetic acid, in the presence of a mineral acid typically containing the same halide atom as L1 (e.g., aqueous HI solution for L1 being I), followed by treatment with the corresponding copper(I) or copper(II) salt according to general procedures well-known to those skilled in the art. For a related reference, see J. Comb. Chem. 2003, 5, 118-124.
Scheme 3
Figure imgf000044_0002
2 4 wherein X is NH wherein L1 is Br or I.
As shown in Scheme 4, compounds of Formula 4 wherein L1 is Br can also be prepared by reacting pyrazolones of Formula 6 with phosphorus tribromide using the method described in Tetrahedron Lett. 2000, 47(24), 4713-4716. Pyrazolones of Formula 6 can be prepared by condensation of ketoesters of Formula 7 with alkylhydrazines using the method described in J. Heterocyclic Chem. 1987, 24, 149-153. Scheme 4
Figure imgf000045_0001
7
wherein L is Br
As shown in Scheme 5, compounds of Formula 4 wherein L1 is fluoroalkylsulfonyl can be prepared from compounds of Formula 2 wherein X is O using the method described in Synlett 2004, (5), 795-798.
heme 5
Figure imgf000045_0002
such as CF3 or CF3(CF2)3 wherein X is O wherein L is RfS020-
In an alternative method, as shown in Scheme 6, compounds of Formula 1 are prepared by reacting a compound of Formula 8 with an alkylating agent of formula Li-CHRiR1^1 wherein L1 is a leaving group such as halogen (e.g., CI, Br or I) or (halo)alkylsulfonate (e.g., /?-toluenesulfonate, methanesulfonate or trifluoromethanesulfonate), preferably in the presence of a base such as l ,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene, potassium carbonate or potassium hydroxide, and in a solvent such as N,N-dimethylformamide, tetrahydrofuran, toluene or water. General procedures for alkylations of this type are well-known in the art and can be readily adapted to prepare compounds of the present invention. Particularly useful alkylating agents for preparing compounds of Formula 1 wherein R1 and Rl a are H are diazomethane or iodomethane using general procedures known in the art, such as those described in Canada Journal of Chemistry 1986, 64, 221 1-2219, and Heterocycles 2000, 55(12), 2775-2780. Compounds of Formula 1 wherein R1 and Rl a form an optionally substituted cyclopropyl ring can likewise be prepared by reaction of a compound of Formula 8 with an organometallic reagent, such as tricyclopropylbismuth, in the presence of a catalyst, such as copper acetate, under conditions known in the art such as those described in J. Am. Chem. Soc. 2007, 129(1), 44-45. Scheme 6
Figure imgf000046_0001
Compounds of Formula 8 are known and can be prepared by a variety of methods disclosed in the chemical literature. For example, as shown in Scheme 7, compounds of Formula 8 wherein R2 is halogen or alkyl can be prepared from the corresponding compounds of Formula 9 wherein R2 is H by halogenation or alkylation. Typically halogenation can be achieved using a variety of halogenating agents known in the art such as elemental halogen (e.g., Cl2, Br2, ½), sulfuryl chloride, iodine monochloride or a N-halosuccinimide (e.g., NBS, NCS, NIS) in an appropriate solvent such as N,N-dimethylformamide, carbon tetrachloride, acetonitrile, dichloromethane or acetic acid. Alkylation is achieved by reacting a compound of Formula 9 with a metalating agent, followed by an alkylating agent of formula R2-L! (wherein L1 is a leaving group such as CI, Br, I or a sulfonate, for example, /?-toluenesulfonate, methanesulfonate or trifluoromethanesulfonate). Suitable metalating agents include, for example, /? -butyl lithium (ft-BuLi), lithium diisopropylamide (LDA) or sodium hydride (NaH). As used herein, the terms "alkylation" and "alkylating agent" are not limited to R2 being an alkyl group, and include in addition to alkyl such groups as alkylthio, haloalkyl, alkenyl, haloalkenyl, alkynyl, and the like. For reaction conditions see, Journal of Medicinal Chemistry 2003, 46(16), 3463-3475, Heterocycles 1997, 44, 67-70, Synthetic Communications 2008, 55(5), 674-683, and PCT Patent Publication WO 2009/137651, Example 39, Step D.
Also shown in Scheme 7, intermediate compounds of Formula 9 can be prepared by reacting a compound of Formula 10 with hydrazine hydrochloride. The reaction can be run in a variety of solvents, but optimal yields are typically obtained when the reaction is run in ethanol at a temperature between about room temperature and the reflux temperature of the solvent. General procedures for this type of reaction are well documented in the chemical literature; see, for example, Bioorganic & Medicinal Chemistry 2005, 13(6), 2097-2107, Journal of Heterocyclic Chemistry 1989, 26(4), 1147-1158, and PCT Patent Publication WO 2009/137651, Example 39, Step C. Scheme 7
Figure imgf000047_0001
10
L is a leaving group such as 2
wherein R is halogen or alkyl halogen or (halo)alkylsulfonate
As shown in Scheme 8, compounds of Formula 10 can be prepared from ketones of Formula 11 and N,N-dimethylformamide dimethyl acetal using the method described by Maya et al, Bioorganic & Medicinal Chemistry 2005, 13(6), 2097-2107. The reaction is typically conducted in a solvent such as benzene, toluene or xylenes at a temperature between about room temperature and the reflux temperature of the solvent.
Scheme 8
Figure imgf000047_0002
Ketones of Formula 11 can be prepared by reaction of acid chlorides of Formula 12 with a compound of formula Q2X-H under Friedel-Crafts condensation reaction conditions. Friedel-Crafts reactions are documented in a variety of published references; see, for example, J. March, Advanced Organic Chemistry, McGraw-Hill, New York, p. 490 and references cited therein, and PCT Patent Publications WO 2005/037758 and WO 2009/137651 (Example 39, Step A).
Scheme 9
Figure imgf000047_0003
Compounds of Formula 1 can also be prepared as shown in Scheme 10. In this method a compound of Formula 13 is first treated with an organometallic agent of Formula 14 such an alkyl lithium base (e.g., n-butyllithium, s-butyllithium or lithium diisopropylamide) or a Grignard reagent in a solvent such as toluene, ethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran or dimethoxymethane at temperatures ranging from about -78 °C to ambient temperature. Anions of Formula 13a are then contacted with an electrophile of Formulae 15 or 16. The use and choice of an appropriate electrophile of Formulae 15 or 16 will depend on the desired compound of Formula 1 and will be apparent to one skilled in chemical synthesis. For example, aldehydes of the formula Q2CHO provide compounds Formula 1 wherein X is CH(OH) and chlorosulfides of formula QiSCl or disulfies formula of QiS-S-Q1 provide compounds Formula 1 wherein X is S. There are a wide-variety of general methods described in the synthetic literature for metallation/alkylation reactions which can be readily adapted to prepare compounds of the present invention; see, for example, J. Org. Chem. 2010, 75, 984-987.
Scheme 10
Figure imgf000048_0001
Electrophiles of Formulae 15 and 16 are commercially available and can be prepared by methods known in the art. Compounds of Formula 13 are known and can be prepared by methods analogous to those disclosed in Schemes 3 and 4 and by a variety of methods disclosed in the chemical literature.
As shown in Scheme 11, keto compounds of Formula 17 can be treated with alkylmagnesium halides to provide compounds of Formula la (i.e Formula 1 wherein X is CR5aOR5b, R5a is alkyl and R5b is H). Typically the reaction is run in the presence of zinc chloride and in a solvent such as diethyl ether or tetrahydrofuran at temperatures from about 0 to 100 °C (for references see, for exmple, Organic Lett. 2009, 11, 1659-1662, and J. Am. Chem. Soc. 2006, 128, 9998-9999). Scheme 11
Figure imgf000049_0001
17 la
As shown in Scheme 12, compounds of Formula 17 can be prepared by contacting a compound of Formula 18 with an acid chloride of Formula 19 in the presence of a Lewis acid (e.g., aluminum chloride, boron trifluoride diethyl etherate or tin tetrachloride) in a solvent such as dichloromethane, tetrachloroethane, or nitrobenzene, at temperatures ranging between about 0 to 200 °C.
Scheme 12
Figure imgf000049_0002
18 17
As shown in Scheme 13, compounds of Formula lb (i.e. Formula 1 wherein X is NR4 and R4 is H) can be prepared by reacting a compound of Formula 20 with an alkylhydrazine of Formula 21 in a solvent such as ethanol or methanol and optionally in the presence of an acid or base catalyst such as acetic acid, piperidine or sodium methoxide, according to general procedures known in the art.
heme 13
Figure imgf000049_0003
lb
wherein R^ is H or lower alkyl (e.g.,
CH3, CH2CH3 or (CH2)2CH3)
As shown in Scheme 14, compounds of Formula 20 can be prepared by reaction of corresponding ketene dithioacetal compounds of Formula 22 with compounds of formula Q2-NH2 optionally in the presence of a base, such as sodium hydride or ethylmagnesium chloride, in solvents such as toluene, tetrahydrofuran or dimethoxymethane, at temperatures ranging from -10 °C to the boiling point of the solvent. Methods useful for preparing compounds of Formula 20 are known in the art; see, for example, J. Heterocycl. Chem. 1975, 12(1), 139.
Scheme 14
Figure imgf000050_0001
22
wherein is H or lower alkyl (e
CH3, CH2CH3 or (CH2)2CH3)
As shown in Scheme 15, compounds of Formula lb (i.e. Formula 1 wherein X is NR4 and R4 is H) can also be prepared by condensing a compound of Formula 23 with an alkylhydrazine of Formula 21 in a solvent such as tetrahyrofuran, ethanol or methanol and optionally in the presence of an acid or base catalyst such as acetic acid, piperidine or sodium methoxide, according to general procedures known in the art (see Chemistry of Heterocyclic Compounds 2011, 47(8), 970-976). Compounds of Formula 23 can readily be prepared by reacting enolates of Formula 24 with isothiocyantes followed by methylsulfanylation using the method described by Tong et al, Bioorganic & Medicinal Chemistry Letters 2008, 18, 5206-5208. Compounds of Formula 24 can be prepared from commercially available amines according to procedures described in the art (see Synthetic Communications 2007, 37, 985-991). The method of Scheme 15 is also illustrated by Example 1, Steps A-B.
Scheme 15
Figure imgf000050_0002
Compounds of Formula 1 can be subjected to various nucleophilic and metallation reactions to add substituents or modify existing substituents, and thus provide other functionalized compounds of Formula 1. For example, as shown in Scheme 16, compounds of Formula lc (i.e. Formula 1 wherein X in NR4 and R4 is other than H) can be prepared by reacting corresponding compounds of Formula lb (i.e. Formula 1 wherein X is NR4 and R4 is H) with an electrophile comprising R4 (i.e. Formula 25) typically in the presence of a base such as NaH and a polar solvent such as N,N-dimethylformamide. In this context the expression "electrophile comprising R4" means a chemical compound capable of transferring an R4 moiety to a nucleophile (such as the nitrogen atom attached to Q2 in Formula lb). Often electrophiles comprising R4 have the formula R L2 wherein L2 is a nucleofuge (i.e. leaving group in nucleophilic reactions). Typical nucleofuges include halogens (e.g., CI, Br, I) and sulfonates (e.g., OS(0)2CH3, OS(0)2CF3, OS(0)2-(4-CH3-Ph)). However, some electrophiles comprising R4 do not comprise a nucleofuge; an example is sulfur trioxide (S03), which after deprotonation (such as by a base of the formulae M+H~ wherein M+ is a cation) of the nitrogen atom attached to Q2 in Formula lb, can bond to the nitrogen atom as a -SO3M substituent.
Scheme 16
Figure imgf000051_0001
R is other than H
As shown in Scheme 17, a fluoro can be introduce at the 3-position of the pyrazole ring by treating compounds Formula Id (i.e. Formula 1 wherein R2 is chlorine) with potassium fluoride or cesium fluoride in presence of a solvent such as dimethyl sulfoxide or A ,N-dimethylformamide at 0-25 °C for time periods of 30 minutes to 4 h, using procedures such as described in Zhurnal Organicheskoi Khimii 1983, 19, 2164-2173.
Scheme 17
Figure imgf000051_0002
As shown in Scheme 18, sulfoxides and sulfones of Formula lg (i.e. Formula 1 wherein X is S(=0)m and m is 1 or 2) can be prepared by oxidation of compounds of Formula If (i.e. Formula 1 wherein X is S). Typically an oxidizing agent in an amount from about 1 to 4 equivalents, depending on the oxidation state of the desired product, is added to a mixture of a compound of Formula If and a solvent. Useful oxidizing agents include Oxone® (potassium peroxymonosulfate), potassium permanganate, hydrogen peroxide, sodium periodate, peracetic acid and 3-chloroperbenzoic acid. The solvent is selected with regard to the oxidizing agent employed. Aqueous ethanol or aqueous acetone is preferably used with potassium peroxymonosulfate, and dichloromethane is generally preferable with 3-chloroperbenzoic acid. Useful reaction temperatures typically range from about -78 to 90 °C. Oxidation reactions of this type are described by Brand et al, J. Agric. Food Chem. 1984, 32, 221-226 and Ouyang, et al, J. Agric. Food Chem. 2008, 56, 10160-10167.
Scheme 18
Figure imgf000052_0001
m is 1 or 2
It is recognized by one skilled in the art that various functional groups can be converted into others to provide different compounds of Formula 1. For example, compounds of Formula 1 in which R2 is methyl, ethyl, cyclopropyl, and the like, can be modified by free-radical halogenation to form compounds of Formula 1 wherein R2 is halomethyl, haloethyl, halocyclopropyl, and the like. Compounds of Formula 1 wherein R2 is halomethyl can be used to prepare compounds of Formula 1 wherein R2 is hydroxymethyl or cyanomethyl. Compounds of Formula 1, or intermediates for their preparation, may contain aromatic nitro groups, which can be reduced to amino groups, and then converted via reactions well-known in the art (e.g., Sandmeyer reaction) to various halides. By similar known reactions, aromatic amines (anilines) can be converted via diazonium salts to phenols, which can then be alkylated to prepare compounds of Formula 1 with alkoxy substituents. Likewise, aromatic halides such as bromides or iodides prepared via the Sandmeyer reaction can react with alcohols under copper-catalyzed conditions, such as the Ullmann reaction or known modifications thereof, to provide compounds of Formula 1 that contain alkoxy substituents. Additionally, some halogen groups, such as fluorine or chlorine, can be displaced with alcohols under basic conditions to provide compounds of Formula 1 containing the corresponding alkoxy substituents. The resultant alkoxy compounds can themselves be used in further reactions to prepare compounds of Formula 1 wherein R3a is - U-V-T (see, for example, PCT Patent Publication WO 2007/149448). Compounds of Formula 1 or precursors thereof in which R2 is halide, preferably bromide or iodide, are particularly useful intermediates for transition metal-catalyzed cross-coupling reactions to prepare compounds of Formula 1. These types of reactions are well documented in the literature; see, for example, Tsuji in Transition Metal Reagents and Catalysts: Innovations in Organic Synthesis, John Wiley and Sons, Chichester, 2002; Tsuji in Palladium in Organic Synthesis, Springer, 2005; and Miyaura and Buchwald in Cross Coupling Reactions: A Practical Guide, 2002; and references cited therein.
It is recognized that some reagents and reaction conditions described above for preparing compounds of Formula 1 may not be compatible with certain functionalities present in the intermediates. In these instances, the incorporation of protection/deprotection sequences or functional group interconversions into the synthesis will aid in obtaining the desired products. The use and choice of the protecting groups will be apparent to one skilled in chemical synthesis (see, for example, Greene, T. W.; Wuts, P. G. M. Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, 2nd ed.; Wiley: New York, 1991). One skilled in the art will recognize that, in some cases, after the introduction of a given reagent as it is depicted in any individual scheme above, it may be necessary to perform additional routine synthetic steps not described in detail to complete the synthesis of compounds of Formula 1. One skilled in the art will also recognize that it may be necessary to perform a combination of the steps illustrated in the above schemes in an order other than that implied by the particular sequence presented to prepare the compounds of Formula 1. One skilled in the art will also recognize that compounds of Formula 1 and the intermediates described herein can be subjected to various electrophilic, nucleophilic, radical, organometallic, oxidation, and reduction reactions to add substituents or modify existing substituents.
Without further elaboration, it is believed that one skilled in the art using the preceding description can utilize the present invention to its fullest extent. The following Examples are, therefore, to be construed as merely illustrative, and not limiting of the disclosure in any way whatsoever. Steps in the following Examples illustrate a procedure for each step in an overall synthetic transformation, and the starting material for each step may not have necessarily been prepared by a particular preparative run whose procedure is described in other Examples or Steps. Percentages are by weight except for chromatographic solvent mixtures or where otherwise indicated. Parts and percentages for chromatographic solvent mixtures are by volume unless otherwise indicated. ¾ NMR spectra are reported in ppm downfield from tetramethylsilane in CDCI3 unless otherwise noted; "s" means singlet, "d" means doublet, "t" means triplet, "m" means multiplet, and "br s" means broad singlet.
EXAMPLE 1
Preparation of 4-[2,6-difluoro-4-(2-propyn-l-yloxy)phenyl]-l,3-dimethyl-N-(2,4,6- trifluorophenyl)-lH-pyrazol-5-amine (Compound 2)
Step A: Preparation of l-(2,6-difluoro-4-methoxyphenyl)-2-propanone
To a mixture of concentrated sulfuric acid (15.6 g, 159 mmol) in water (75 mL) at 0 °C was added 2,6-difluoro-4-methoxybenzenamine (12.4 g, 78.0 mmol), followed by sodium nitrite (6.65 g, 81.7 mmol) in water (30 mL) while maintaining the reaction temperature below 10 °C. After 45 minutes, isopropenyl acetate (16.4 g, 164 mmol) was added to the reaction mixture followed by copper(II) sulfate pentahydrate (0.982 g, 3.90 mmol). After an additional 30 minutes, a solution of sodium sulfite (4.91 g, 38.9 mmol) in water (60 mL) was added to the reaction mixture while maintaining the temperature below 10 °C. The reaction mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature, stirred for 3 h and then sodium sulfite (0.5 g, 3.97 mmol) was added in three portions. The resulting mixture was extracted with hexanes (2 x 300 mL) and the combinded organic layers were washed with sodium hydroxide (0.5 N) (5 x 100 mL) and water (100 mL). The organic layer was dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide the title compound (6.19 g) .
Step B: Preparation of 4-(2,6-difluoro-4-methoxyphenyl)-l,3-dimethyl-N-(2,4,6- trifluorophenyl)-lH-pyrazol-5-amine
To a mixture of l-(2,6-difluoro-4-methoxyphenyl)-2-propanone (i.e. the product of Step A) (2.38 g, 11.9 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (30 mL) at 0 °C was added potassium tert- butoxide (1.51 g, 13.1 mmol). After 1 h, the reaction mixture was cooled to -10 °C and l,3,5-trifluoro-2-isothiocyanatobenzene (2.25 g, 11.9 mmol) was added. After an additional 1 h, iodomethane (2.11 g, 14.9 mmol) was added to the reaction mixture and the mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature. Glacial acetic acid (2.15 g, 35.7 mmol), water (1.3 g, 72.2 mmol) and methyl hydrazine (2.74 g. 59.54 mmol) were sequentially added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was then heated at reflux for about 16 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and the resulting material was purified by medium pressure liquid chromatography (0 to 50% gradient of ethyl acetate in hexanes as eluant) to provide the title compound (1.9 g).
in NMR (CDCI3): δ 6.49 (m, 2H), 6.37 (m, 2H), 7.10 (m, 2H), 5.05 (br s, 1H), 3.79 (s, 3H), 3.75 (s, 3H), 2.12 (s, 3H).
Step C: Preparation of 4-[l,3-dimethyl-5-[(2,4,6-trifluorophenyl)amino]-lH-pyrazol-
4-yl]-3,5-difluorophenol
To a mixture of 4-(2,6-difluoro-4-methoxyphenyl)-l,3-dimethyl-N-(2,4,6- trifluorophenyl)-lH-pyrazol-5-amine (i.e. the product of Step B) (1.9 g, 5.0 mmol) in dichloromethane (30 mL) at 0 °C was added boron tribromide (1 M in dichloromethane) (5.0 g, 20 mmol). The reaction mixture was warmed to room temperature, stirred for about 16 h, and then water was added to the mixture. The resulting precipitate was collected by filtration, dissolved in a solution of tetrahydrofuran and sodium hydroxide (I N) (2: 1, 90 mL) and the pH was brought to 7 by the addition of concentrated hydrochloric acid. The resulting mixture was extracted with dichloromethane, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide the title compound (1.2 g).
!H NMR (CDCI3): δ 6.49 (m, 2H), 6.33 (m, 2H), 5.03 (br s, 1H), 3.80 (s, 3H), 2.12 (s, 3H). Step D: Preparation of 4-[2,6-difluoro-4-(2-propyn-l-yloxy)phenyl]-l,3-dimethyl-N-
(2,4,6-trifluorophenyl)- lH-pyrazol-5 -amine
A mixture of 4-[l,3-dimethyl-5-[(2,4,6-trifluorophenyl)amino]-lH-pyrazol-4-yl]-3,5- difluorophenol (i.e. the product of Step C) (0.30 g, 0.80 mmol), propargyl bromide (0.10 g, 0.90 mmol) and potassium carbonate (0.17g, 1.2 mmol, 325 mesh) in acetonitrile (5 mL) was heated at 50 °C for about 16 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and the resulting material was purified by medium pressure liquid chromatography (0 to 50% gradient of ethyl acetate in hexanes as eluant) to provide the title compound (1.9 g), a compound of the present invention.
lH NMR (CDCI3): δ 6.48 (m, 4H), 5.04 (br s, 1H), 4.63 (d, 2H), 3.79 (s, 3H), 2.56 (t, 1H), 2.13 (s, 3H).
EXAMPLE 2
Preparation of 4-[2,6-difluoro-4-(lH-l,2,4-triazol-l-yl)phenyl]-l,3-dimethyl-N-(2,4,6- trifluorophenyl)-lH-pyrazol-5-amine (Compound 24)
A mixture of 4-(4-bromo-2,6-difluorophenyl)-l,3-dimethyl-N-(2,4,6-trifluorophenyl)- lH-pyrazol-5-amine (prepared in an analogous manner to Example 1, Step B) (0.4 g, 0.93 mmol), 1,2,4-triazole (0.097 g, 1.4 mmol), copper iodide (0.017 g, 0.090 mmol), trans- N,N-dimethyl-l,2-cyclohexanediamine (0.065 g, 0.9 mmol) and potassium carbonate (0.38 g, 0.28 mmol) in dioxane (10 mL) was heated to 100° C for three days in a sealed tube. The reaction mixture was then diluted with ethyl acetate and washed with water (2 x 20 mL). The combined organic layers were dried, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting material was purified by preparative thin layer chromatography to provide the title compound (0.18 g), a compound of the present invention, as a solid,
in NMR (CDCI3): δ 8.52 (s, 1H), 8.10 (s, 1H), 7.25 (d, 2H), 6.52 (t, 2H), 5.11 (br s, 1H), 3.81 (s, 3H), 2.16 (s, 3H).
EXAMPLE 3
Preparation of 4-[4-(2-cyclopropylethynyl)-2,6-difluorophenyl]- 1 ,3-dimethyl-N-(2,4,6- trifluorophenyl)-lH-pyrazol-5-amine (Compound 13)
To a mixture of 4-(4-bromo-2,6-difluorophenyl)-l,3-dimethyl-N-(2,4,6- trifluorophenyl)-lH-pyrazol-5-amine (prepared in an analogous manner to Example 1, Step B) (0.3 g, 0.69 mmol) in cyclopyropylacetylene (5 mL) was added triethylamine (0.48 g, 4.8 mmol), copper iodide (0.013 g, 0.068 mmol) and dichlorobis(triphenylphosphine)palladium (0.024 g, 0.034 mmol). The reaction mixture was heated in a sealed tube at 100° C for 4 h, and then concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting material was purified by silica gel column chromatography (30% ethyl acetate in hexanes as eluent) to provide the title compound (0.16 g), a compound of the present invention, as a solid. in NMR (CDCI3): δ 6.82 (m, 2H), 6.51 (m, 2H), 5.07 (m, 1H), 3.79 (s, 3H), 2.12 (s, 3H), 1.42 (m, 1H), 0.90 (m, 2H), 0.79 (m, 2H).
By the procedures described herein together with methods known in the art, the compounds disclosed in the Tables that follow can be prepared. The following abbreviations are used in the Tables which follow: i means iso, c means cyclo, n means normal, s means secondary, Me means methyl, Bu means butyl, Pr means propyl, MeO means methoxy, CN means cyano, and Ph means phenyl.
Figure imgf000056_0001
Q2 is 2,4,6-tri-F-Ph, (R: 3a)p is 2,6-di-F.
R3b R3b R3b R3b
4-(HC≡CCH20)- 4-(MeC≡CCH20)- 4-(HC≡CCH2CH20)- 4-(MeC≡CCH2CH20)-
4-(H2C=CHCH20)- 4-(MeHC=CHCH20)- 4-(ClHC=CHCH20)- 4-(Cl2C=CHCH20)-
4-(HC≡C(Me)CHO)- 4-(H2C=CH(Me)CHO)- 4-(H2C=CHCH(Me)0)- 4-(MeHC=CHCH(Me)0)-
4-«-butoxy 4-z'-butoxy 4-5-butoxy 4-«-pentoxy
4-z-pentoxy 4-5-pentoxy 4-(c-Pr-HC=CHCH20)- 4-(c-Pr-C≡CCH20)-
4-(c-Pr-HC=CH)- 4-(c-Pr-C≡C)- 4-(c-Pr-CH20)- 4-(c-Bu-CH20)-
4-(c-pentyl-CH20)- 4-(HO-N=CH)- 4-(MeO-N=CH)- 4-(HO-N=C(Me))-
4-(MeO-N=C(Me))- 4-(MeHC=N-0)- 4-(Me2C=N-0)- 4-(H2C=N-0)-
4-(H2N-N=CH)- 4-(MeNH-N=CH)- 4-(Me2N-N=CH)- 4-(H2N-N=C(Me))-
4-(MeNH-N=C(Me))- 4-(Me2N-N=C(Me))- 4-(MeHC=N-NH)- 4-(Me2C=N-NH)-
4-(H2C=N-NH)- 4-(MeHC=N-N(Me))- 4-(Me2C=N-N(Me))- 4-(H2C=N-N(Me))-
3-(HC≡CCH20)- 3-(MeC≡CCH20)- 3-(HC≡CCH2CH20)- 3-(MeC≡CCH2CH20)-
3-(H2C=CHCH20)- 3-(MeHC=CHCH20)- 3-(ClHC=CHCH20)- 3-(Cl2C=CHCH20)-
3-(HC≡C(Me)CHO)- 3-(H2C=CH(Me)CHO)- 3-(H2C=CHCH(Me)0)- 3 -(MeHC=CHCH(Me)0)-
3-«-butoxy 3-z'-butoxy 3-5-butoxy 3-«-pentoxy
3-z-pentoxy 3-5-pentoxy 3-(c-Pr-HC=CHCH20)- 3-(c-Pr-C≡CCH20)-
3-(c-Pr-HC=CH)- 3-(c-Pr-C≡C)- 3-(c-Pr-CH20)- 3-(c-Bu-CH20)-
3-(c-pentyl-CH20)- 3-(HO-N=CH)- 3-(MeO-N=CH)- 3-(HO-N=C(Me))-
3-(MeO-N=C(Me))- 3-(MeHC=N-0)- 3-(Me2C=N-0)- 3-(H2C=N-0)-
3-(H2N-N=CH)- 3-(MeNH-N=CH)- 3-(Me2N-N=CH)- 3-(H2N-N=C(Me))- Q2 is 2,4,6-tri-F-Ph, (R3a)p is 2,6-di-F.
R3b R3b R3b R3
3-(MeNH-N=C(Me))- 3-(Me2N-N=C(Me))- 3-(MeHC=N-NH)- 3-(Me2C=N-NH)- 3-(H2C=N-NH)- 3- MeHC=N-N(Me))- 3- Me2C=N-N(Me)> -(H2C=N-N(Me))-
Figure imgf000057_0001
The present disclosure also includes Tables 1A through 215A, each of which is constructed the same as Table 1 above, except that the row heading in Table 1 (i.e. "Q2 is 2,4,6-tri-F-Ph, (R a)p is 2,6-di-F") is replaced with the respective row headings shown below. For Example, in Table 1A the row heading is "Q2 is 2,4,6-tri-F-Ph, (R3a)p is 2-F", and R3^ is as defined in Table 1 above. Thus, the first entry in Table 1A specifically discloses 1 ,3-dimethyl-N-(2,4,6-trifluorophenyl)-4-[2-fluoro-4-(-propyn- 1 -yloxy)phenyl]- lH-pyrazol-5-amine. Tables 2A through 215A are constructed similarly.
Table Row Heading Table Row Heading
1A Q2 is 2,4,6-tri-F-Ph, (R3a)p is 2-F. 108A Q2 is 2-Br-4-MeO-6-F-Ph, (R3a)p is 2-Me.
2A Q2 is 2,4,6-tri-F-Ph, (R3a)p is 2-Cl. 109A Q2 is 2-Br-4-MeO-6-F-Ph, (R3a)p is 2-Cl, 6-F.
3A Q2 is 2,4,6-tri-F-Ph, (R3a)p is 2-Br. 110A Q2 is 2-Br-4-MeO-6-F-Ph, (R3a)p is 2-Cl, 6-Br.
4A Q2 is 2,4,6-tri-F-Ph, (R3a)p is 2-Me. 111A Q2 is 2-Br-4-MeO-6-F-Ph, (R3a)p is 2,6-di-Cl.
5A Q2 is 2,4,6-tri-F-Ph, (R3a)p is 2-Cl, 6-F. 112A Q2 is 2,6-di-Cl-4-Me-Ph, (R3a)p is 2,6-di-F.
6A Q2 is 2,4,6-tri-F-Ph, (R3a)p is 2-Cl, 6-Br. 113A Q2 is 2,6-di-Cl-4-Me-Ph, (R3a)p is 2-F.
7A Q2 is 2,4,6-tri-F-Ph, (R3a)p is 2,6-di-Cl. 114A Q2 is 2,6-di-Cl-4-Me-Ph, (R3a)p is 2-Cl.
8A Q2 is 2,6-di-F-Ph, (R3a)p is 2,6-di-F. 115A Q2 is 2,6-di-Cl-4-Me-Ph, (R3a)p is 2-Br.
9A Q2 is 2,6-di-F-Ph, (R3a)p is 2-F. 116A Q2 is 2,6-di-Cl-4-Me-Ph, (R3a)p is 2-Me.
10A Q2 is 2,6-di-F-Ph, (R3a)p is 2-Cl. 117A Q2 is 2,6-di-Cl-4-Me-Ph, (R3a)p is 2-Cl, 6-F.
11A Q2 is 2,6-di-F-Ph, (R3a)p is 2-Br. 118A Q2 is 2,6-di-Cl-4-Me-Ph, (R3a)p is 2-Cl, 6-Br.
12A Q2 is 2,6-di-F-Ph, (R3a)p is 2-Me. 119A Q2 is 2,6-di-Cl-4-Me-Ph, (R3a)p is 2,6-di-Cl.
13A Q2 is 2,6-di-F-Ph, (R3a)p is 2-Cl, 6-F. 120A Q2 is 2,6-di-Br-4-Me-Ph, (R3a)p is 2,6-di-F.
14A Q2 is 2,6-di-F-Ph, (R3a)p is 2-Cl, 6-Br. 121A Q2 is 2,6-di-Br-4-Me-Ph, (R3a)p is 2-F.
15A Q2 is 2,6-di-F-Ph, (R3a)p is 2,6-di-Cl. 122 A Q2 is 2,6-di-Br-4-Me-Ph, (R3a)p is 2-Cl.
16A Q2 is 2,6-di-F-4-MeO-Ph, (R3a)p is 2,6-di-F. 123A Q2 is 2,6-di-Br-4-Me-Ph, (R3a)p is 2-Br.
17A Q2 is 2,6-di-F-4-MeO-Ph, (R3a)p is 2-F. 124 A Q2 is 2,6-di-Br-4-Me-Ph, (R3a)p is 2-Me.
18A Q2 is 2,6-di-F-4-MeO-Ph, (R3a)p is 2-Cl. 125A Q2 is 2,6-di-Br-4-Me-Ph, (R3a)p is 2-Cl, 6-F.
19A Q2 is 2,6-di-F-4-MeO-Ph, (R3a)p is 2-Br. 126A Q2 is 2,6-di-Br-4-Me-Ph, (R3a)p is 2-Cl, 6-Br. Table Row Heading Table Row Heading
20A Q2 is 2,6-di F -4-MeO-Ph, (R3a)p is 2-Me. 127A Q2 is 2,6-di-Br-4-Me-Ph, (R3a)p is 2,6-di-Cl.
21A Q2 is 2,6-di F -4-MeO-Ph, (R3a)p is 2-Cl, 6-F. 128A Q2 is 2,4,6-tri-Cl-Ph, (R3a)p is 2,6-di-F.
22A Q2 is 2,6-di F -4-MeO-Ph, (R3a)p is 2-Cl, 6-Br. 129 A Q2 is 2,4,6-tri-Cl-Ph, (R3a)p is 2-F.
23A Q2 is 2,6-di F -4-MeO-Ph, (R3a)p is 2,6-di-Cl. 130A Q2 is 2,4,6-tri-Cl-Ph, (R3a)p is 2-Cl.
24A Q2 is 2,6-di F -4-Me-Ph, (R3a)p is 2,6-di-F. 131A Q2 is 2,4,6-tri-Cl-Ph, (R3a)p is 2-Br.
25A Q2 is 2,6-di F -4-Me-Ph, (R3a)p is 2-F. 132A Q2 is 2,4,6-tri-Cl-Ph, (R3a)p is 2-Me.
26A Q2 is 2,6-di F -4-Me-Ph, (R3a)p is 2-Cl. 133A Q2 is 2,4,6-tri-Cl-Ph, (R3a)p is 2-Cl, 6-F.
27A Q2 is 2,6-di F -4-Me-Ph, (R3a)p is 2-Br. 134A Q2 is 2,4,6-tri-Cl-Ph, (R3a)p is 2-Cl, 6-Br.
28A Q2 is 2,6-di F -4-Me-Ph, (R3a)p is 2-Me. 135A Q2 is 2,4,6-tri-Cl-Ph, (R3a)p is 2,6-di-Cl.
29A Q2 is 2,6-di F -4-Me-Ph, (R3a)p is 2-Cl, 6-F. 136A Q2 is 2-C1-4-F, (R3a)p is 2,6-di-F.
3 OA Q2 is 2,6-di F -4-Me-Ph, (R3a)p is 2-Cl, 6-Br. 137A Q2 is 2-C1-4-F, (R3a)p is 2-F.
31A Q2 is 2,6-di F -4-Me-Ph, (R3a)p is 2,6-di-Cl. 138A Q2 is 2-C1-4-F, (R3a)p is 2-Cl.
32A Q2 is 2,6-di F -4-CN-Ph, (R3a)p is 2,6-di-F. 139A Q2 is 2-C1-4-F, (R3a)p is 2-Br.
33A Q2 is 2,6-di F -4-CN-Ph, (R3a)p is 2-F. 140A Q2 is 2-C1-4-F, (R3a)p is 2-Me.
34A Q2 is 2,6-di F -4-CN-Ph, (R3a)p is 2-Cl. 141A Q2 is 2-C1-4-F, (R3a)p is 2-Cl, 6-F.
35A Q2 is 2,6-di F -4-CN-Ph, (R3a)p is 2-Br. 142 A Q2 is 2-C1-4-F, (R3a)p is 2-Cl, 6-Br.
36A Q2 is 2,6-di F -4-CN-Ph, (R3a)p is 2-Me. 143A Q2 is 2-C1-4-F, (R3a)p is 2,6-di-Cl.
37A Q2 is 2,6-di F -4-CN-Ph, (R3a)p is 2-Cl, 6-F. 144 A Q2 is 2-Cl-4-Me, (R3a)p is 2,6-di-F.
38A Q2 is 2,6-di F -4-CN-Ph, (R3a)p is 2-Cl, 6-Br. 145A Q2 is 2-Cl-4-Me, (R3a)p is 2-F.
39A Q2 is 2,6-di F -4-CN-Ph, (R3a)p is 2,6-di-Cl. 146A Q2 is 2-Cl-4-Me, (R3a)p is 2-Cl.
40A Q2 is 2,6-di F -4-Cl-Ph, (R3a)p is 2,6-di-F. 147A Q2 is 2-Cl-4-Me, (R3a)p is 2-Br.
41A Q2 is 2,6-di F -4-Cl-Ph, (R3a)p is 2-F. 148A Q2 is 2-Cl-4-Me, (R3a)p is 2-Me.
42A Q2 is 2,6-di F -4-Cl-Ph, (R3a)p is 2-Cl. 149 A Q2 is 2-Cl-4-Me, (R3a)p is 2-Cl, 6-F.
43A Q2 is 2,6-di F -4-Cl-Ph, (R3a)p is 2-Br. 150A Q2 is 2-Cl-4-Me, (R3a)p is 2-Cl, 6-Br.
44A Q2 is 2,6-di F -4-Cl-Ph, (R3a)p is 2-Me. 151A Q2 is 2-Cl-4-Me, (R3a)p is 2,6-di-Cl.
45A Q2 is 2,6-di F -4-Cl-Ph, (R3a)p is 2-Cl, 6-F. 152A Q2 is 2-Cl-4-MeO, (R3a)p is 2,6-di-F.
46A Q2 is 2,6-di F -4-Cl-Ph, (R3a)p is 2-Cl, 6-Br. 153A Q2 is 2-Cl-4-MeO, (R3a)p is 2-F.
47A Q2 is 2,6-di F -4-Cl-Ph, (R3a)p is 2,6-di-Cl. 154A Q2 is 2-Cl-4-MeO, (R3a)p is 2-Cl.
48A Q2 is 2,6-di F -4-Br-Ph, (R3a)p is 2,6-di-F. 155A Q2 is 2-Cl-4-MeO, (R3a)p is 2-Br.
49A Q2 is 2,6-di F -4-Br-Ph, (R3a)p is 2-F. 156A Q2 is 2-Cl-4-MeO, (R3a)p is 2-Me.
50A Q2 is 2,6-di F -4-Br-Ph, (R3a)p is 2-Cl. 157A Q2 is 2-Cl-4-MeO, (R3a)p is 2-Cl, 6-F.
51A Q2 is 2,6-di F -4-Br-Ph, (R3a)p is 2-Br. 158A Q2 is 2-Cl-4-MeO, (R3a)p is 2-Cl, 6-Br.
52A Q2 is 2,6-di F -4-Br-Ph, (R3a)p is 2-Me. 159A Q2 is 2-Cl-4-MeO, (R3a)p is 2,6-di-Cl.
53A Q2 is 2,6-di F -4-Br-Ph, (R3a)p is 2-Cl, 6-F. 160A Q2 is 2-Br-4-F, (R3a)p is 2,6-di-F.
54A Q2 is 2,6-di F -4-Br-Ph, (R3a)p is 2-Cl, 6-Br. 161A Q2 is 2-Br-4-F, (R3a)p is 2-F.
55A Q2 is 2,6-di F -4-Br-Ph, (R3a)p is 2,6-di-Cl. 162A Q2 is 2-Br-4-F, (R3a)p is 2-Cl.
56A Q2 is 2,4-di F -Ph, (R3a)p is 2,6-di-F. 163A Q2 is 2-Br-4-F, (R3a)p is 2-Br. Table Row Heading Table Row Heading
57A Q2 is 2,4-di-F-Ph, (R3a)p is 2-F. 164A Q2 is 2-Br-4-F, (R3a)p is 2-Me.
58A Q2 is 2,4-di-F-Ph, (R3a)p is 2-Cl. 165 A Q2 is 2-Br-4-F, (R3a)p is 2-Cl, 6-F.
59A Q2 is 2,4-di-F-Ph, (R3a)p is 2-Br. 166A Q2 is 2-Br-4-F, (R3a)p is 2-Cl, 6-Br.
60A Q2 is 2,4-di-F-Ph, (R3a)p is 2-Me 167A Q2 is 2-Br-4-F, (R3a)p is 2,6-di-Cl.
61A Q2 is 2,4-di-F-Ph, (R3a)p is 2-Cl, 6-F. 168A Q2 is 2-Br-4-Me, (R3a)p is 2,6-di-F.
62A Q2 is 2,4-di-F-Ph, (R3a)p is 2-Cl, 6-Br. 169A Q2 is 2-Br-4-Me, (R3a)p is 2-F.
63A Q2 is 2,4-di-F-Ph, (R3a)p is 2,6-di-Cl. 170A Q2 is 2-Br-4-Me, (R3a)p is 2-Cl.
64A Q2 is 2,4-di-F-6-Cl-Ph, (R3a)p is 2,6-di-F. 171A Q2 is 2-Br-4-Me, (R3a)p is 2-Br.
65A Q2 is 2,4-di-F-6-Cl-Ph, (R3a)p is 2-F. 172A Q2 is 2-Br-4-Me, (R3a)p is 2-Me.
66A Q2 is 2,4-di-F-6-Cl-Ph, (R3a)p is 2-Cl. 173A Q2 is 2-Br-4-Me, (R3a)p is 2-Cl, 6-F.
67A Q2 is 2,4-di-F-6-Cl-Ph, (R3a)p is 2-Br. 174A Q2 is 2-Br-4-Me, (R3a)p is 2-Cl, 6-Br.
68A Q2 is 2,4-di-F-6-Cl-Ph, (R3a)p is 2-Me. 175 A Q2 is 2-Br-4-Me, (R3a)p is 2,6-di-Cl.
69A Q2 is 2,4-di-F-6-Cl-Ph, (R3a)p is 2-Cl, 6-F. 176A Q2 is 2-Br-4-MeO, (R3a)p is 2,6-di-F.
70A Q2 is 2,4-di-F-6-Cl-Ph, (R3a)p is 2-Cl, 6-Br. 177A Q2 is 2-Br-4-MeO, (R3a)p is 2-F.
71A Q2 is 2,4-di-F-6-Cl-Ph, (R3a)p is 2,6-di-Cl. 178A Q2 is 2-Br-4-MeO, (R3a)p is 2-Cl.
72A Q2 is 2,4-di-F-6-Br-Ph, (R3a)p is 2,6-di-F. 179A Q2 is 2-Br-4-MeO, (R3a)p is 2-Br.
73A Q2 is 2,4-di-F-6-Br-Ph, (R3a)p is 2-F. 180A Q2 is 2-Br-4-MeO, (R3a)p is 2-Me.
74A Q2 is 2,4-di-F-6-Br-Ph, (R3a)p is 2-Cl. 181A Q2 is 2-Br-4-MeO, (R3a)p is 2-Cl, 6-F.
75A Q2 is 2,4-di-F-6-Br-Ph, (R3a)p is 2-Br. 182A Q2 is 2-Br-4-MeO, (R3a)p is 2-Cl, 6-Br.
76A Q2 is 2,4-di-F-6-Br-Ph, (R3a)p is 2-Me. 183 A Q2 is 2-Br-4-MeO, (R3a)p is 2,6-di-Cl.
77A Q2 is 2,4-di-F-6-Br-Ph, (R3a)p is 2-Cl, 6-F. 184A Q2 is 2,4-di-Cl, (R3a)p is 2,6-di-F.
78A Q2 is 2,4-di-F-6-Br-Ph, (R3a)p is 2-Cl, 6-Br. 185A Q2 is 2,4-di-Cl, (R3a)p is 2-F.
79A Q2 is 2,4-di-F-6-Br-Ph, (R3a)p is 2,6-di-Cl. 186A Q2 is 2,4-di-Cl, (R3a)p is 2-Cl.
80A Q2 is 2-Cl-4-Me-6-F-Ph, (R3a)p is 2,6-di-F. 187A Q2 is 2,4-di-Cl, (R3a)p is 2-Br.
81A Q2 is 2-Cl-4-Me-6-F-Ph, (R3a)p is 2-F. 188A Q2 is 2,4-di-Cl, (R3a)p is 2-Me.
82A Q2 is 2-Cl-4-Me-6-F-Ph, (R3a)p is 2-Cl. 189A Q2 is 2,4-di-Cl, (R3a)p is 2-Cl, 6-F.
83A Q2 is 2-Cl-4-Me-6-F-Ph, (R3a)p is 2-Br. 190A Q2 is 2,4-di-Cl, (R3a)p is 2-Cl, 6-Br.
84A Q2 is 2-Cl-4-Me-6-F-Ph, (R3a)p is 2-Me. 191A Q2 is 2,4-di-Cl, (R3a)p is 2,6-di-Cl.
85A Q2 is 2-Cl-4-Me-6-F-Ph, (R3a)p is 2-Cl, 6-F. 192 A Q2 is 2,6-di-Cl, (R3a)p is 2,6-di-F.
86A Q2 is 2-Cl-4-Me-6-F-Ph, (R3a)p is 2-Cl, 6-Br. 193A Q2 is 2,6-di-Cl, (R3a)p is 2-F.
87A Q2 is 2-Cl-4-Me-6-F-Ph, (R3a)p is 2,6-di-Cl. 194 A Q2 is 2,6-di-Cl, (R3a)p is 2-Cl.
88A Q2 is 2-Cl-4-MeO-6-F-Ph, (R3a)p is 2,6-di-F. 195A Q2 is 2,6-di-Cl, (R3a)p is 2-Br.
89A Q2 is 2-Cl-4-MeO-6-F-Ph, (R3a)p is 2-F. 196A Q2 is 2,6-di-Cl, (R3a)p is 2-Me.
90A Q2 is 2-Cl-4-MeO-6-F-Ph, (R3a)p is 2-Cl. 197A Q2 is 2,6-di-Cl, (R3a)p is 2-Cl, 6-F.
91A Q2 is 2-Cl-4-MeO-6-F-Ph, (R3a)p is 2-Br. 198A Q2 is 2,6-di-Cl, (R3a)p is 2-Cl, 6-Br.
92A Q2 is 2-Cl-4-MeO-6-F-Ph, (R3a)p is 2-Me. 199 A Q2 is 2,6-di-Cl, (R3a)p is 2,6-di-Cl.
93A Q2 is 2-Cl-4-MeO-6-F-Ph, (R3a)p is 2-Cl, 6-F. 200A Q2 is 2,4-di-Me, (R3a)p is 2,6-di-F. Table Row Heading Table Row Heading
94A Q2 is 2-Cl-4-MeO-6-F-Ph, (R3a)p is 2-Cl, 6-Br. 201A Q2 is 2,4 -di-Me, (R3a)p is 2-F.
95A Q2 is 2-Cl-4-MeO-6-F-Ph, (R3a)p is 2,6-di-Cl. 202A Q2 is 2,4 -di-Me, (R3a)p is 2-Cl.
96A Q2 is 2-Br-4-Me-6-F-Ph, (R3a)p is 2,6-di-F. 203A Q2 is 2,4 -di-Me, (R3a)p is 2-Br.
97A Q2 is 2-Br-4-Me-6-F-Ph, (R3a)p is 2-F. 204A Q2 is 2,4 -di-Me, (R3a)p is 2-Me.
98A Q2 is 2-Br-4-Me-6-F-Ph, (R3a)p is 2-Cl. 205A Q2 is 2,4 -di-Me, (R3a)p is 2-Cl, 6-F.
99A Q2 is 2-Br-4-Me-6-F-Ph, (R3a)p is 2-Br. 206A Q2 is 2,4 -di-Me, (R3a)p is 2-Cl, 6-Br.
100A Q2 is 2-Br-4-Me-6-F-Ph, (R3a)p is 2-Me. 207A Q2 is 2,4 -di-Me, (R3a)p is 2,6-di-Cl.
101A Q2 is 2-Br-4-Me-6-F-Ph, (R3a)p is 2-Cl, 6-F. 208A Q2 is 2,6 -di-Me, (R3a)p is 2,6-di-F.
102 A Q2 is 2-Br-4-Me-6-F-Ph, (R3a)p is 2-Cl, 6-Br. 209A Q2 is 2,6 -di-Me, (R3a)p is 2-F.
103 A Q2 is 2-Br-4-Me-6-F-Ph, (R3a)p is 2,6-di-Cl. 210A Q2 is 2,6 -di-Me, (R3a)p is 2-Cl.
104 A Q2 is 2-Br-4-MeO-6-F-Ph, (R3a)p is 2,6-di-F. 211A Q2 is 2,6 -di-Me, (R3a)p is 2-Br.
105 A Q2 is 2-Br-4-MeO-6-F-Ph, (R3a)p is 2-F. 212A Q2 is 2,6 -di-Me, (R3a)p is 2-Me.
106A Q2 is 2-Br-4-MeO-6-F-Ph, (R3a)p is 2-Cl. 213A Q2 is 2,6 -di-Me, (R3a)p is 2-Cl, 6-F.
107A Q2 is 2-Br-4-MeO-6-F-Ph, (R3a)p is 2-Br. 214A Q2 is 2,6 -di-Me, (R3a)p is 2-Cl, 6-Br.
215A Q2 is 2,6 -di-Me, (R3a)p is 2,6-di-Cl.
Formulation/Utility
A compound of this invention will generally be used as a fungicidal active ingredient in a composition, i.e. formulation, with at least one additional component selected from the group consisting of surfactants, solid diluents and liquid diluents, which serve as a carrier. The formulation or composition ingredients are selected to be consistent with the physical properties of the active ingredient, mode of application and environmental factors such as soil type, moisture and temperature.
Useful formulations include both liquid and solid compositions. Liquid compositions include solutions (including emulsifiable concentrates), suspensions, emulsions (including microemulsions and/or suspoemulsions) and the like, which optionally can be thickened into gels. The general types of aqueous liquid compositions are soluble concentrate, suspension concentrate, capsule suspension, concentrated emulsion, microemulsion and suspo-emulsion. The general types of nonaqueous liquid compositions are emulsifiable concentrate, microemulsifiable concentrate, dispersible concentrate and oil dispersion.
The general types of solid compositions are dusts, powders, granules, pellets, prills, pastilles, tablets, filled films (including seed coatings) and the like, which can be water-dispersible ("wettable") or water-soluble. Films and coatings formed from film- forming solutions or flowable suspensions are particularly useful for seed treatment. Active ingredient can be (micro)encapsulated and further formed into a suspension or solid formulation; alternatively the entire formulation of active ingredient can be encapsulated (or "overcoated"). Encapsulation can control or delay release of the active ingredient. An emulsifiable granule combines the advantages of both an emulsifiable concentrate formulation and a dry granular formulation. High-strength compositions are primarily used as intermediates for further formulation.
Sprayable formulations are typically extended in a suitable medium before spraying. Such liquid and solid formulations are formulated to be readily diluted in the spray medium, usually water. Spray volumes can range from about one to several thousand liters per hectare, but more typically are in the range from about ten to several hundred liters per hectare. Sprayable formulations can be tank mixed with water or another suitable medium for foliar treatment by aerial or ground application, or for application to the growing medium of the plant. Liquid and dry formulations can be metered directly into drip irrigation systems or metered into the furrow during planting. Liquid and solid formulations can be applied onto seeds of crops and other desirable vegetation as seed treatments before planting to protect developing roots and other subterranean plant parts and/or foliage through systemic uptake.
The formulations will typically contain effective amounts of active ingredient, diluent and surfactant within the following approximate ranges which add up to 100 percent by weight.
Weight Percent
Active
Ingredient Diluent Surfactant
Water-Dispersible and Water- 0.001-90 0-99.999 0-15 soluble Granules, Tablets and
Powders
Oil Dispersions, Suspensions, 1-50 40-99 0-50 Emulsions, Solutions (including
Emulsifiable Concentrates)
Dusts 1-25 70-99 0-5
Granules and Pellets 0.001-95 5-99.999 0-15
High Strength Compositions 90-99 0-10 0-2
Solid diluents include, for example, clays such as bentonite, montmorillonite, attapulgite and kaolin, gypsum, cellulose, titanium dioxide, zinc oxide, starch, dextrin, sugars (e.g., lactose, sucrose), silica, talc, mica, diatomaceous earth, urea, calcium carbonate, sodium carbonate and bicarbonate, and sodium sulfate. Typical solid diluents are described in Watkins et al., Handbook of Insecticide Dust Diluents and Carriers, 2nd Ed., Dorland Books, Caldwell, New Jersey.
Liquid diluents include, for example, water, N,N-dimethylalkanamides (e.g., N,N-dimethylformamide), limonene, dimethyl sulfoxide, N-alkylpyrrolidones (e.g., N-methylpyrrolidinone), ethylene glycol, triethylene glycol, propylene glycol, dipropylene glycol, polypropylene glycol, propylene carbonate, butylene carbonate, paraffins (e.g., white mineral oils, normal paraffins, isoparaffins), alkylbenzenes, alkylnaphthalenes, glycerine, glycerol triacetate, sorbitol, aromatic hydrocarbons, dearomatized aliphatics, alkylbenzenes, alkylnaphthalenes, ketones such as cyclohexanone, 2-heptanone, isophorone and 4-hydroxy- 4-methyl-2-pentanone, acetates such as isoamyl acetate, hexyl acetate, heptyl acetate, octyl acetate, nonyl acetate, tridecyl acetate and isobornyl acetate, other esters such as alkylated lactate esters, dibasic esters and γ-butyrolactone, and alcohols, which can be linear, branched, saturated or unsaturated, such as methanol, ethanol, n-propanol, isopropyl alcohol, n-butanol, isobutyl alcohol, n-hexanol, 2-ethylhexanol, n-octanol, decanol, isodecyl alcohol, isooctadecanol, cetyl alcohol, lauryl alcohol, tridecyl alcohol, oleyl alcohol, cyclohexanol, tetrahydrofurfuryl alcohol, diacetone alcohol and benzyl alcohol. Liquid diluents also include glycerol esters of saturated and unsaturated fatty acids (typically C6-C22), such as plant seed and fruit oils (e.g., oils of olive, castor, linseed, sesame, corn (maize), peanut, sunflower, grapeseed, safflower, cottonseed, soybean, rapeseed, coconut and palm kernel), animal-sourced fats (e.g., beef tallow, pork tallow, lard, cod liver oil, fish oil), and mixtures thereof. Liquid diluents also include alkylated fatty acids (e.g., methylated, ethylated, butylated) wherein the fatty acids may be obtained by hydrolysis of glycerol esters from plant and animal sources, and can be purified by distillation. Typical liquid diluents are described in Marsden, Solvents Guide, 2nd Ed., Interscience, New York, 1950.
The solid and liquid compositions of the present invention often include one or more surfactants. When added to a liquid, surfactants (also known as "surface-active agents") generally modify, most often reduce, the surface tension of the liquid. Depending on the nature of the hydrophilic and lipophilic groups in a surfactant molecule, surfactants can be useful as wetting agents, dispersants, emulsifiers or defoaming agents.
Surfactants can be classified as nonionic, anionic or cationic. Nonionic surfactants useful for the present compositions include, but are not limited to: alcohol alkoxylates such as alcohol alkoxylates based on natural and synthetic alcohols (which may be branched or linear) and prepared from the alcohols and ethylene oxide, propylene oxide, butylene oxide or mixtures thereof; amine ethoxylates, alkanolamides and ethoxylated alkanolamides; alkoxylated triglycerides such as ethoxylated soybean, castor and rapeseed oils; alkylphenol alkoxylates such as octylphenol ethoxylates, nonylphenol ethoxylates, dinonyl phenol ethoxylates and dodecyl phenol ethoxylates (prepared from the phenols and ethylene oxide, propylene oxide, butylene oxide or mixtures thereof); block polymers prepared from ethylene oxide or propylene oxide and reverse block polymers where the terminal blocks are prepared from propylene oxide; ethoxylated fatty acids; ethoxylated fatty esters and oils; ethoxylated methyl esters; ethoxylated tristyrylphenol (including those prepared from ethylene oxide, propylene oxide, butylene oxide or mixtures thereof); fatty acid esters, glycerol esters, lanolin-based derivatives, polyethoxylate esters such as polyethoxylated sorbitan fatty acid esters, polyethoxylated sorbitol fatty acid esters and polyethoxylated glycerol fatty acid esters; other sorbitan derivatives such as sorbitan esters; polymeric surfactants such as random copolymers, block copolymers, alkyd peg (polyethylene glycol) resins, graft or comb polymers and star polymers; polyethylene glycols (pegs); polyethylene glycol fatty acid esters; silicone-based surfactants; and sugar-derivatives such as sucrose esters, alkyl polyglycosides and alkyl polysaccharides.
Useful anionic surfactants include, but are not limited to: alkylaryl sulfonic acids and their salts; carboxylated alcohol or alkylphenol ethoxylates; diphenyl sulfonate derivatives; lignin and lignin derivatives such as lignosulfonates; maleic or succinic acids or their anhydrides; olefin sulfonates; phosphate esters such as phosphate esters of alcohol alkoxylates, phosphate esters of alkylphenol alkoxylates and phosphate esters of styryl phenol ethoxylates; protein-based surfactants; sarcosine derivatives; styryl phenol ether sulfate; sulfates and sulfonates of oils and fatty acids; sulfates and sulfonates of ethoxylated alkylphenols; sulfates of alcohols; sulfates of ethoxylated alcohols; sulfonates of amines and amides such as N,N-alkyltaurates; sulfonates of benzene, cumene, toluene, xylene, and dodecyl and tridecylbenzenes; sulfonates of condensed naphthalenes; sulfonates of naphthalene and alkyl naphthalene; sulfonates of fractionated petroleum; sulfosuccinamates; and sulfosuccinates and their derivatives such as dialkyl sulfosuccinate salts.
Useful cationic surfactants include, but are not limited to: amides and ethoxylated amides; amines such as N-alkyl propanediamines, tripropylenetriamines and dipropylenetetramines, and ethoxylated amines, ethoxylated diamines and propoxylated amines (prepared from the amines and ethylene oxide, propylene oxide, butylene oxide or mixtures thereof); amine salts such as amine acetates and diamine salts; quaternary ammonium salts such as quaternary salts, ethoxylated quaternary salts and diquaternary salts; and amine oxides such as alkyldimethylamine oxides and bis-(2-hydroxyethyl)-alkylamine oxides.
Also useful for the present compositions are mixtures of nonionic and anionic surfactants or mixtures of nonionic and cationic surfactants. Nonionic, anionic and cationic surfactants and their recommended uses are disclosed in a variety of published references including McCutcheon 's Emulsifiers and Detergents, annual American and International Editions published by McCutcheon's Division, The Manufacturing Confectioner Publishing Co.; Sisely and Wood, Encyclopedia of Surface Active Agents, Chemical Publ. Co., Inc., New York, 1964; and A. S. Davidson and B. Milwidsky, Synthetic Detergents, Seventh Edition, John Wiley and Sons, New York, 1987.
Compositions of this invention may also contain formulation auxiliaries and additives, known to those skilled in the art as formulation aids (some of which may be considered to also function as solid diluents, liquid diluents or surfactants). Such formulation auxiliaries and additives may control: pH (buffers), foaming during processing (antifoams such polyorganosiloxanes), sedimentation of active ingredients (suspending agents), viscosity (thixotropic thickeners), in-container microbial growth (antimicrobials), product freezing (antifreezes), color (dyes/pigment dispersions), wash-off (film formers or stickers), evaporation (evaporation retardants), and other formulation attributes. Film formers include, for example, polyvinyl acetates, polyvinyl acetate copolymers, polyvinylpyrrolidone-vinyl acetate copolymer, polyvinyl alcohols, polyvinyl alcohol copolymers and waxes. Examples of formulation auxiliaries and additives include those listed in McCutcheon 's Volume 2: Functional Materials, annual International and North American editions published by McCutcheon's Division, The Manufacturing Confectioner Publishing Co.; and PCT Publication WO 03/024222.
The compound of Formula 1 or Formula 1A and any other active ingredients are typically incorporated into the present compositions by dissolving the active ingredient in a solvent or by grinding in a liquid or dry diluent. Solutions, including emulsifiable concentrates, can be prepared by simply mixing the ingredients. If the solvent of a liquid composition intended for use as an emulsifiable concentrate is water-immiscible, an emulsifier is typically added to emulsify the active-containing solvent upon dilution with water. Active ingredient slurries, with particle diameters of up to 2,000 μιη can be wet milled using media mills to obtain particles with average diameters below 3 μιη. Aqueous slurries can be made into finished suspension concentrates (see, for example, U.S. 3,060,084) or further processed by spray drying to form water-dispersible granules. Dry formulations usually require dry milling processes, which produce average particle diameters in the 2 to 10 μιη range. Dusts and powders can be prepared by blending and usually grinding (such as with a hammer mill or fluid-energy mill). Granules and pellets can be prepared by spraying the active material upon preformed granular carriers or by agglomeration techniques. See Browning, "Agglomeration", Chemical Engineering, December 4, 1967, pp 147-48, Perry 's Chemical Engineer 's Handbook, 4th Ed., McGraw- Hill, New York, 1963, pages 8-57 and following, and WO 91/13546. Pellets can be prepared as described in U.S. 4,172,714. Water-dispersible and water-soluble granules can be prepared as taught in U.S. 4,144,050, U.S. 3,920,442 and DE 3,246,493. Tablets can be prepared as taught in U.S. 5,180,587, U.S. 5,232,701 and U.S. 5,208,030. Films can be prepared as taught in GB 2,095,558 and U.S. 3,299,566.
For further information regarding the art of formulation, see T. S. Woods, "The Formulator's Toolbox - Product Forms for Modern Agriculture" in Pesticide Chemistry and Bioscience, The Food-Environment Challenge, T. Brooks and T. R. Roberts, Eds., Proceedings of the 9th International Congress on Pesticide Chemistry, The Royal Society of Chemistry, Cambridge, 1999, pp. 120-133. See also U.S. 3,235,361, Col. 6, line 16 through Col. 7, line 19 and Examples 10-41; U.S. 3,309,192, Col. 5, line 43 through Col. 7, line 62 and Examples 8, 12, 15, 39, 41, 52, 53, 58, 132, 138-140, 162-164, 166, 167 and 169-182; U.S. 2,891,855, Col. 3, line 66 through Col. 5, line 17 and Examples 1-4; Klmgman, Weed Control as a Science, John Wiley and Sons, Inc., New York, 1961, pp 81-96; Hance et al, Weed Control Handbook, 8th Ed., Blackwell Scientific Publications, Oxford, 1989; and Developments in formulation technology, PJB Publications, Richmond, UK, 2000.
In the following Examples, all percentages are by weight and all formulations are prepared in conventional ways. Compound numbers refer to compounds in Index Table A. Without further elaboration, it is believed that one skilled in the art using the preceding description can utilize the present invention to its fullest extent. The following Examples are, therefore, to be constructed as merely illustrative, and not limiting of the disclosure in any way whatsoever. Percentages are by weight except where otherwise indicated.
Example A
High Strength Concentrate
Compound 9 98.5% silica aerogel 0.5% synthetic amorphous fine silica 1.0%
Example B
Wettable Powder
Compound 10 65.0% dodecylphenol polyethylene glycol ether 2.0%> sodium ligninsulfonate 4.0%> sodium silicoaluminate 6.0%> montmorillonite (calcined) 23.0%
Example C
Granule
Compound 2 10.0% attapulgite granules (low volatile matter, 0.71/0.30 mm; 90.0% U.S.S. No. 25-50 sieves)
Example D
Extruded Pellet
Compound 3 25.0% anhydrous sodium sulfate 10.0% crude calcium ligninsulfonate 5.0%> sodium alkylnaphthalenesulfonate 1.0% calcium/magnesium bentonite 59.0%
Example E
Emulsifiable Concentrate
Compound 24 10.0% polyoxyethylene sorbitol hexoleate 20.0%
C^-Cio fatty acid methyl ester 70.0%
Example F
Microemulsion
Compound 27 5.0% polyvinylpyrrolidone -vinyl acetate copolymer 30.0% alkylpolyglycoside 30.0%> glyceryl monooleate 15.0% water 20.0%
Example G
Seed Treatment
Compound 2 20.00% polyvinylpyrrolidone -vinyl acetate copolymer 5.00% montan acid wax 5.00% calcium ligninsulfonate 1.00% polyoxyethylene/polyoxypropylene block copolymers 1.00% stearyl alcohol (POE 20) 2.00% polyorganosilane 0.20%> colorant red dye 0.05%> water 65.75%
Water-soluble and water-dispersible formulations are typically diluted with water to form aqueous compositions before application. Aqueous compositions for direct applications to the plant or portion thereof (e.g., spray tank compositions) typically at least about 1 ppm or more (e.g., from 1 ppm to 100 ppm) of the compound(s) of this invention.
The compounds of this invention are useful as plant disease control agents. The present invention therefore further comprises a method for controlling plant diseases caused by fungal plant pathogens comprising applying to the plant or portion thereof to be protected, or to the plant seed to be protected, an effective amount of a compound of the invention or a fungicidal composition containing said compound. The compounds and/or compositions of this invention provide control of diseases caused by a broad spectrum of fungal plant pathogens in the Basidiomycete, Ascomycete, Oomycete and Deuteromycete classes. They are effective in controlling a broad spectrum of plant diseases, particularly foliar pathogens of ornamental, turf, vegetable, field, cereal, and fruit crops. These pathogens include: Oomycetes, including Phytophthora diseases such as Phytophthora infestans, Phytophthora megasperma, Phytophthora parasitica, Phytophthora cinnamomi and Phytophthora capsici, Pythium diseases such as Pythium aphanidermatum, and diseases in the Peronosporaceae family such as Plasmopara viticola, Peronospora spp. (including Peronospora tabacina and Peronospora parasitica), Pseudoperonospora spp. (including Pseudoperonospora cubensis) and Bremia lactucae; Ascomycetes, including Alternaria diseases such as Alternaria solani and Alternaria brassicae, Guignardia diseases such as Guignardia bidwell, Venturia diseases such as Venturia inaequalis, Septoria diseases such as Septoria nodorum and Septoria tritici, powdery mildew diseases such as Erysiphe spp. (including Erysiphe graminis and Erysiphe polygoni), Uncinula necatur, Sphaerotheca fuliginea, Podosphaera leucotricha and Pseudocercosporella herpotrichoides, Botrytis diseases such as Botrytis cinerea, Monilinia fructicola, Sclerotinia diseases such as Sclerotinia sclerotiorum, Sclerotinia minor, Magnaporthe grisea, and Phomopsis viticola, Helminthosporium diseases such as Helminthosporium tritici repentis and Pyrenophora teres, anthracnose diseases such as Glomerella or Colletotrichum spp. (such as Colletotrichum graminicola and Colletotrichum orbiculare), and Gaeumannomyces graminis; Basidiomycetes, including rust diseases caused by Puccinia spp. (such as Puccinia recondita, Puccinia striiformis, Puccinia hordei, Puccinia graminis and Puccinia arachidis), Hemileia vastatrix and Phakopsora pachyrhizi; other pathogens including Rutstroemia floccosum (also known as Sclerotinia homoeocarpa); Rhizoctonia spp. (such as Rhizoctonia solani); Fusarium diseases such as Fusarium roseum, Fusarium graminearum and Fusarium oxysporumVerticillium dahliae; Sclerotium rolfsii; Rynchosporium secalis; Cercosporidium personatum, Cercospora arachidicola and Cercospora beticola; Rhizopus spp. (such as Rhizopus stolonifer); Aspergillus spp. (such as Aspergillus flavus and Aspergillus parasiticus); and other genera and species closely related to these pathogens. In addition to their fungicidal activity, the compositions or combinations also have activity against bacteria such as Erwinia amylovora, Xanthomonas campestris, Pseudomonas syringae, and other related species. Furthermore, the compounds of this invention are useful in treating postharvest diseases of fruits and vegetables caused by fungi and bacteria. These infections can occur before, during and after harvest. For example, infections can occur before harvest and then remain dormant until some point during ripening (e.g., host begins tissue changes in such a way that infection can progress); also infections can arise from surface wounds created by mechanical or insect injury. In this respect, the compounds of this invention can reduce losses (i.e. losses resulting from quantity and quality) due to postharvest diseases which may occur at any time from harvest to consumption. Treatment of postharvest diseases with compounds of the invention can increase the period of time during which perishable edible plant parts (e.g, fruits, seeds, foliage, stems, bulbs, tubers) can be stored refrigerated or un-refrigerated after harvest, and remain edible and free from noticeable or harmful degradation or contamination by fungi or other microorganisms. Treatment of edible plant parts before or after harvest with compounds of the invention can also decrease the formation of toxic metabolites of fungi or other microorganisms, for example, mycotoxins such as aflatoxins. Plant disease control is ordinarily accomplished by applying an effective amount of a compound of this invention either pre- or post-infection, to the portion of the plant to be protected such as the roots, stems, foliage, fruits, seeds, tubers or bulbs, or to the media (soil or sand) in which the plants to be protected are growing. The compounds can also be applied to seeds to protect the seeds and seedlings developing from the seeds. The compounds can also be applied through irrigation water to treat plants. Control of postharvest pathogens which infect the produce before harvest is typically accomplished by field application of a compound of this invention, and in cases where infection occurs after harvest the compounds can be applied to the harvested crop as dips, sprays, fumigants, treated wraps and box liners.
Rates of application for these compounds (i.e. a fungicidally effective amount) can be influenced by factors such as the plant diseases to be controlled, the plant species to be protected, ambient moisture and temperature and should be determined under actual use conditions. One skilled in the art can easily determine through simple experimentation the fungicidally effective amount necessary for the desired level of plant disease control. Foliage can normally be protected when treated at a rate of from less than about 1 g/ha to about 5,000 g/ha of active ingredient. Seed and seedlings can normally be protected when seed is treated at a rate of from about 0.1 to about 10 g per kilogram of seed.
Compounds of this invention can also be mixed with one or more other biologically active compounds or agents including fungicides, insecticides, nematocides, bactericides, acaricides, herbicides, herbicide safeners, growth regulators such as insect molting inhibitors and rooting stimulants, chemosterilants, semiochemicals, repellents, attractants, pheromones, feeding stimulants, plant nutrients, other biologically active compounds or entomopathogenic bacteria, virus or fungi to form a multi-component pesticide giving an even broader spectrum of agricultural protection. Thus the present invention also pertains to a composition comprising a compound of Formula 1 (in a fungicidally effective amount) and at least one additional biologically active compound or agent (in a biologically effective amount) and can further comprise at least one of a surfactant, a solid diluent or a liquid diluent. The other biologically active compounds or agents can be formulated in compositions comprising at least one of a surfactant, solid or liquid diluent. For mixtures of the present invention, one or more other biologically active compounds or agents can be formulated together with a compound of Formula 1, to form a premix, or one or more other biologically active compounds or agents can be formulated separately from the compound of Formula 1, and the formulations combined together before application (e.g., in a spray tank) or, alternatively, applied in succession.
Of note is a composition which in addition to the compound of Formula 1 include at least one fungicidal compound selected from the group consisting of the classes (1) methyl benzimidazole carbamate (MBC) fungicides; (2) dicarboximide fungicides; (3) demethylation inhibitor (DMI) fungicides; (4) phenylamide fungicides; (5) amine/morpholine fungicides; (6) phospholipid biosynthesis inhibitor fungicides; (7) carboxamide fungicides; (8) hydroxy(2-amino-)pyrimidine fungicides; (9) anilinopyrimidine fungicides; (10) N-phenyl carbamate fungicides; (11) quinone outside inhibitor (Qol) fungicides; (12) phenylpyrrole fungicides; (13) quinoline fungicides; (14) lipid peroxidation inhibitor fungicides; (15) melanin biosynthesis inhibitors-reductase (MBI-R) fungicides; (16) melanin biosynthesis inhibitors-dehydratase (MBI-D) fungicides; (17) hydroxyanilide fungicides; (18) squalene-epoxidase inhibitor fungicides; (19) polyoxin fungicides; (20) phenylurea fungicides; (21) quinone inside inhibitor (Qil) fungicides; (22) benzamide fungicides; (23) enopyranuronic acid antibiotic fungicides; (24) hexopyranosyl antibiotic fungicides; (25) glucopyranosyl antibiotic: protein synthesis fungicides; (26) glucopyranosyl antibiotic: trehalase and inositol biosynthesis fungicides; (27) cyanoacetamideoxime fungicides; (28) carbamate fungicides; (29) oxidative phosphorylation uncoupling fungicides; (30) organo tin fungicides; (31) carboxylic acid fungicides; (32) heteroaromatic fungicides; (33) phosphonate fungicides; (34) phthalamic acid fungicides; (35) benzotriazine fungicides; (36) benzene-sulfonamide fungicides; (37) pyridazinone fungicides; (38) thiophene-carboxamide fungicides; (39) pyrimidinamide fungicides; (40) carboxylic acid amide (CAA) fungicides; (41) tetracycline antibiotic fungicides; (42) thiocarbamate fungicides; (43) benzamide fungicides; (44) host plant defense induction fungicides; (45) multi-site contact activity fungicides; (46) fungicides other than classes (1) through (45); and salts of compounds of classes (1) through (46).
Further descriptions of these classes of fungicidal compounds are provided below. (1) "Methyl benzimidazole carbamate (MBC) fungicides" (Fungicide Resistance Action Committee (FRAC) code 1) inhibit mitosis by binding to β-tubulin during microtubule assembly. Inhibition of microtubule assembly can disrupt cell division, transport within the cell and cell structure. Methyl benzimidazole carbamate fungicides include benzimidazoles and thiophanates. The benzimidazoles include benomyl, carbendazim, fuberidazole and thiabendazole. The thiophanates include thiophanate and thiophanate-methy 1.
(2) "Dicarboximide fungicides" (Fungicide Resistance Action Committee (FRAC) code 2) are proposed to inhibit a lipid peroxidation in fungi through interference with NADH cytochrome c reductase. Examples include chlozolinate, iprodione, procymidone and vinclozolin.
(3) "Demethylation inhibitor (DMI) fungicides" (Fungicide Resistance Action Committee (FRAC) code 3) inhibit C14-demethylase, which plays a role in sterol production. Sterols, such as ergosterol, are needed for membrane structure and function, making them essential for the development of functional cell walls. Therefore, exposure to these fungicides results in abnormal growth and eventually death of sensitive fungi. Demethylation fungicides include piperazines, pyridines, pyrimidines, imidazoles and triazoles. The piperazines include triforine. The pyridines include buthiobate and pyrifenox. The pyrimidines include fenarimol, nuarimol and triarimol. The imidazoles include clotrimazole, imazalil, oxpoconazole, prochloraz, pefurazoate and triflumizole. The triazoles include azaconazole, bitertanol, bromuconazole, cyproconazole, difenoconazole, diniconazole (including diniconazole-M), epoxiconazole, etaconazole, fenbuconazole, fluquinconazole, flusilazole, flutriafol, hexaconazole, imibenconazole, ipconazole, metconazole, myclobutanil, penconazole, propiconazole, prothioconazole, quinconazole, simeconazole, tebuconazole, tetraconazole, triadimefon, triadimenol, triticonazole, uniconazole, 1 -[[(25',3i?)-3-(2-chlorophenyl)-2-(2,4-difluorophenyl)-2-oxiranyl]methyl]- 1H- 1,2,4-triazole, 2-[[(25',3i?)-3-(2-chlorophenyl)-2-(2,4-difluorophenyl)-2-oxiranyl]methyl]- l,2-dihydro-3H-l,2,4-triazole-3-thione and l-[[(2S,3R)-3-(2-chlorophenyl)-2-(2,4- difluorophenyl)-2-oxiranyl]methyl]-5-(2-propen-l-ylthio)-lH-l,2,4-triazole. The imidazoles include clotrimazole, imazalil, oxpoconazole, prochloraz, pefurazoate and triflumizole. Biochemical investigations have shown that all of the above mentioned fungicides are DMI fungicides as described by K. Η. Kuck et al. in Modern Selective Fungicides - Properties, Applications and Mechanisms of Action, Η. Lyr (Ed.), Gustav Fischer Verlag: New York, 1995, 205-258.
(4) "Phenylamide fungicides" (Fungicide Resistance Action Committee (FRAC) code 4) are specific inhibitors of RNA polymerase in Oomycete fungi. Sensitive fungi exposed to these fungicides show a reduced capacity to incorporate uridine into rRNA. Growth and development in sensitive fungi is prevented by exposure to this class of fungicide. Phenylamide fungicides include acylalanines, oxazolidinones and butyrolactones. The acylalanines include benalaxyl, benalaxyl-M, furalaxyl, metalaxyl and metalaxyl- M/mefenoxam. The oxazolidinones include oxadixyl. The butyrolactones include ofurace.
(5) "Amine/morpholine fungicides" (Fungicide Resistance Action Committee (FRAC) code 5) inhibit two target sites within the sterol biosynthetic pathway, Δ8→ Δ7 isomerase and Δ14 reductase. Sterols, such as ergosterol, are needed for membrane structure and function, making them essential for the development of functional cell walls. Therefore, exposure to these fungicides results in abnormal growth and eventually death of sensitive fungi. Amine/morpholine fungicides (also known as non-DMI sterol biosynthesis inhibitors) include morpholines, piperidines and spiroketal-amines. The morpholines include aldimorph, dodemorph, fenpropimorph, tridemorph and trimorphamide. The piperidines include fenpropidin and piperalin. The spiroketal-amines include spiroxamine.
(6) "Phospholipid biosynthesis inhibitor fungicides" (Fungicide Resistance Action
Committee (FRAC) code 6) inhibit growth of fungi by affecting phospholipid biosynthesis. Phospholipid biosynthesis fungicides include phophorothiolates and dithiolanes. The phosphorothiolates include edifenphos, iprobenfos and pyrazophos. The dithiolanes include isoprothiolane.
(7) "Carboxamide fungicides" (Fungicide Resistance Action Committee (FRAC) code 7) inhibit Complex II (succinate dehydrogenase) fungal respiration by disrupting a key enzyme in the Krebs Cycle (TCA cycle) named succinate dehydrogenase. Inhibiting respiration prevents the fungus from making ATP, and thus inhibits growth and reproduction. Carboxamide fungicides include phenyl benzamides, pyridinyl ethyl benzamides, furan carboxamides, oxathiin carboxamides, thiazole carboxamides, pyrazole carboxamides and pyridine carboxamides. The phenyl benzamides include benodanil, flutolanil and mepronil. The pyridinyl ethyl benzamides include fluopyram. The furan carboxamides include fenfuram. The oxathiin carboxamides include carboxin and oxycarboxin. The thiazole carboxamides include thifluzamide. The pyrazole carboxamides include furametpyr, penthiopyrad, bixafen, isopyrazam, benzovindiflupyr, N-[2-(lS,2R)- [1,1 '-bicyclopropyl]-2-ylphenyl]-3-(difluoromethyl)- 1 -methyl- lH-pyrazole-4-carboxamide, penflufen, (N-[2-(l ,3-dimethylbutyl)phenyl]-5-fluoro- 1 ,3-dimethyl- lH-pyrazole-4- carboxamide), N-[2-(2,4-dichlorophenyl)-2-methoxy-l-methylethyl]-3-(difluoromethyl)-l- methyl- lH-pyrazole-4-carboxamide and N-cyclopropyl-3 -(difluoromethyl)-5 -fluoro- 1 - methyl-N-[[2-(l-methylethyl)phenyl]methyl]-lH-pyrazole-4-carboxamide. The pyridine carboxamides include boscalid.
(8) "Hydroxy(2-amino-)pyrimidine fungicides" (Fungicide Resistance Action
Committee (FRAC) code 8) inhibit nucleic acid synthesis by interfering with adenosine deaminase. Examples include bupirimate, dimethirimol and ethirimol.
(9) "Anilinopyrimidine fungicides" (Fungicide Resistance Action Committee (FRAC) code 9) are proposed to inhibit biosynthesis of the amino acid methionine and to disrupt the secretion of hydrolytic enzymes that lyse plant cells during infection. Examples include cyprodinil, mepanipyrim and pyrimethanil.
(10) "N-Phenyl carbamate fungicides" (Fungicide Resistance Action Committee (FRAC) code 10) inhibit mitosis by binding to β-tubulin and disrupting microtubule assembly. Inhibition of microtubule assembly can disrupt cell division, transport within the cell and cell structure. Examples include diethofencarb.
(11) "Quinone outside inhibitor (Qol) fungicides" (Fungicide Resistance Action Committee (FRAC) code 11) inhibit Complex III mitochondrial respiration in fungi by affecting ubiquinol oxidase. Oxidation of ubiquinol is blocked at the "quinone outside" (Q0) site of the cytochrome bc\ complex, which is located in the inner mitochondrial membrane of fungi. Inhibiting mitochondrial respiration prevents normal fungal growth and development. Quinone outside inhibitor fungicides (also known as strobilurin fungicides) include methoxyacrylates, methoxycarbamates, oximinoacetates, oximinoacetamides, oxazolidinediones, dihydrodioxazines, imidazolinones and benzylcarbamates. The methoxyacrylates include azoxystrobin, coumoxystrobin, enestroburin, flufenoxystrobin, picoxystrobin and pyraoxystrobin. The methoxycarbamates include pyraclostrobin, pyrametostrobin and triclopyricarb. The oximinoacetates include kresoxim-methyl and trifloxystrobin. The oximinoacetamides include dimoxystrobin, metominostrobin, orysastrobin, a-[methoxyimino]-N-methyl-2-[[[ 1 -[3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]ethoxy]imino]- methyljbenzeneacetamide and 2-[[[3-(2,6-dichlorophenyl)- 1 -methyl-2-propen- 1 -ylidene]- amino]oxy]methyl]-a-(methoxyimino)-N-methylbenzeneacetamide. The oxazolidinediones include famoxadone. The dihydrodioxazines include fluoxastrobin. The imidazolinones include fenamidone. The benzylcarbamates include pyribencarb. Class (11) also includes 2- [(2,5-dimethylphenoxy)methyl]-a-methoxy-N-benzeneacetamide.
(12) "Phenylpyrrole fungicides" (Fungicide Resistance Action Committee (FRAC) code 12) inhibit a MAP protein kinase associated with osmotic signal transduction in fungi. Fenpiclonil and fludioxonil are examples of this fungicide class.
(13) "Azanaphthalene fungicides" (Fungicide Resistance Action Committee (FRAC) code 13) are proposed to inhibit signal transduction by affecting G-proteins in early cell signaling. They have been shown to interfere with germination and/or appressorium formation in fungi that cause powder mildew diseases. Azanaphthalene fungicides include aryloxyquinolines and quinazolinone. The aryloxyquinolines include quinoxyfen and tebufloquin. The quinazolinones include proquinazid.
(14) "Lipid peroxidation inhibitor fungicides" (Fungicide Resistance Action
Committee (FRAC) code 14) are proposed to inhibit lipid peroxidation which affects membrane synthesis in fungi. Members of this class, such as etridiazole, may also affect other biological processes such as respiration and melanin biosynthesis. Lipid peroxidation fungicides include aromatic carbons and 1,2,4-thiadiazoles. The aromatic carbon fungicides include biphenyl, chloroneb, dicloran, quintozene, tecnazene and tolclofos-methyl. The 1,2,4-thiadiazole fungicides include etridiazole.
(15) "Melanin biosynthesis inhibitors-reductase (MBI-R) fungicides" (Fungicide Resistance Action Committee (FRAC) code 16.1) inhibit the naphthal reduction step in melanin biosynthesis. Melanin is required for host plant infection by some fungi. Melanin biosynthesis inhibitors-reductase fungicides include isobenzofuranones, pyrroloquinolinones and triazolobenzothiazoles. The isobenzofuranones include fthalide. The pyrroloquinolinones include pyroquilon. The triazolobenzothiazoles include tricyclazole.
(16) "Melanin biosynthesis inhibitors-dehydratase (MBI-D) fungicides" (Fungicide Resistance Action Committee (FRAC) code 16.2) inhibit scytalone dehydratase in melanin biosynthesis. Melanin in required for host plant infection by some fungi. Melanin biosynthesis inhibitors-dehydratase fungicides include cyclopropanecarboxamides, carboxamides and propionamides. The cyclopropanecarboxamides include carpropamid. The carboxamides include diclocymet. The propionamides include fenoxanil. (17) "Hydroxy anilide fungicides (Fungicide Resistance Action Committee (FRAC) code 17) inhibit C4-demethylase which plays a role in sterol production. Examples include fenhexamid.
(18) "Squalene-epoxidase inhibitor fungicides" (Fungicide Resistance Action Committee (FRAC) code 18) inhibit squalene-epoxidase in ergosterol biosynthesis pathway.
Sterols such as ergosterol are needed for membrane structure and function, making them essential for the development of functional cell walls. Therefore exposure to these fungicides results in abnormal growth and eventually death of sensitive fungi. Squalene- epoxidase inhibitor fungicides include thiocarbamates and allylaminess. The thiocarbamates include pyributicarb. The allylamines include naftifine and terbinafme.
(19) "Polyoxin fungicides" (Fungicide Resistance Action Committee (FRAC) code 19) inhibit chitin synthase. Examples include polyoxin.
(20) "Phenylurea fungicides" (Fungicide Resistance Action Committee (FRAC) code 20) are proposed to affect cell division. Examples include pencycuron.
(21) "Quinone inside inhibitor (Qil) fungicides" (Fungicide Resistance Action
Committee (FRAC) code 21) inhibit Complex III mitochondrial respiration in fungi by affecting ubiquinol reductase. Reduction of ubiquinol is blocked at the "quinone inside" (Qi) site of the cytochrome bc\ complex, which is located in the inner mitochondrial membrane of fungi. Inhibiting mitochondrial respiration prevents normal fungal growth and development. Quinone inside inhibitor fungicides include cyanoimidazoles and sulfamoyltriazoles. The cyanoimidazoles include cyazofamid. The sulfamoyltriazoles include amisulbrom.
(22) "Benzamide fungicides" (Fungicide Resistance Action Committee (FRAC) code 22) inhibit mitosis by binding to β-tubulin and disrupting microtubule assembly. Inhibition of microtubule assembly can disrupt cell division, transport within the cell and cell structure. Examples include zoxamide.
(23) "Enopyranuronic acid antibiotic fungicides" (Fungicide Resistance Action Committee (FRAC) code 23) inhibit growth of fungi by affecting protein biosynthesis. Examples include blasticidin-S.
(24) "Hexopyranosyl antibiotic fungicides" (Fungicide Resistance Action Committee
(FRAC) code 24) inhibit growth of fungi by affecting protein biosynthesis. Examples include kasugamycin.
(25) "Glucopyranosyl antibiotic: protein synthesis fungicides" (Fungicide Resistance Action Committee (FRAC) code 25) inhibit growth of fungi by affecting protein biosynthesis. Examples include streptomycin.
(26) "Glucopyranosyl antibiotic: trehalase and inositol biosynthesis fungicides" (Fungicide Resistance Action Committee (FRAC) code 26) inhibit trehalase in inositol biosynthesis pathway. Examples include validamycin. (27) "Cyanoacetamideoxime fungicides (Fungicide Resistance Action Committee (FRAC) code 27) include cymoxanil.
(28) "Carbamate fungicides" (Fungicide Resistance Action Committee (FRAC) code 28) are considered multi-site inhibitors of fungal growth. They are proposed to interfere with the synthesis of fatty acids in cell membranes, which then disrupts cell membrane permeability. Propamacarb, propamacarb-hydrochloride, iodocarb, and prothiocarb are examples of this fungicide class.
(29) "Oxidative phosphorylation uncoupling fungicides" (Fungicide Resistance Action Committee (FRAC) code 29) inhibit fungal respiration by uncoupling oxidative phosphorylation. Inhibiting respiration prevents normal fungal growth and development. This class includes 2,6-dinitroanilines such as fluazinam, pyrimidonehydrazones such as ferimzone and dinitrophenyl crotonates such as dinocap, meptyldinocap and binapacryl.
(30) "Organo tin fungicides" (Fungicide Resistance Action Committee (FRAC) code 30) inhibit adenosine triphosphate (ATP) synthase in oxidative phosphorylation pathway. Examples include fentin acetate, fentin chloride and fentin hydroxide.
(31) "Carboxylic acid fungicides" (Fungicide Resistance Action Committee (FRAC) code 31) inhibit growth of fungi by affecting deoxyribonucleic acid (DNA) topoisomerase type II (gyrase). Examples include oxolinic acid.
(32) "Heteroaromatic fungicides" (Fungicide Resistance Action Committee (FRAC) code 32) are proposed to affect DNA/ribonucleic acid (RNA) synthesis. Heteroaromatic fungicides include isoxazoles and isothiazolones. The isoxazoles include hymexazole and the isothiazolones include octhilinone.
(33) "Phosphonate fungicides" (Fungicide Resistance Action Committee (FRAC) code 33) include phosphorous acid and its various salts, including fosetyl-aluminum.
(34) "Phthalamic acid fungicides" (Fungicide Resistance Action Committee (FRAC) code 34) include teclofthalam.
(35) "Benzotriazine fungicides" (Fungicide Resistance Action Committee (FRAC) code 35) include triazoxide.
(36) "Benzene-sulfonamide fungicides" (Fungicide Resistance Action Committee (FRAC) code 36) include flusulfamide.
(37) "Pyridazinone fungicides" (Fungicide Resistance Action Committee (FRAC) code 37) include diclomezine.
(38) "Thiophene-carboxamide fungicides" (Fungicide Resistance Action Committee (FRAC) code 38) are proposed to affect ATP production. Examples include silthiofam.
(39) "Pyrimidinamide fungicides" (Fungicide Resistance Action Committee (FRAC) code 39) inhibit growth of fungi by affecting phospholipid biosynthesis and include diflumetorim. (40) "Carboxylic acid amide (CAA) fungicides" (Fungicide Resistance Action Committee (FRAC) code 40) are proposed to inhibit phospholipid biosynthesis and cell wall deposition. Inhibition of these processes prevents growth and leads to death of the target fungus. Carboxylic acid amide fungicides include cinnamic acid amides, valinamide carbamates, carbamates and mandelic acid amides. The cinnamic acid amides include dimethomorph and flumorph. The valinamide carbamates include benthiavalicarb, benthiavalicarb-isopropyl, iprovalicarb, valifenalate and valiphenal. The carbamates include tolprocarb. The mandelic acid amides include mandipropamid, N-[2-[4-[[3-(4- chlorophenyl)-2-propyn-l-yl]oxy]-3-methoxyphenyl]ethyl]-3-methyl-2-[(methylsulfonyl)- amino Jbutanamide and N-[2-[4-[[3-(4-chlorophenyl)-2-propyn-l-yl]oxy]-3-methoxyphenyl]- ethyl] -3 -methyl-2- [(ethylsulfonyl)amino]butanamide.
(41) "Tetracycline antibiotic fungicides" (Fungicide Resistance Action Committee (FRAC) code 41) inhibit growth of fungi by affecting complex 1 nicotinamide adenine dinucleotide (NADH) oxidoreductase. Examples include oxytetracycline.
(42) "Thiocarbamate fungicides" (Fungicide Resistance Action Committee (FRAC) code 42) include methasulfocarb.
(43) "Benzamide fungicides" (Fungicide Resistance Action Committee (FRAC) code 43) inhibit growth of fungi by derealization of spectrin-like proteins. Examples include acylpicolide fungicides such as fluopicolide.
(44) "Host plant defense induction fungicides" (Fungicide Resistance Action
Committee (FRAC) code P) induce host plant defense mechanisms. Host plant defense induction fungicides include benzothiadiazoles, benzisothiazoles and thiadiazolecarboxamides. The benzothiadiazoles include acibenzolar-S-methyl. The benzisothiazoles include probenazole. The thiadiazolecarboxamides include tiadinil and isotianil.
(45) "Multi-site contact fungicides" inhibit fungal growth through multiple sites of action and have contact/preventive activity. This class of fungicides includes: (45.1) "copper fungicides" (Fungicide Resistance Action Committee (FRAC) code Ml)", (45.2) "sulfur fungicides" (Fungicide Resistance Action Committee (FRAC) code M2), (45.3) "dithiocarbamate fungicides" (Fungicide Resistance Action Committee (FRAC) code M3), (45.4) "phthalimide fungicides" (Fungicide Resistance Action Committee (FRAC) code M4), (45.5) "chloronitrile fungicides" (Fungicide Resistance Action Committee (FRAC) code M5), (45.6) "sulfamide fungicides" (Fungicide Resistance Action Committee (FRAC) code M6), (45.7) "guanidine fungicides" (Fungicide Resistance Action Committee (FRAC) code M7), (45.8) "triazine fungicides" (Fungicide Resistance Action Committee (FRAC) code M8) and (45.9) "quinone fungicides" (Fungicide Resistance Action Committee (FRAC) code M9). "Copper fungicides" are inorganic compounds containing copper, typically in the copper(II) oxidation state; examples include copper oxychloride, copper sulfate and copper hydroxide, including compositions such as Bordeaux mixture (tribasic copper sulfate). "Sulfur fungicides" are inorganic chemicals containing rings or chains of sulfur atoms; examples include elemental sulfur. "Dithiocarbamate fungicides" contain a dithiocarbamate molecular moiety; examples include mancozeb, metiram, propineb, ferbam, maneb, thiram, zineb and ziram. "Phthalimide fungicides" contain a phthalimide molecular moiety; examples include folpet, captan and captafol. "Chloronitrile fungicides" contain an aromatic ring substituted with chloro and cyano; examples include chlorothalonil. "Sulfamide fungicides" include dichlofluanid and tolyfluanid. "Guanidine fungicides" include dodine, guazatine, iminoctadine albesilate and iminoctadine triacetate. "Triazine fungicides" include anilazine. "Quinone fungicides" include dithianon.
(46) "Fungicides other than fungicides of classes (1) through (45)" include certain fungicides whose mode of action may be unknown. These include: (46.1) "thiazole carboxamide fungicides" (Fungicide Resistance Action Committee (FRAC) code U5), (46.2) "phenylacetamide fungicides" (Fungicide Resistance Action Committee (FRAC) code U6), (46.3) "arylphenylketone fungicides" (Fungicide Resistance Action Committee (FRAC) code U8) and (46.4) "triazolopyrimidine fungicides". The thiazole carboxamides include ethaboxam. The phenylacetamides include cyflufenamid and N-[[(cyclopropylmethoxy)- amino][6-(difluoromethoxy)-2,3-difluorophenyl]-methylene]benzeneacetamide. The arylphenylketones include benzophenones such as metrafenone and benzoylpyridines such as pyriofenone. The triazolopyrimidines include ametoctradin. Class (46) (i.e. "Fungicides other than classes (1) through (45)") also includes bethoxazin, fluxapyroxad, neo-asozin (ferric methanearsonate), pyrrolnitrin, quinomethionate, tebufloquin, isofetamid, N-[2-[4-[[3- (4-chlorophenyl)-2-propyn- 1 -yl]oxy] -3 -methoxyphenyl] ethyl] -3 -methyl-2- [(methylsulfonyl)amino]butanamide, N-[2-[4-[[3-(4-chlorophenyl)-2-propyn-l-yl]oxy]-3- methoxyphenyl] ethyl]-3 -methyl-2- [(ethylsulfonyl)amino]butanamide, 2- [ [2-fluoro-5 -
(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]thio]-2-[3-(2-methoxyphenyl)-2-thiazolidinylidene]acetonitrile, 3- [5-(4-chlorophenyl)-2,3-dimethyl-3-isoxazolidinyl]pyridine, 4-fluorophenyl N-[ 1 -[[[1 -(4- cyanophenyl)ethyl]sulfonyl]methyl]propyl] carbamate, 5-chloro-6-(2,4,6-trifluorophenyl)-7- (4-methylpiperidin- 1 -yl)[ 1 ,2,4]triazolo[ 1 ,5-a]pyrimidine, N-(4-chloro-2-nitrophenyl)-N- ethyl-4-methylbenzenesulfonamide, N-[[(cyclopropylmethoxy)amino] [6-(difluoromethoxy)- 2,3-difluorophenyl]methylene]benzeneacetamide, N'-[4-[4-chloro-3-(trifluoromethyl)- phenoxy]-2,5-dimethylphenyl]-N-ethyl-N-methylmethanimidamide, l-[(2-propenylthio)- carbonyl]-2-(l-methylethyl)-4-(2-methylphenyl)-5-amino-lH-pyrazol-3-one, N"-[4-[[3-[(4- chlorophenyl)methyl]-l,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl]oxy]-2,5-dimethylphenyl]-N-ethyl-N-methyl- methanimidamide, 1,1-dimethylethyl N-[6-[[[[(l-methyl-lH-tetrazol-5-yl)phenylmethylene]- amino]oxy]methyl]-2-pyridinyl]carbamate, 3-butyn- 1 -yl N-[6-[[[[(l -methyl- lH-tetrazol-5- yl)phenylmethylene]amino]oxy]methyl]-2-pyridinyl]carbamate, 2,6-dimethyl-lH,5H- [l,4]dithiino[2,3-c:5,6-c']dipyrrole-l,3,5,7(2H,6H)-tetrone, 5-fluoro-2-[(4-methylphenyl)- methoxy]-4-pyrimidinamine, 5-fluoro-2-[(4-fluorophenyl)methoxy]-4-pyrimidinamine, a-[3- (4-chloro-2-fluorophenyl)-5-(2,4-difluorophenyl)isoxazol-4-yl]pyrid-3-ylmethanol, (a5)-[3- (4-chloro-2-fluorophenyl)-5-(2,4-difluorophenyl)isoxazol-4-yl]pyrid-3-ylmethanol and (ai?)- [3-(4-chloro-2-fluorophenyl)-5-(2,4-difluorophenyl)isoxazol-4-yl]pyrid-3-ylmethanol.
Therefore of note is a mixture (i.e. composition) comprising a compound of Formula 1 and at least one fungicidal compound selected from the group consisting of the aforedescribed classes (1) through (46). Also of note is a composition comprising said mixture (in fungicidally effective amount) and further comprising at least one additional component selected from the group consisting of surfactants, solid diluents and liquid diluents. Of particular note is a mixture (i.e. composition) comprising a compound of Formula 1 and at least one fungicidal compound selected from the group of specific compounds listed above in connection with classes (1) through (46). Also of particular note is a composition comprising said mixture (in fungicidally effective amount) and further comprising at least one additional surfactant selected from the group consisting of surfactants, solid diluents and liquid diluents.
Examples of other biologically active compounds or agents with which compounds of this invention can be formulated are: insecticides such as abamectin, acephate, acetamiprid, acrinathrin, amidoflumet (S-1955), avermectin, azadirachtin, azinphos-methyl, bifenthrin, bifenazate, buprofezin, carbofuran, cartap, chlorantraniliprole, chlorfenapyr, chlorfluazuron, chlorpyrifos, chlorpyrifos-methyl, chromafenozide, clothianidin, cyantraniliprole (3-bromo- l-(3-chloro-2-pyridinyl)-N-[4-cyano-2-methyl-6-[(methylamino)carbonyl]phenyl]-lH- pyrazole-5-carboxamide), cyflumetofen, cyfluthrin, beta-cyfluthrin, cyhalothrin, lambda- cyhalothrin, cypermethrin, cyromazine, deltamethrin, diafenthiuron, diazinon, dieldrin, diflubenzuron, dimefluthrin, dimethoate, dinotefuran, diofenolan, emamectin, endosulfan, esfenvalerate, ethiprole, fenothiocarb, fenoxycarb, fenpropathrin, fenvalerate, fipronil, flonicamid, flubendiamide, flucythrinate, tau-fluvalinate, flufenerim (UR-50701), flufenoxuron, fonophos, halofenozide, hexaflumuron, hydramethylnon, imidacloprid, indoxacarb, isofenphos, lufenuron, malathion, meperfluthrin, metaflumizone, metaldehyde, methamidophos, methidathion, methomyl, methoprene, methoxychlor, methoxyfenozide, metofluthrin, milbemycin oxime, monocrotophos, nicotine, nitenpyram, nithiazine, novaluron, noviflumuron (XDE-007), oxamyl, parathion, parathion-methyl, permethrin, phorate, phosalone, phosmet, phosphamidon, pirimicarb, profenofos, profluthrin, pymetrozine, pyrafluprole, pyrethrin, pyridalyl, pyrifluquinazon, pyriprole, pyriproxyfen, rotenone, ryanodine, spinetoram, spinosad, spirodiclofen, spiromesifen (BSN 2060), spirotetramat, sulfoxaflor, sulprofos, tebufenozide, teflubenzuron, tefluthrin, terbufos, tetrachlorvinphos, tetramethylfluthrin, thiacloprid, thiamethoxam, thiodicarb, thiosultap- sodium, tolfenpyrad, tralomethrin, triazamate, trichlorfon and triflumuron; and biological agents including entomopathogenic bacteria, such as Bacillus thuringiensis subsp. aizawai, Bacillus thuringiensis subsp. kurstaki, and the encapsulated delta-endotoxins of Bacillus thuringiensis (e.g., Cellcap, MPV, MPVII); entomopathogenic fungi, such as green muscardine fungus; and entomopathogenic virus including baculovirus, nucleopolyhedro virus (NPV) such as HzNPV, AfNPV; and granulosis virus (GV) such as CpGV.
Compounds of this invention and compositions thereof can be applied to plants genetically transformed to express proteins toxic to invertebrate pests (such as Bacillus thuringiensis delta-endotoxins). The effect of the exogenously applied fungicidal compounds of this invention may be synergistic with the expressed toxin proteins.
General references for agricultural protectants (i.e. insecticides, fungicides, nematocides, acaricides, herbicides and biological agents) include The Pesticide Manual, 13th Edition, C. D. S. Tomlin, Ed., British Crop Protection Council, Farnham, Surrey, U.K., 2003 and The BioPesticide Manual, 2nd Edition, L. G. Copping, Ed., British Crop Protection Council, Farnham, Surrey, U.K., 2001.
For embodiments where one or more of these various mixing partners are used, the weight ratio of these various mixing partners (in total) to the compound of Formula 1 is typically between about 1 :3000 and about 3000: 1. Of note are weight ratios between about 1 :300 and about 300: 1 (for example ratios between about 1 :30 and about 30: 1). One skilled in the art can easily determine through simple experimentation the biologically effective amounts of active ingredients necessary for the desired spectrum of biological activity. It will be evident that including these additional components may expand the spectrum of diseases controlled beyond the spectrum controlled by the compound of Formula 1 alone.
In certain instances, combinations of a compound of this invention with other biologically active (particularly fungicidal) compounds or agents (i.e. active ingredients) can result in a greater-than-additive (i.e. synergistic) effect. Reducing the quantity of active ingredients released in the environment while ensuring effective pest control is always desirable. When synergism of fungicidal active ingredients occurs at application rates giving agronomically satisfactory levels of fungal control, such combinations can be advantageous for reducing crop production cost and decreasing environmental load.
Of note is a combination of a compound of Formula 1 with at least one other fungicidal active ingredient. Of particular note is such a combination where the other fungicidal active ingredient has different site of action from the compound of Formula 1. In certain instances, a combination with at least one other fungicidal active ingredient having a similar spectrum of control but a different site of action will be particularly advantageous for resistance management. Thus, a composition of the present invention can further comprise a biologically effective amount of at least one additional fungicidal active ingredient having a similar spectrum of control but a different site of action.
Of particular note are compositions which in addition to a compound of Formula 1 include at least one compound selected from the group consisting of (1) alkylenebis(dithiocarbamate) fungicides; (2) cymoxanil; (3) phenylamide fungicides; (4) proquinazid (6-iodo-3-propyl-2-propyloxy-4(3H)-quinazolinone); (5) chlorothalonil; (6) carboxamides acting at complex II of the fungal mitochondrial respiratory electron transfer site; (7) quinoxyfen; (8) metrafenone; (9) cyflufenamid; (10) cyprodinil; (11) copper compounds; (12) phthalimide fungicides; (13) fosetyl-aluminum; (14) benzimidazole fungicides; (15) cyazofamid; (16) fluazinam; (17) iprovalicarb; (18) propamocarb; (19) validomycin; (20) dichlorophenyl dicarboximide fungicides; (21) zoxamide; (22) fluopicolide; (23) mandipropamid; (24) carboxylic acid amides acting on phospholipid biosynthesis and cell wall deposition; (25) dimethomorph; (26) non-DMI sterol biosynthesis inhibitors; (27) inhibitors of demethylase in sterol biosynthesis; (28) bc\ complex fungicides; and salts of compounds of (1) through (28).
Further descriptions of classes of fungicidal compounds are provided below.
Sterol biosynthesis inhibitors (group (27)) control fungi by inhibiting enzymes in the sterol biosynthesis pathway. Demethylase-inhibiting fungicides have a common site of action within the fungal sterol biosynthesis pathway, involving inhibition of demethylation at position 14 of lanosterol or 24-methylene dihydrolanosterol, which are precursors to sterols in fungi. Compounds acting at this site are often referred to as demethylase inhibitors, DMI fungicides, or DMIs. The demethylase enzyme is sometimes referred to by other names in the biochemical literature, including cytochrome P-450 (14DM). The demethylase enzyme is described in, for example, J. Biol. Chem. 1992, 267, 13175-79 and references cited therein. DMI fungicides are divided between several chemical classes: azoles (including triazoles and imidazoles), pyrimidines, piperazines and pyridines. The triazoles include azaconazole, bromuconazole, cyproconazole, difenoconazole, diniconazole (including diniconazole-M), epoxiconazole, etaconazole, fenbuconazole, fluquinconazole, flusilazole, flutriafol, hexaconazole, imibenconazole, ipconazole, metconazole, myclobutanil, penconazole, propiconazole, prothioconazole, quinconazole, simeconazole, tebuconazole, tetraconazole, triadimefon, triadimenol, triticonazole and uniconazole. The imidazoles include clotrimazole, econazole, imazalil, isoconazole, miconazole, oxpoconazole, prochloraz and triflumizole. The pyrimidines include fenarimol, nuarimol and triarimol. The piperazines include triforine. The pyridines include buthiobate and pyrifenox. Biochemical investigations have shown that all of the above mentioned fungicides are DMI fungicides as described by K. Η. Kuck et al. in Modern Selective Fungicides - Properties, Applications and Mechanisms of Action, Η. Lyr (Ed.), Gustav Fischer Verlag: New York, 1995, 205-258.
bc\ Complex Fungicides (group 28) have a fungicidal mode of action which inhibits the be i complex in the mitochondrial respiration chain. The bc\ complex is sometimes referred to by other names in the biochemical literature, including complex III of the electron transfer chain, and ubihydroquinone: cytochrome c oxidoreductase. This complex is uniquely identified by Enzyme Commission number EC 1.10.2.2. The bc\ complex is described in, for example, J. Biol. Chem. 1989, 264, 14543-48; Methods Enzymol. 1986, 126, 253-71; and references cited therein. Strobilurin fungicides such as azoxystrobin, dimoxystrobin, enestroburin (SYP-Z071), fluoxastrobin, kresoxim-methyl, metominostrobin, orysastrobin, picoxystrobin, pyraclostrobin, pyrametostrobin, pyraoxystrobin and trifloxystrobin are known to have this mode of action (H. Sauter et al., Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. 1999, 38, 1328-1349). Other fungicidal compounds that inhibit the bc\ complex in the mitochondrial respiration chain include famoxadone and fenamidone.
Alkylenebis(dithiocarbamate)s (group (1)) include compounds such as mancozeb, maneb, propineb and zineb. Phenylamides (group (3)) include compounds such as metalaxyl, benalaxyl, furalaxyl and oxadixyl. Carboxamides (group (6)) include compounds such as boscalid, carboxin, fenfuram, flutolanil, furametpyr, mepronil, oxycarboxin, thifluzamide, penthiopyrad and N-[2-(l,3-dimethylbutyl)phenyl]-5-fluoro-l,3-dimethyl-lH- pyrazole-4-carboxamide (PCT Patent Publication WO 2003/010149), and are known to inhibit mitochondrial function by disrupting complex II (succinate dehydrogenase) in the respiratory electron transport chain. Copper compounds (group (11)) include compounds such as copper oxychloride, copper sulfate and copper hydroxide, including compositions such as Bordeaux mixture (tribasic copper sulfate). Phthalimides (group (12)) include compounds such as folpet and captan. Benzimidazole fungicides (group (14)) include benomyl and carbendazim. Dichlorophenyl dicarboximide fungicides (group (20)) include chlozolinate, dichlozoline, iprodione, isovaledione, myclozolin, procymidone and vinclozolin.
Non-DMI sterol biosynthesis inhibitors (group (26)) include morpholine and piperidine fungicides. The morpho lines and piperidines are sterol biosynthesis inhibitors that have been shown to inhibit steps in the sterol biosynthesis pathway at a point later than the inhibitions achieved by the DMI sterol biosynthesis (group (27)). The morpho lines include aldimorph, dodemorph, fenpropimorph, tridemorph and trimorphamide. The piperidines include fenpropidin.
The control efficacy of compounds of this invention on specific pathogens is demonstrated in TABLE A below. The pathogen control protection afforded by the compounds is not limited, however, to the species described in Tests A-E below. Descriptions of the compounds are provided in Index Table A below. The following abbreviations are used in the index table: Me is methyl, NO2 is nitro and Ph is phenyl, "Cmpd. No." means compound number, and "Ex." stands for "Example" and is followed by a number indicating in which example the compound is prepared. In Index Table A the numerical value reported in the column "AP+ (M+l)", is the molecular weight of the observed molecular ion formed by addition of H+ (molecular weight of 1) to the molecule having the greatest isotopic abundance (i.e. M). The presence of molecular ions containing one or higher atomic weight isotopes of lower abundance (e.g., 7C1, 81Br) is not reported. The reported M+1 peaks were observed by mass spectrometry using atmospheric pressure chemical ionization (AP+).
Figure imgf000081_0001
Figure imgf000082_0001
Figure imgf000083_0001
Figure imgf000084_0001
AP+ (M+l)
Figure imgf000085_0001
Figure imgf000086_0001
Cmpd. No. Q1 m.p. (°C) AP+ (M+l)
35 2,6-di-Cl-4-Me-Ph 185-189
Figure imgf000087_0001
36 2,6-di-Cl-4-Me-Ph 170-175
Figure imgf000087_0002
Figure imgf000087_0003
* See synthesis example for iH NMR.
BIOLOGICAL EXAMPLES OF THE INVENTION
General protocol for preparing test suspensions for Tests A-E: the test compounds were first dissolved in acetone in an amount equal to 3% of the final volume and then suspended at the desired concentration (in ppm) in acetone and purified water (50/50 mix by volume) containing 250 ppm of the surfactant Trem® 014 (polyhydric alcohol esters). The resulting test suspensions were then used in Tests A-E. Spraying a 200 ppm test suspension to the point of run-off on the test plants was the equivalent of a rate of 800 g/ha.
TEST A
The test suspension was sprayed to the point of run-off on wheat seedlings. The following day the seedlings were inoculated with a spore suspension of Puccinia recondita f. sp. tritici (the causal agent of wheat leaf rust) and incubated in a saturated atmosphere at 20 °C for 24 h, and then moved to a growth chamber at 20 °C for 7 days, after which time visual disease ratings were made.
TEST B
The test suspension was sprayed to the point of run-off on wheat seedlings. The following day the seedlings were inoculated with a spore suspension of Septoria tritici (the causal agent of wheat leaf blotch) and incubated in a saturated atmosphere at 24 °C for 48 h, and then moved to a growth chamber at 20 °C for 19 days, after which time visual disease ratings were made.
TEST C
The test suspension was sprayed to the point of run-off on tomato seedlings. The following day the seedlings were inoculated with a spore suspension of Botrytis cinerea (the causal agent of tomato Botrytis) and incubated in a saturated atmosphere at 20 °C for 48 h, and then moved to a growth chamber at 24 °C for 3 days, after which time visual disease ratings were made.
TEST D
The test suspension was sprayed to the point of run-off on wheat seedlings. The following day the seedlings were inoculated with a spore dust of Blumeria graminis f. sp. tritici, (also known as Erysiphe graminis f. sp. tritici, the causal agent of wheat powdery mildew) and incubated in a growth chamber at 20 °C for 8 days, after which time visual disease ratings were made.
TEST E
The test suspension was sprayed to the point of run-off on wheat seedlings. The following day the seedlings were inoculated with a spore suspension of Septoria nodorum (the causal agent of Septoria glume blotch) and incubated in a saturated atmosphere at 24 °C for 48 h, and then moved to a growth chamber at 20 °C for 9 days, after which time visual disease ratings were made.
Results for Tests A-E are given in Table A. In the Table, a rating of 100 indicates 100% disease control and a rating of 0 indicates no disease control (relative to the controls). A dash (-) indicates no test results. An asterisk "*" next to the rating value indicates a 40 ppm test suspension was used.
Table A
Cmpd. No Test A Test B Test C Test D Test E
1 28 100 44 89 0
2 100 97 100 100 100
3 99 99 100 100 98
4 19 96 91 100 0 Cmpd. No Test A Test B Test C Test D Test E
5 0 98 0 96 0
6 23 0 0 0 0
7 99 100 100 98 78
8 99 100 100 94 97
9 99 100 100 94 100
10 99 100 100 96 99
11 99 100 100 98 98
12 94 100 100 98 100
13 22 96 0 0 0
14 92 96 48 99 0
15 55 91 40 0 0
16 100 69 0 79 100
17 55 - 30 0 0
18 89 - 42 96 94
19 98 94 98 99 89
20 32 - 52 86 0
21 99 - 95 99 73
22 0 - 0 0 0
23 0* 88* 99* 96* 0*
24 100 99 100 97 99
25 99 100 100 21 0
26 22 16 0 0 0
27 99 98 50 99 64
28 - - - - -
29 - - - - -
30 - - - - -
31 - - - - -
32 - - - - -
33 - - - - -
34 - - - - -
35 - - - - -
36 - - - - -
37 - - - - -
38

Claims

CLAIMS What is claimed is:
1. A compound selected from Formula 1 N-oxides and salts thereof,
Figure imgf000090_0001
1
wherein
Q1 is a phenyl ring or a naphthalenyl ring system, each ring or ring system optionally substituted with up to 5 substituents independently selected from R3a and R3b; or a 5- to 6-membered fully unsaturated heterocyclic ring or an 8- to 10-membered heteroaromatic bicyclic ring system, each ring or ring system containing ring members selected from carbon atoms and 1 to 4 heteroatoms independently selected from up to 2 O, up to 2 S and up to 4 N atoms, wherein up to 3 carbon ring members are independently selected from C(=0) and C(=S), and the sulfur atom ring members are independently selected from S(=0)u(=NR27)v, each ring or ring system optionally substituted with up to 5 substituents independently selected from R3a and R3^ on carbon atom ring members and selected from cyano, Ci-C3 alkyl, C2-C3 alkenyl, C2-C3 alkynyl, C3-C6 cycloalkyl, C2-C3 alkoxyalkyl, C^-C3 alkoxy, C2-C3 alkylcarbonyl, C2-C3 alkoxycarbonyl, C2-C3 alkylaminoalkyl and C3-C4 dialkylaminoalkyl on nitrogen atom ring members; Q2 is a phenyl ring or a naphthalenyl ring system, each ring or ring system optionally substituted with up to 5 substituents independently selected from R3a and R3b; or a 5- to 6-membered fully unsaturated heterocyclic ring or an 8- to 10-membered heteroaromatic bicyclic ring system, each ring or ring system containing ring members selected from carbon atoms and 1 to 4 heteroatoms independently selected from up to 2 O, up to 2 S and up to 4 N atoms, wherein up to 3 carbon ring members are independently selected from C(=0) and C(=S), and the sulfur atom ring members are independently selected from S(=0)u(=NR27)v, each ring or ring system optionally substituted with up to 5 substituents independently selected from R3a and R3^ on carbon atom ring members and selected from cyano, C1-C3 alkyl, C2-C3 alkenyl, C2-C3 alkynyl, C3-C6 cycloalkyl, C2-C3 alkoxyalkyl, C^-C3 alkoxy, C2-C3 alkylcarbonyl, C2-C3 alkoxycarbonyl, C2-C3 alkylaminoalkyl and C3-C4 dialkylaminoalkyl on nitrogen atom ring members; X is O, S(=0)m, NR4 or CR5aOR5b; R1 is H, cyano, halogen, C^-Cg alkyl, C^-Cg haloalkyl, C2-Cg alkenyl, C2-Cg alkynyl, C3-C6 cycloalkyl, C2-C6 alkoxyalkyl, C^-C^ alkoxy, C^-C^ haloalkoxy, C(=0)OR6 or C(=0)NR7R8;
Rl a is H; or
Rl a and R1 are taken together with the carbon atom to which they are attached to form a cyclopropyl ring optionally substituted with up to 2 substituents independently selected from halogen and methyl;
R2 is H, cyano, halogen, C1-C3 alkyl, C2-C3 alkenyl, C2-C3 alkynyl, C1-C3 haloalkyl, C2-C3 haloalkenyl, C2-C3 cyanoalkyl, C1-C3 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C3 alkoxy or C1-C3 alkylthio; or cyclopropyl optionally substituted with up to 2 substituents independently selected from halogen and methyl;
each R3a is independently cyano, halogen, hydroxy, nitro, Ci -C4 alkyl, Ci -C4
haloalkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl, C2-C4 alkynyl, C3-C4 cycloalkyl, C3-C7
halocycloalkyl, C4-C6 cycloalkylalkyl, C4-C6 alkylcycloalkyl, C1-C3 alkylthio, C1-C3 haloalkylthio, C1-C3 alkylsulfinyl, C1-C3 haloalkylsulfinyl, C1-C3 alkylsulfonyl, C1-C3 haloalkylsulfonyl, C1-C3 alkoxy, C1-C3 haloalkoxy, C3-C7 cycloalkoxy, C 1 -C2 alkylsulfonyloxy, C1 -C2 haloalkylsulfonyloxy, C2-C3 alkylcarbonyloxy, C2-C3 alkylcarbonyl, amino, methylamino, C2-C4
dialkylamino, C2-C3 alkylcarbonylamino, -CH(=0), -NHCH(=0), -SF5, -SC≡N, -C(=S)NR9aR9b or -U-V-T;
each R3b is independently C5-C8 alkyl, C5-C8 haloalkyl, C5-C8 alkenyl, C5-C8
alkynyl, C2-Cg haloalkenyl, C2-Cg haloalkynyl, Ci -Cg nitroalkyl, C2-Cg nitroalkenyl, C5-Cg cycloalkyl, C7-Cg alkylcycloalkyl, C7-Cg cycloalkylalkyl, C5-C12 cycloalkylalkenyl, C5-C12 cycloalkylalkynyl, Cg-C^
cycloalkylcycloalkyl, C4-Cg alkylthio, C4-Cg haloalkythio, C4-Cg alkylsulfinyl, C4-Cg haloalkylsulfinyl, C4-Cg alkylsulfonyl, C4-Cg haloalkylsulfonyl, C4-Cg alkoxy, C5-Cg haloalkoxy, C2-Cg alkenyloxy, C2-Cg haloalkenyloxy, C3-Cg alkynyloxy, C3-Cg haloalkynyloxy, C2-Cg cyanoalkoxy, Cg-C^ cycloalkoxy, C3-C12 halocycloalkoxy, C4-C12 cycloalkylalkoxy, C5-C12
cycloalkylalkenyloxy, C5-C12 cycloalkylalkynyloxy, C3-Cg alkylsulfonyloxy, C3-Cg haloalkylsulfonyloxy, C4-Cg alkylcarbonyloxy, C4-Cg alkylcarbonyl, C2-Cg alkylamino, C4-Cg alkylcarbonylamino, C3-C12 trialkylsilyl, C4-C12 trialkylsilylalkyl, C4-C12 trialkylsilylalkoxy, -C(=NR9a)NR9aOR9a,
-CR10a=NOR10b, -CR10c= NR9aR9b, -NR9aN=CRl l aRl lb or -ON=CRl l aRl lb; or
each R3b is independently -A(CR12aR12b)nW;
each A is independently O or a direct bond; each W is independently a 3- to 7-membered heterocyclic ring containing ring members selected from carbon atoms and 1 to 4 heteroatoms independently selected from up to 2 O, up to 2 S and up to 4 N atoms, wherein up to 3 carbon atom ring members are independently selected from C(=0) and C(=S), the ring optionally substituted with up to 3 substituents independently selected from R13 on carbon atom ring members and R14 on nitrogen atom ring members;
R4 is H, amino, C2-Cg alkenyl, C3-C6 alkynyl, C3-C6 cycloalkyl, -CH(=0),
-S(=0)2OM, -S(=0)mR15, -(C=Z)R16 or OR17; or CrC6 alkyl or CrC6 haloalkyl, each optionally substituted with up to 2 substituents independently selected from R18;
R5a is H or CrC6 alkyl;
R5b is H, -CH(=0), CrC6 alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C3-C6 alkynyl, CrC6 haloalkyl,
C3-C6 cycloalkyl, C3-C6 halocycloalkyl, C2-Cg alkoxyalkyl, C2-C6 cyanoalkyl, C2-C6 alkylcarbonyl, C2-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, C2-C£ (alkylthio)carbonyl, C4-C8 cycloalkylcarbonyl, Cz Cg cycloalkoxycarbonyl, C4-C8
(cycloalkylthio)carbonyl, C2-C6 alkoxy(thiocarbonyl) or C4-C8
cycloalkoxy(thiocarbonyl);
R6 is H, CrC6 alkyl or CrC6 haloalkyl;
R7 and R8 are each independently H, C^-Cg alkyl, C^-Cg haloalkyl, C3-C6 cycloalkyl, C4-C8 cycloalkylalkyl or C4-C8 alkylcycloalkyl; or
R7 and R8 are taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached to form a 4- to 7-membered nonaromatic heterocyclic ring containing ring members, in addition to the connecting nitrogen atom, selected from carbon atoms and up to 1 ring member selected from O, S(=0)m and NR19;
each R9a and R9b is independently H or C γ - C4 alkyl;
each R10a is independently H, -C3 alkyl or C1-C3 haloalkyl;
each R10b and R10c is independently H, CrC3 alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl, C2-C4 alkynyl, C1-C3 haloalkyl, C2-C4 haloalkenyl, C3-C4 cycloalkyl, C4-C8 cycloalkylalkyl or C3-C4 halocycloalkyl;
each Rl la and Rl lb is independently H, CrC3 alkyl or CrC3 haloalkyl;
each R12a is independently H, halogen, cyano or Ci -C4 alkyl;
each R12b is independently H or Ci -C4 alkyl;
each R13 is independently halogen, cyano, Ci -C2 alkyl, Ci -C2 haloalkyl, Ci -C2 alkoxy or C 1 -C2 haloalkoxy;
each R14 is independently cyano, Ci -C2 alkyl or Ci -C2 alkoxy;
R15 is CrC6 alkyl or CrC6 haloalkyl;
R16 is Ci -Cg alkyl, C2-C6 alkoxyalkyl, C2-C6 alkylaminoalkyl, C3-C6
dialkylaminoalkyl, Ci -Cg alkoxy, Ci -Cg alkylthio or C2-Cg alkylthioalkyl; R17 is H, -CH(=0), C3-C6 cycloalkyl, -S(=0)2OM or -(C=Z)R20; or CrC6 alkyl or Cj-Cg haloalkyl, each optionally substituted with up to 2 substituents independently selected from R21;
each R18 and R21 is independently cyano, C3-C6 cycloalkyl, C^-Cg alkoxy, C^-Cg haloalkoxy, C^-Cg alkylthio, C^-Cg alkylsulfinyl or C^-Cg alkylsulfonyl;
R19 is H, CrC3 alkyl or C2-C3 haloalkyl;
R20 is C^-Cg alkyl, C2-C6 alkoxyalkyl, C2-C6 alkylaminoalkyl, C3-C6
dialkylaminoalkyl, C^-C^ alkoxy, C^-C^ alkylthio or C2-C6 alkylthioalkyl; each U is independently O, S(=0)m, NR22 or a direct bond;
each V is independently C^-Cg alkylene, C2-Cg alkenylene, C3-C6 alkynylene, C3-C6 cycloalkylene or C3-C6 cycloalkenylene, wherein up to 3 carbon atoms are C(=0), each optionally substituted with up to 5 substituents independently selected from halogen, cyano, nitro, hydroxy, C^-Cg alkyl, C^-Cg haloalkyl, C^-Cg alkoxy and C^-C^ haloalkoxy;
each T is independently cyano, NR23aR23b, OR24 or S(=0)mR25;
each R22 is independently H, C^-Cg alkyl, C^-Cg haloalkyl, C2-Cg alkylcarbonyl,
C2-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, C2-Cg (alkylthio)carbonyl, C2-Cg alkoxy(thiocarbonyl), C4-C8 cycloalkylcarbonyl, C4-C8 cycloalkoxycarbonyl, C4-C8
(cycloalkylthio)carbonyl or C4-C8 cycloalkoxy(thiocarbonyl);
each R23a and R23b is independently H, CrC6 alkyl, CrC6 haloalkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl,
C3-C6 alkynyl, C3-C6 cycloalkyl, C3-C6 halocycloalkyl, C2-Cg alkylcarbonyl, C2-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, C2-Cg (alkylthio)carbonyl, C2-Cg alkoxy(thiocarbonyl), C4-C8 cycloalkylcarbonyl, C4-C8 cycloalkoxycarbonyl, C4-C8
(cycloalkylthio)carbonyl or C4-C8 cycloalkoxy(thiocarbonyl); or
a pair of R23a and R23b attached to the same nitrogen atom are taken together with the nitrogen atom to form a 3- to 6-membered heterocyclic ring, the ring optionally substituted with up to 5 substituents independently selected from R26;
each R24 and R25 is independently H, C^-Cg alkyl, C^-Cg haloalkyl, C2-Cg alkenyl, C3-C6 alkynyl, C3-C6 cycloalkyl, C3-C6 halocycloalkyl, C2-Cg alkylcarbonyl, C2-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, C2-Cg (alkylthio)carbonyl, C4-C8 cycloalkylcarbonyl,
C4-C8 cycloalkoxycarbonyl, C4-C8 (cycloalkylthio)carbonyl, C2-Cg
alkoxy(thiocarbonyl) or C4-C8 cycloalkoxy(thiocarbonyl);
each R26 is independently halogen, C^-Cg alkyl, C^-Cg haloalkyl or C^-Cg alkoxy; each R27 is independently H, cyano, C1-C3 alkyl or C1-C3 haloalkyl;
Z is O or S;
M is K, Na or Li;
each m is independently 0, 1 or 2;
each n is independently 0, 1, 2 or 3; and each u and v are independently 0, 1 or 2 in each instance of S(=0)u(=NR27)v;
provided that:
(a) the sum of u and v is 0, 1 or 2;
(b) when Q1 and Q2 are each an optionally substituted phenyl ring, an optionally
substituted naphthalenyl ring system, an optionally substituted 5- to 6-membered fully unsaturated heterocyclic ring or an optionally substituted 8- to 10-membered heteroaromatic bicyclic ring system, then at least one of Q1 or Q2 is substituted with at least one R b substituent; and
(c) when n is 1, 2, or 3, then W is linked through a carbon atom to the remainder of
Formula 1.
2. A compound of Claim 1 wherein:
Q1 is a phenyl, pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl or pyridazinyl ring, each ring
optionally substituted with up to 3 substituents independently selected from R3a and R3b;
Q2 is a phenyl, pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl or pyridazinyl ring, each ring
optionally substituted with up to 3 substituents independently selected from R3a and R3b;
X is O, S, NR4 or CR5aOR5b;
R1 is H, cyano, halogen, C1-C3 alkyl, C1-C3 haloalkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl, C2-C4 alkynyl, cyclopropyl, C2-C4 alkoxyalkyl, C1-C3 alkoxy, C1-C3 haloalkoxy, C(=0)OR6 or C(=0)NR7R8;
Rla is H;
R2 is Br, Cl, I or CrC2 alkyl;
each R a is independently cyano, halogen, -C4 alkyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C2-C4
alkenyl, C3-C4 cycloalkyl, C4-C6 cycloalkylalkyl, C4-C6 alkylcycloalkyl, C1-C3 alkylthio, C1-C3 alkylsulfinyl, C1-C3 alkylsulfonyl, C1-C3 alkoxy, C1-C3 haloalkoxy, C3-C7 cycloalkoxy, C1-C2 alkylsulfonyloxy, C2-C3
alkylcarbonyloxy, C2-C3 alkylcarbonyl, amino, methylamino, C2-C4 dialkylamino, C2-C4 alkylcarbonylamino, -CH(=0), -NHCH(=0), -SF5, -SC≡N, -C(=S)NR9aR9b or -U-V-T;
each R b is independently C2-C4 haloalkenyl, C5-C8 cycloalkylalkenyl, C5-C8
cycloalkylalkynyl, C4-C6 alkoxy, C2-Cg alkenyloxy, C2-Cg haloalkenyloxy, C3-C6 alkynyloxy, C3-C6 haloalkynyloxy, C4-C8 cycloalkylalkoxy, C3-C6 alkylsulfonyloxy, C3-C6 haloalkylsulfonyloxy, C3-C9 trialkylsilyl, C4-C9 trialkylsilylalkyl, C4-C9 trialkylsilylalkoxy, -C(=NR9a)NR9aOR9a, -CR10a=NOR10b, -CR10c= NR9aR9b or -ON=CRl laRl lb; or
-A(CR12aR12b)nW; each W is independently a 3- to 6-membered heterocyclic ring containing ring members selected from carbon atoms and 1 to 3 heteroatoms independently selected from up to 2 O, up to 2 S and up to 3 N atoms, the ring optionally substituted with up to 3 substituents independently selected from R13 on carbon atom ring members and R1 on nitrogen atom ring members;
R4 is H, cyclopropyl, -CH(=0), -S(=0)2OM, -S(=0)mR15, -(C=Z)R16, OR17, CrC3 alkyl or C}-C3 haloalkyl;
R5a is H or methyl;
R5b is H, -CH(=0), CrC3 alkyl, CrC2 haloalkyl, C2-C3 alkoxyalkyl, C2-C4
cyanoalkyl, C2-C4 alkylcarbonyl or C2-C4 alkoxycarbonyl;
R6 is H or methyl;
R7 is H or CrC6 alkyl;
R8 is H, -Q alkyl, CrC6 haloalkyl or C4-C8 alkylcycloalkyl;
each R10a is independently H, methyl or halomethyl;
each R10b and R10c is independently H, CrC3 alkyl, CrC3 haloalkyl, C3-C4
cycloalkyl or C3-C4 halocycloalkyl;
each R12a is independently H, cyano or methyl;
each R12b is independently H or methyl;
each R13 is independently halogen, methyl, halomethyl or methoxy;
each R14 is independently methyl or methoxy;
R15 is methyl or halomethyl;
R16 is methyl, ethyl, methoxy, ethoxy, methylthio or ethylthio;
R17 is H, -CH(=0), cyclopropyl, -S(=0)2OM or -(C=Z)R20; or CrC3 alkyl or CrC3 haloalkyl, each optionally substituted with up to 2 substituents independently selected from R21;
R20 is methyl, methoxy or methylthio;
each U is independently O or NR22;
each V is independently C2-C4 alkylene;
each T is independently NR23aR23b or OR24;
each R23a and R23b is independently H, C^-Cg alkyl or C^-Cg haloalkyl;
each R24 is independently H, C^-C^ alkyl or C^-C^ haloalkyl; and
Z is O.
3. A compound of Claim 2 wherein
Q1 is a phenyl ring optionally substituted with up to 3 substituents independently selected from R3a and from R3b;
Q2 is a phenyl ring optionally substituted with up to 3 substituents independently selected from R3a and R3b;
X is O, NR4 or CHOR5b; R1 is H, cyano, halogen, C1-C3 alkyl, C1-C3 haloalkyl, C2-C4 alkoxyalkyl, C1-C3 alkoxy or C1-C3 haloalkoxy;
each R3a is independently cyano, halogen, methyl, halomethyl, cyclopropyl,
methylthio, methoxy, methylsulfonyloxy, methylcarbonyloxy, methylcarbonyl, -C(=S)NR9aR9b or -U-V-T;
each R b is independently C2-C4 haloalkenyl, C5-C8 cycloalkylalkenyl, C5-C8
cycloalkylalkynyl, C4-C6 alkoxy, C2-Cg alkenyloxy, C2-Cg haloalkenyloxy, C3-C6 alkynyloxy, C3-C6 haloalkynyloxy, C4-C8 cycloalkylalkoxy,
-C(=NR9a)NR9aOR9a, -CR10a=NOR10b, -CR10c= NR9aR9b or
-ON=CRl laRl lb; or -A(CR12aR12b)nW
each W is independently selected from W-1 through E-52 wherein the bond shown projecting to the left is bonded to the remainder of the Formula 1; R1 a is selected from H and R14; and each x is independently 0, 1 or 2;
R4 is H, -CH(=0) or methoxy;
R5b is H, -CH(=0), methyl, halomethyl, cyanomethyl, methylcarbonyl or
methoxycarbonyl;
each R12a is independently H or methyl; and
each U is independently O or NH.
4. A compound of Claim 3 wherein
X is NR4 or CHOR5b;
R1 is H, halogen or C1-C3 alkyl;
R2 is Br, CI or methyl;
each R3a is independently cyano, halogen or methoxy;
each R3b is independently C2-Cg alkenyloxy, C2-Cg haloalkenyloxy, C3-C6
alkynyloxy, C3-C6 haloalkynyloxy, C4-C8 cycloalkylalkoxy,
-C(=NR9a)NR9aOR9a, -CR10a=NOR10b or -CR10c= NR9aR9b; or
-A(CR12aR12b)nW
R4 is H;
R5a is H;
R5b is H;
each R10a is H;
each R10b and R10c is independently H, methyl, halomethyl or cyclopropyl;
each R12a is H; and
each R12b is H.
5. A compound of Claim 4 wherein
Q1 is a phenyl ring optionally substituted with up to 2 substituents independently selected from R a and substituted with 1 substituent selected from R b; Q2 is a phenyl ring substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from
R3a;
R1 is H;
R2 is methyl; and
each R3a is independently cyano, Br, CI, F or methoxy.
6. A compound of Claim 4 wherein
Q1 is a phenyl ring substituted with at least 1 substituent selected from R3a attached at the 2-position;
Q2 is a phenyl ring substituted with at least 1 substituent selected from R3a attached at the 2-position; and
each R3a is independently Br, CI or F.
7. A compound of Claim 1 which is selected from the group:
4-[2,6-difluoro-4-(2-propyn- 1 -yloxy)phenyl]- 1 ,3-dimethyl-N-(2,4,6-trifluorophenyl)- lH-pyrazol-5-amine,
4-[2,6-difluoro-4-(2-propen- 1 -yloxy)phenyl]- 1 ,3-dimethyl-N-(2,4,6-trifluorophenyl)- lH-pyrazol-5-amine,
4-[4-[[3-chloro-2-propen-l-yl]oxy]-2,6-difluorophenyl]-l,3-dimethyl-N-(2,4,6- trifluorophenyl)-lH-prazol-5-amine,
4-[2,6-difluoro-4-(2-oxiranylmethoxy)phenyl]-l,3-dimethyl-N-(2,4,6-trifluorophenyl)- lH-pyrazol-5-amine,
4-[2,6-difluoro-4-[(3-methyl-3-oxetanyl)methoxy]phenyl]-l,3-dimethyl-N-(2,4,6- trifluorophenyl)-lH-pyrazol-5-amine,
4-[4-(l,3-dioxolan-2-ylmethoxy)-2,6-difluorophenyl]-l,3-dimethyl-N-(2,4,6- trifluorophenyl)-lH-pyrazol-5-amine,
4-[2,6-difluoro-4-[(tetrahydro-2-furanyl)methoxy]phenyl]-l,3-dimethyl-N-(2,4,6- trifluorophenyl)-lH-pyrazol-5-amine,
4-[2,6-difluoro-4-[3-(2 -methyl- 1 ,3-dioxolan-2-yl)propoxy]phenyl]- 1 ,3-dimethyl-N-
(2,4,6-trifluorophenyl)-lH-pyrazol-5-amine,
4-[l,3-dimethyl-5-[(2,4,6-trifluorophenyl)amino]-lH-pyrazol-4-yl]-3,5- difluorobenzaldehyde 2,2-dimethylhydrazone,
4-[2,6-difiuoro-4-(lH-l ,2,4-triazol-l -yl)phenyl]-l ,3-dimethyl-N-(2,4,6- trifluorophenyl)-lH-pyrazol-5-amine, and
4-[2,6-difiuoro-4-(lH-pyrazol-yl)phenyl]-l,3-dimethyl-N-(2,4,6-trifluorophenyl)-lH- pyrazol-5-amine.
8. A compound of Claim 1 wherein
Q1 is a phenyl ring substituted at the 2-position with a substituent selected from R a and at the 4-position with a substituent selected from R3^; or a phenyl ring substituted at the 2- and 6-positions with substituents independently selected from R3a and at the 4-position with a substituent selected from R3b;
Q2 is a phenyl ring substituted at the 2- and 6-positions with substituents
independently selected from R3a; or a phenyl ring substituted at the 2-, 4- and 6-positions with substituents independently selected from R a;
X is NR4;
R1 is H;
Rla is H;
R2 is methyl;
each R a is independently cyano, Br, CI or F;
each R b is independently C2-C4 haloalkenyl, C5-C8 cycloalkylalkenyl, C5-C8
cycloalkylalkynyl, C4-C6 alkoxy, C2-Cg alkenyloxy, C2-Cg haloalkenyloxy, C3-C6 alkynyloxy, C3-C6 haloalkynyloxy, C4-C8 cycloalkylalkoxy,
-C(=NR9a)NR9aOR9a, -CR10a=NOR10b, -CR10c=NNR9aR9b or
-ON=CR! laR! lb; or -A(CR12aR12b)nW;
each W is independently selected from W-1 through E-52 wherein the bond shown projecting to the left is bonded to the remainder of the Formula 1; R1 a is selected from H and R14; and each x is independently 0, 1 or 2;
R4 is H;
each R10a is independently H, methyl or halomethyl;
each R10b and R10c is independently H, CrC3 alkyl, CrC3 haloalkyl, C3-C4
cycloalkyl or C3-C4 halocycloalkyl;
each R12a is independently H, cyano or methyl;
each R12b is independently H or methyl;
each R13 is independently halogen, methyl, halomethyl or methoxy; and
each R14 is independently methyl or methoxy.
9. A compound of Claim 8 wherein
each R b is independently C2-Cg alkenyloxy, C2-Cg haloalkenyloxy, C3-C6
alkynyloxy, C3-C6 haloalkynyloxy, C4-C8 cycloalkylalkoxy, -CR10a=NOR10b or -CR10c=NNR9aR9b; or -A(CR12aR12b)nW;
each W is independently selected from W-1 through W-5, W-8, W-9 and W-12
through W-23;
each R9a and R9b is independently H or methyl
each R10a is independently H or methyl;
each R10b and R10c is independently H or methyl;
each R1 la and R1 lb is independently H or methyl;
each R12a is independently H;
each R12b is independently H; each R13 is independently halogen, methyl or halomethyl; and
each R14 is methyl.
10. A compound of Claim 1 wherein
Q1 is a phenyl ring substituted at the 2- and 6-positions with substituents
independently selected from R3a; or a phenyl ring substituted at the 2-, 4- and
6-positions with substituents independently selected from R3a;
Q2 is a phenyl ring substituted at the 2-position with a substituent selected from R3a and at the 4-position with a substituent selected from R3b; or a phenyl ring substituted at the 2- and 6-positions with substituents independently selected from R3a and at the 4-position with a substituent selected from R3b;
X is NR4;
R1 is H;
Rla is H;
R2 is methyl;
each R3a is independently cyano, Br, CI or F;
each R3b is independently C2-C4 haloalkenyl, C5-C8 cycloalkylalkenyl, C5-C8
cycloalkylalkynyl, Cz Cg alkoxy, C2-Cg alkenyloxy, C2-Cg haloalkenyloxy, C3-C6 alkynyloxy, C3-C6 haloalkynyloxy, Cz Cg cycloalkylalkoxy,
-C(=NR9a)NR9aOR9a, -CR10a=NOR10b, -CR10c=NNR9aR9b or
-ON=CR! laR! lb; or -A(CR12aR12b)nW;
each W is independently selected from W-1 through E-52 wherein the bond shown projecting to the left is bonded to the remainder of the Formula 1; R1 a is selected from H and R14; and each x is independently 0, 1 or 2;
R4 is H;
each R10a is independently H, methyl or halomethyl;
each R10b and R10c is independently H, CrC3 alkyl, CrC3 haloalkyl, C3-C4
cycloalkyl or C3-C4 halocycloalkyl;
each R12a is independently H, cyano or methyl;
each R12b is independently H or methyl;
each R13 is independently halogen, methyl, halomethyl or methoxy; and
each R14 is independently methyl or methoxy.
11. A compound of Claim 10 wherein
each R3b is independently C2-Cg alkenyloxy, C2-Cg haloalkenyloxy, C3-C6
alkynyloxy, C3-C6 haloalkynyloxy, C4-C8 cycloalkylalkoxy, -CR10a=NOR10b or -CR10c=NNR9aR9b; or -A(CR12aR12b)nW;
each W is independently selected from W-1 through W-5, W-8, W-9 and W-12
through W-23; each R9a and R9^ is independently H or methyl
each R10a is independently H or methyl;
each R10b and R10c is independently H or methyl;
each R1 la and R1 ^ is independently H or methyl;
each R12a is independently H;
each R12^ is independently H;
each R13 is independently halogen, methyl or halomethyl; and
each R14 is methyl.
12. A fungicidal composition comprising (a) a compound of Claim 1; and (b) at least one other fungicide.
13. A fungicidal composition comprising (a) a compound of Claim 1; and (b) at least one additional component selected from the group consisting of surfactants, solid diluents and liquid diluents.
14. A method for controlling plant diseases caused by fungal plant pathogens comprising applying to the plant or portion thereof, or to the plant seed, a fungicidally effective amount of a compound of Claim 1.
PCT/US2014/014833 2013-02-20 2014-02-05 Fungicidal pyrazoles WO2014130241A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
EP14705926.5A EP3010908A1 (en) 2013-02-20 2014-02-05 Fungicidal pyrazoles

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US201361766791P 2013-02-20 2013-02-20
US61/766,791 2013-02-20

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2014130241A1 true WO2014130241A1 (en) 2014-08-28

Family

ID=50151392

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2014/014833 WO2014130241A1 (en) 2013-02-20 2014-02-05 Fungicidal pyrazoles

Country Status (3)

Country Link
EP (1) EP3010908A1 (en)
AR (1) AR094840A1 (en)
WO (1) WO2014130241A1 (en)

Cited By (17)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US9107412B2 (en) 2010-09-01 2015-08-18 E I Du Pont De Nemours And Company Fungicidal pyrazoles and their mixtures
WO2016012424A1 (en) 2014-07-24 2016-01-28 Bayer Cropscience Aktiengesellschaft Fungicidal pyrazole derivatives
WO2018052838A1 (en) 2016-09-16 2018-03-22 E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company Fungicidal pyrazoles
US9932325B2 (en) 2016-06-16 2018-04-03 Denali Therapeutics Inc. Compounds, compositions, and methods
US11028080B2 (en) 2016-03-11 2021-06-08 Denali Therapeutics Inc. Substituted pyrimidines as LRKK2 inhibitors
US11066404B2 (en) 2018-10-11 2021-07-20 Incyte Corporation Dihydropyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidinone compounds as CDK2 inhibitors
US11214565B2 (en) 2015-11-20 2022-01-04 Denali Therapeutics Inc. Compound, compositions, and methods
US20220041565A1 (en) * 2018-09-18 2022-02-10 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Cyclopentyl acids as lpa antagonists
US11384083B2 (en) 2019-02-15 2022-07-12 Incyte Corporation Substituted spiro[cyclopropane-1,5′-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin]-6′(7′h)-ones as CDK2 inhibitors
US11427567B2 (en) 2019-08-14 2022-08-30 Incyte Corporation Imidazolyl pyrimidinylamine compounds as CDK2 inhibitors
US11440914B2 (en) 2019-05-01 2022-09-13 Incyte Corporation Tricyclic amine compounds as CDK2 inhibitors
US11447494B2 (en) 2019-05-01 2022-09-20 Incyte Corporation Tricyclic amine compounds as CDK2 inhibitors
US11472791B2 (en) 2019-03-05 2022-10-18 Incyte Corporation Pyrazolyl pyrimidinylamine compounds as CDK2 inhibitors
US11851426B2 (en) 2019-10-11 2023-12-26 Incyte Corporation Bicyclic amines as CDK2 inhibitors
US11919904B2 (en) 2019-03-29 2024-03-05 Incyte Corporation Sulfonylamide compounds as CDK2 inhibitors
US11976073B2 (en) 2021-12-10 2024-05-07 Incyte Corporation Bicyclic amines as CDK2 inhibitors
US11981671B2 (en) 2021-06-21 2024-05-14 Incyte Corporation Bicyclic pyrazolyl amines as CDK2 inhibitors

Citations (27)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US2891855A (en) 1954-08-16 1959-06-23 Geigy Ag J R Compositions and methods for influencing the growth of plants
US3060084A (en) 1961-06-09 1962-10-23 Du Pont Improved homogeneous, readily dispersed, pesticidal concentrate
US3235361A (en) 1962-10-29 1966-02-15 Du Pont Method for the control of undesirable vegetation
US3299566A (en) 1964-06-01 1967-01-24 Olin Mathieson Water soluble film containing agricultural chemicals
US3309192A (en) 1964-12-02 1967-03-14 Du Pont Method of controlling seedling weed grasses
US3920442A (en) 1972-09-18 1975-11-18 Du Pont Water-dispersible pesticide aggregates
US4144050A (en) 1969-02-05 1979-03-13 Hoechst Aktiengesellschaft Micro granules for pesticides and process for their manufacture
US4172714A (en) 1976-12-20 1979-10-30 E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company Dry compactible, swellable herbicidal compositions and pellets produced therefrom
GB2095558A (en) 1981-03-30 1982-10-06 Avon Packers Ltd Formulation of agricultural chemicals
DE3246493A1 (en) 1982-12-16 1984-06-20 Bayer Ag, 5090 Leverkusen METHOD FOR PRODUCING WATER-DISPERSIBLE GRANULES
WO1991013546A1 (en) 1990-03-12 1991-09-19 E.I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company Water-dispersible or water-soluble pesticide granules from heat-activated binders
US5180587A (en) 1988-06-28 1993-01-19 E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company Tablet formulations of pesticides
US5208030A (en) 1989-08-30 1993-05-04 Imperial Chemical Industries Plc Active ingredient dosage device
US5232701A (en) 1990-10-11 1993-08-03 Sumitomo Chemical Company, Limited Boron carbonate and solid acid pesticidal composition
CN1188764A (en) * 1997-01-23 1998-07-29 化学工业部沈阳化工研究院 Pyrazole compounds used as agricultrial germicide and insecticide and acaricide and its preparation
WO2003010149A1 (en) 2001-07-25 2003-02-06 Bayer Cropscience Ag Pyrazolylcarboxanilides as fungicides
WO2003024222A1 (en) 2001-09-21 2003-03-27 E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company Anthranilamide arthropodicide treatment
WO2005037758A1 (en) 2003-10-13 2005-04-28 Applied Research Systems Ars Holding N.V. Method for preparing para-phenyl alkynyl benzaldehydes
WO2005118575A1 (en) 2004-06-01 2005-12-15 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Non nucleoside reverse transcriptase inhibitors
WO2007149448A2 (en) 2006-06-21 2007-12-27 E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company Pyrazinones as cellular proliferation inhibitors
WO2009137538A2 (en) 2008-05-08 2009-11-12 E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company Fungicidal substituted azoles
WO2010020363A1 (en) 2008-08-21 2010-02-25 Bayer Schering Pharma Aktiengesellschaft Substituted 5-aminopyrazoles and use thereof
WO2010101973A1 (en) 2009-03-03 2010-09-10 E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company Fungicidal pyrazoles
WO2012023143A1 (en) 2010-08-19 2012-02-23 E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company Fungicidal pyrazoles
WO2012031061A2 (en) 2010-09-01 2012-03-08 E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company Fungicidal pyrazoles and their mixtures
WO2013116251A2 (en) * 2012-02-01 2013-08-08 E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company Fungicidal pyrazole mixtures
WO2013192126A1 (en) * 2012-06-22 2013-12-27 E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company Fungicidal 4-methylanilino pyrazoles

Patent Citations (28)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US2891855A (en) 1954-08-16 1959-06-23 Geigy Ag J R Compositions and methods for influencing the growth of plants
US3060084A (en) 1961-06-09 1962-10-23 Du Pont Improved homogeneous, readily dispersed, pesticidal concentrate
US3235361A (en) 1962-10-29 1966-02-15 Du Pont Method for the control of undesirable vegetation
US3299566A (en) 1964-06-01 1967-01-24 Olin Mathieson Water soluble film containing agricultural chemicals
US3309192A (en) 1964-12-02 1967-03-14 Du Pont Method of controlling seedling weed grasses
US4144050A (en) 1969-02-05 1979-03-13 Hoechst Aktiengesellschaft Micro granules for pesticides and process for their manufacture
US3920442A (en) 1972-09-18 1975-11-18 Du Pont Water-dispersible pesticide aggregates
US4172714A (en) 1976-12-20 1979-10-30 E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company Dry compactible, swellable herbicidal compositions and pellets produced therefrom
GB2095558A (en) 1981-03-30 1982-10-06 Avon Packers Ltd Formulation of agricultural chemicals
DE3246493A1 (en) 1982-12-16 1984-06-20 Bayer Ag, 5090 Leverkusen METHOD FOR PRODUCING WATER-DISPERSIBLE GRANULES
US5180587A (en) 1988-06-28 1993-01-19 E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company Tablet formulations of pesticides
US5208030A (en) 1989-08-30 1993-05-04 Imperial Chemical Industries Plc Active ingredient dosage device
WO1991013546A1 (en) 1990-03-12 1991-09-19 E.I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company Water-dispersible or water-soluble pesticide granules from heat-activated binders
US5232701A (en) 1990-10-11 1993-08-03 Sumitomo Chemical Company, Limited Boron carbonate and solid acid pesticidal composition
CN1188764A (en) * 1997-01-23 1998-07-29 化学工业部沈阳化工研究院 Pyrazole compounds used as agricultrial germicide and insecticide and acaricide and its preparation
WO2003010149A1 (en) 2001-07-25 2003-02-06 Bayer Cropscience Ag Pyrazolylcarboxanilides as fungicides
WO2003024222A1 (en) 2001-09-21 2003-03-27 E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company Anthranilamide arthropodicide treatment
WO2005037758A1 (en) 2003-10-13 2005-04-28 Applied Research Systems Ars Holding N.V. Method for preparing para-phenyl alkynyl benzaldehydes
WO2005118575A1 (en) 2004-06-01 2005-12-15 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Non nucleoside reverse transcriptase inhibitors
WO2007149448A2 (en) 2006-06-21 2007-12-27 E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company Pyrazinones as cellular proliferation inhibitors
WO2009137538A2 (en) 2008-05-08 2009-11-12 E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company Fungicidal substituted azoles
WO2009137651A2 (en) 2008-05-08 2009-11-12 E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company Fungicidal substituted azoles
WO2010020363A1 (en) 2008-08-21 2010-02-25 Bayer Schering Pharma Aktiengesellschaft Substituted 5-aminopyrazoles and use thereof
WO2010101973A1 (en) 2009-03-03 2010-09-10 E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company Fungicidal pyrazoles
WO2012023143A1 (en) 2010-08-19 2012-02-23 E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company Fungicidal pyrazoles
WO2012031061A2 (en) 2010-09-01 2012-03-08 E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company Fungicidal pyrazoles and their mixtures
WO2013116251A2 (en) * 2012-02-01 2013-08-08 E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company Fungicidal pyrazole mixtures
WO2013192126A1 (en) * 2012-06-22 2013-12-27 E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company Fungicidal 4-methylanilino pyrazoles

Non-Patent Citations (56)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
"Developments in formulation technology", 2000, PJB PUBLICATIONS
"Mccutcheon ',s Emulsifiers and Detergents", MCCUTCHEON'S DIVISION, THE MANUFACTURING CONFECTIONER PUBLISHING CO.
"McCutcheon's Volume 2: Functional Materials", vol. 2, MCCUTCHEON'S DIVISION, THE MANUFACTURING CONFECTIONER PUBLISHING CO.
"Perry's Chemical Engineer's Handbook", 1963, MCGRAW-HILL, pages: 8 - 57
"The BioPesticide Manual", 2001, BRITISH CROP PROTECTION COUNCIL
"The Pesticide Manual", 2003, BRITISH CROP PROTECTION COUNCIL
A. S. DAVIDSON; B. MILWIDSKY: "Synthetic Detergents", 1987, JOHN WILEY AND SONS
ARCHIVE.FOR ORGANIC CHEMISTRY, 2009, pages 126 - 142
ARCHIVES OF PHARMACAL RESEARCH, vol. 25, no. 6, 2002, pages 781 - 785
BIOOGANIC & MEDICINAL CHEMISTRY LETTERS, vol. 17, 2007, pages 1189 - 1192
BIOORGANIC & MEDICINAL CHEMISTRY, vol. 13, no. 6, 2005, pages 2097 - 2107
BRAND ET AL., J. AGRIC. FOOD CHEM., vol. 32, 1984, pages 221 - 226
BROWNING: "Chemical Engineering", 4 December 1967, article "Agglomeration", pages: 147 - 48
CANADA JOURNAL OF CHEMISTRY, vol. 64, 1986, pages 2211 - 2219
CHEMICAL & PHARMACEUTICAL BULLETIN, vol. 42, no. 8, 1994, pages 1617 - 1630
CHEMISTRY OF HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS, vol. 47, no. 8, 2011, pages 970 - 976
DATABASE CAPLUS [online] CHEMICAL ABSTRACTS SERVICE, COLUMBUS, OHIO, US; LIU, CHANGLIN ET AL: "Pyrazole derivatives used as agricultural fungicide , insecticide and acaricide and its synthesis", XP002721821, retrieved from STN Database accession no. 2000:178438 *
GREENE, T. W.; WUTS, P. G. M.: "Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis", 1991, WILEY
H. SAUTER ET AL., ANGEW. CHEM. INT. ED., vol. 38, 1999, pages 1328 - 1349
HANCE ET AL.: "Weed Control Handbook", 1989, BLACKWELL SCIENTIFIC PUBLICATIONS
HETEROCYCLES, vol. 44, 1997, pages 67 - 70
HETEROCYCLES, vol. 53, no. 12, 2000, pages 2775 - 2780
J HETEROCYCLIC CHEM., vol. 19, 1982, pages 1173 - 1177
J. AM. CHEM. SOC., vol. 128, 2006, pages 9998 - 9999
J. AM. CHEM. SOC., vol. 129, no. 1, 2007, pages 44 - 45
J. BIOL. CHEM., vol. 264, 1989, pages 14543 - 48
J. BIOL. CHEM., vol. 267, 1992, pages 13175 - 79
J. COMB. CHEM., vol. 5, 2003, pages 118 - 124
J. HETEROCYCL. CHEM., vol. 12, no. 1, 1975, pages 139
J. HETEROCYCLIC CHEM., vol. 24, 1987, pages 149 - 153
J. MARCH: "Advanced Organic Chemistry", MCGRAW-HILL, pages: 490
J. ORG. CHEM., vol. 75, 2010, pages 984 - 987
JOURNAL OF AGRICULTURAL AND FOOD CHEMISTRY, vol. 56, 2008, pages 10160 - 10167
JOURNAL OF HETEROCYCLIC CHEMISTRY, vol. 26, no. 4, 1989, pages 1147 - 1158
JOURNAL OF MEDICINAL CHEMISTRY, vol. 46, no. 16, 2003, pages 3463 - 3475
JUSTUS LIEBIGS ANNALEN DER CHEMIE, vol. 361, 1908, pages 251
K. H. KUCK ET AL.: "Modern Selective Fungicides - Properties, Applications and Mechanisms of Action", 1995, GUSTAV FISCHER VERLAG, pages: 205 - 258
KLINGMAN: "Weed Control as a Science", 1961, JOHN WILEY AND SONS, INC., pages: 81 - 96
MARSDEN: "Solvents Guide", 1950, INTERSCIENCE
MAYA ET AL., BIOORGANIC & MEDICINAL CHEMISTRY, vol. 13, no. 6, 2005, pages 2097 - 2107
METHODS ENZYMOL., vol. 126, 1986, pages 253 - 71
MIYAURA; BUCHWALD, CROSS COUPLING REACTIONS: A PRACTICAL GUIDE, 2002
ORGANIC & BIOMOLECULAR CHEMISTRY, vol. 9, no. 10, 2011, pages 3714 - 3725
ORGANIC LETT., vol. 11, 2009, pages 1659 - 1662
OUYANG ET AL., J. AGRIC. FOOD CHEM., vol. 56, 2008, pages 10160 - 10167
SISELY; WOOD: "Encyclopedia of' Surface Active Agents", 1964, CHEMICAL PUBL. CO., INC.
SYNLETT, 2004, pages 795 - 798
SYNTHETIC COMMUNICATIONS, vol. 37, 2007, pages 985 - 991
SYNTHETIC COMMUNICATIONS, vol. 38, no. 5, 2008, pages 674 - 683
T. S. WOODS: "Pesticide Chemistry and Bioscience, The Food-Environment Challenge", 1999, THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF CHEMISTRY, article "The Formulator's Toolbox - Product Forms for Modern Agriculture", pages: 120 - 133
TETRAHEDRON LETT., vol. 41, no. 24, 2000, pages 4713 - 4716
TONG ET AL., BIOORGANIC & MEDICINAL CHEMISTRY LETTERS, vol. 18, 2008, pages 5206 - 5208
TSUJI: "Palladium in Organic Synthesis", 2005, SPRINGER
TSUJI: "Transition Metal Reagents and Catalysts: Innovations in Organic Synthesis", 2002, JOHN WILEY AND SONS
WATKINS: "Handbook of Insecticide Dust Diluents and Carriers", DORLAND BOOKS
ZHURNAL ORGANICHESKOI KHIMII, vol. 19, 1983, pages 2164 - 2173

Cited By (25)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US9596853B2 (en) 2010-09-01 2017-03-21 E I Du Pont De Nemours And Company Fungicidal pyrazoles and their mixtures
US9107412B2 (en) 2010-09-01 2015-08-18 E I Du Pont De Nemours And Company Fungicidal pyrazoles and their mixtures
WO2016012424A1 (en) 2014-07-24 2016-01-28 Bayer Cropscience Aktiengesellschaft Fungicidal pyrazole derivatives
US10246420B2 (en) 2014-07-24 2019-04-02 Bayer Cropscience Aktiengesellschaft Pyrazole derivatives
US11214565B2 (en) 2015-11-20 2022-01-04 Denali Therapeutics Inc. Compound, compositions, and methods
US11028080B2 (en) 2016-03-11 2021-06-08 Denali Therapeutics Inc. Substituted pyrimidines as LRKK2 inhibitors
US11840529B2 (en) 2016-03-11 2023-12-12 Denali Therapeutics Inc. Substituted pyrimidines as LRKK2 inhibitors
US11834439B2 (en) 2016-06-16 2023-12-05 Denali Therapeutics Inc. Compounds, compositions, and methods
US11591316B2 (en) 2016-06-16 2023-02-28 Denali Therapeutics Inc. Compounds, compositions, and methods
US11111235B2 (en) 2016-06-16 2021-09-07 Denali Therapeutics Inc. Compounds, compositions, and methods
US10590114B2 (en) 2016-06-16 2020-03-17 Denali Therapautics Inc. Compounds, compositions, and methods
US9932325B2 (en) 2016-06-16 2018-04-03 Denali Therapeutics Inc. Compounds, compositions, and methods
WO2018052838A1 (en) 2016-09-16 2018-03-22 E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company Fungicidal pyrazoles
US20220041565A1 (en) * 2018-09-18 2022-02-10 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Cyclopentyl acids as lpa antagonists
US11866432B2 (en) 2018-10-11 2024-01-09 Incyte Corporation Dihydropyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidinone compounds as CDK2 inhibitors
US11066404B2 (en) 2018-10-11 2021-07-20 Incyte Corporation Dihydropyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidinone compounds as CDK2 inhibitors
US11384083B2 (en) 2019-02-15 2022-07-12 Incyte Corporation Substituted spiro[cyclopropane-1,5′-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin]-6′(7′h)-ones as CDK2 inhibitors
US11472791B2 (en) 2019-03-05 2022-10-18 Incyte Corporation Pyrazolyl pyrimidinylamine compounds as CDK2 inhibitors
US11919904B2 (en) 2019-03-29 2024-03-05 Incyte Corporation Sulfonylamide compounds as CDK2 inhibitors
US11447494B2 (en) 2019-05-01 2022-09-20 Incyte Corporation Tricyclic amine compounds as CDK2 inhibitors
US11440914B2 (en) 2019-05-01 2022-09-13 Incyte Corporation Tricyclic amine compounds as CDK2 inhibitors
US11427567B2 (en) 2019-08-14 2022-08-30 Incyte Corporation Imidazolyl pyrimidinylamine compounds as CDK2 inhibitors
US11851426B2 (en) 2019-10-11 2023-12-26 Incyte Corporation Bicyclic amines as CDK2 inhibitors
US11981671B2 (en) 2021-06-21 2024-05-14 Incyte Corporation Bicyclic pyrazolyl amines as CDK2 inhibitors
US11976073B2 (en) 2021-12-10 2024-05-07 Incyte Corporation Bicyclic amines as CDK2 inhibitors

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
AR094840A1 (en) 2015-09-02
EP3010908A1 (en) 2016-04-27

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
DK2403834T3 (en) fungicidal pyrazoles
WO2014130241A1 (en) Fungicidal pyrazoles
WO2018080859A1 (en) Fungicidal oxadiazoles
US9464056B2 (en) Fungicidal 4-methylanilino pyrazoles
US8815772B2 (en) Fungicidal heterocyclic carboxamides
US20130123323A1 (en) Fungicidal pyrazoles
WO2010093595A1 (en) Fungicidal 2-pyridones
WO2013126283A1 (en) Fungicidal pyrazoles
EP3847160B1 (en) Fungicidal nitroanilino substituted pyrazoles
AU2014254261A1 (en) Fungicidal amides
US20140288074A1 (en) Fungicidal pyrazoles
US20130143929A1 (en) Fungicidal imidazoles
WO2018052838A1 (en) Fungicidal pyrazoles
IL295336A (en) Substituted 5,6-diphenyl-3(2h)-pyridazinones for use as fungicides
US8921360B2 (en) Heterobicycle-substituted azolyl benzene fungicides
US9961897B2 (en) Fungicidal pyrazoles
WO2016149311A1 (en) Fungicidal pyrazoles
WO2011051958A1 (en) Fungicidal pyrazolones
EP3140289A1 (en) Fungicidal pyrazoles
US20140194473A1 (en) Imidazole fungicides
US20140235689A1 (en) Fungicidal pyrazoles
US20120329787A1 (en) Fungicidal pyranones and oxazinones
WO2015191382A1 (en) Fungicidal tetrazolinones

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 14705926

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2014705926

Country of ref document: EP